Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
312 N Entrance Rd 17-3074; INTERIOR TENANT BUILDOUT (A)
COUNTY OF SMINOLE IMPACT FEE STATEMENT ER:08BUILDINGTAPPLICATIONI#: 17- 10000825 BUILDING PERMIT NUMBER: 17-10000825 UNIT ADDRESS: ENTRANCE RD N 312 TRAFFIC ZONE-022 JURISDICTION: SEC: TWP: RNG: SUF: SUBDIVISION: PLAT BOOK: PLAT BOOK PAGE: OWNER NAME: ADDRESS: log, 000 -L-6 DATE: November 09, 2017 29-19-30-300-011D-0000 PARCEL: TRACT: BLOCK: LOT: APPTER INVLICANT ADDRESS: 100HNOHIATUS PRDGSTEN197 P MBROKE PINES FL 33026 LAND USE: RESTAURANT TYPE USE: WORK DESCRIPTION: CITY-SANFORD SPECIAL NOTES: CHANGE OF USE FROM RETAIL TO RESTAURANT. 312 N. ENTRANCE RD. FEE BENEFIT RATE UNIT -CALC TOTAL DUE TYPE--------------DIST-----SCHED------RATE------UNITS---•TYPE------------------ ROADS -ARTERIALS CO -WIDE ORD Restaurant - Sit Down* 4,340.00 4.990 1000nsft 21,656.60 ROADS -COLLECTORSN/A Restaurant - Sit Down* FIRE RESCUE N/A .00 .000 1000nsft .00 LIBRARY N/ A .00 SCHOOLS N/ A .00 PARKS N/ A .00 LAW ENFORCE N/A .00 DRAINAGE N/ A .00 CREDIT FEES: . 00 SCI ROAD ARTERIALS C Retail < 50K Square Feet* 2,962.00 4 90 1 `'gsft 14,780.38- AMOUNT Dy61876. 22 STATEMENT v RECEIVED BY: t SIGNATURE: PLEASE PRINT NAME) 12 -Z1 DATE: NOTETO RECEIVING SIGNATORY/APPLICANT: FAILURE TO NOTIFY OWNER AND ENSURE TIMELYPAYMENTMAYRESULTINYOURLIABILITYFORTHEFEE. *** DISTRIBUTION: 1- BLDG DEPT 3-APPLICANT 2-FINANCE4-LAND MANAGEMENT NOTE** PERSONS ARE ADVISED THAT THIS IS A STATEMENT OF FEES DUE UNDER THE SEMINOLE COUNTYROAD, FIRE/RESCUE, LIBRARY AND/OR EDUCATIONAL ISSUANCE OFABUILDINGPERMIT. PERSONS ARE ALSO ADVISED THAT ANY RIGHTS OF THE APPLICANT, OR OWNER, TO APPEALTHECALCULATIONOFANYOFTHEABOVEMENTIONEDIMPACTFEESMUSTBEEXERCISEDBYFILINGAWRITTENREQUESTWITHIN45CALENDARDAYSOFTHERECEIVINGSIGNATUREDATEABOVE, BUT NOT LATER THAN CERTIFICATE OFOCCUPANCYOROCCUPANCY. THE REQUEST FOR REVIEW MUST MEETTHEREQUIREMENTSOFTHECOUNTYLANDDEVELOPMENTCODE. COPIES OFRULESGOVERNINGAPPEALSMAYBEPICKEDUP, OR REQUESTED, FROM THEPLANIMPLEMENTATIONOFFICE: 1101 EAST FIRST STREET, SANFORD FL, 32771; 407-665-7356. PAYMENT SHOULD BE MADE TO: SEMINOLE COUNTY OR CITY OF SANFORD BUILDING DEPARTMENT1101EAST FIRST STREET SANFORD, FL 32771 PAYMENT SHOULD YITOUBEORLTODIETHE COUNTYUIILDINGPERMNMERATTHE TOPEFOFTHSSTATEMENT. S IS NO ISSUED WITHIN M60TCALENDA.RODAYS OFLTHE IRECEIVING F A ISIGNATURE DATENG PERMITISABOVE DETAIL OF CALCULATION AVAILABLE UPON REQUEST. CALL 407-665-7356. r P E F,1 Teil CITY OF SANFORD rt OCT 1 2017 BUILDING & FIRE PREVENTION PERMIT APPLICATIONZDl Application No: 13 e 7 tf vim y Cc 3 / A F'^r ,f Documented Constructiotf Value: $ f 0•66D Job Address: '' T i '6 Historic District: Yes Nog Parcel ID: 0 t - 19 ' 30 —300 - 0 11© - (0000 Residential Commercial g Type of Work: New Addition Alterations Repair Demo Change of Use El move ElDescriptionofWork: In I(J i`PJZOAD - 80 I_ D -0- e Plan Review Contact Person: t R FAIL Y '" NLI g" 5 Title: C C; (_ Phone: n-661 2R So Fax: 467'66 I ZCKJ Email: DAMA_c07A AV6rW I@ - Property Owner Information Name A_ (4 t YQ0S"ft0PAX)(:i COYM Y- I WV _"DPhoICek LP Street: I OCD 0 4 ``NS "- Sl 1•R 7 Resident of property? : N 0 City, State Zip:196M13iX_UC Plums, Z. 33026> Contractor Information Name p-A FAs-L- J) A "A S Phone: 1 Z0Z s o Street: 3 C LT" S Fax: % 2 S City, State Zip: /^/,' cr A-0-DI t'_L3 Z7S) State License No.:66C 0B171 I Architect/Engineer Information Name:1yf I Q+A_k-Z WO-] T"U 01 A pa Phone. ,tio 734 - 083 0 Street:3tl 5. la9G0&_&%)Q PW, S A Fax: 38 73L'-BZZto City, St, Zip: , -PI., 3272D E-mail: MV' CTM 1JIAK. & 8PeA -IL-T Bonding Company: Address: Mortgage Lender: Address: WARNING TO OWNER: YOUR FAILURE TO RECORD A NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT MAY RESULT IN YOUR PAYING TWICE FOR IMPROVEMENTS TO YOUR PROPERTY. A NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT MUST BE RECORDED AND POSTED ON THE JOB SITE BEFORE THE FIRST INSPECTION. IF YOU INTEND TO OBTAIN FINANCING, CONSULT WITH YOUR LENDER OR AN ATTORNEY BEFORE RECORDING YOUR NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT. Application is hereby made to obtain a permit to do the work and installations as indicated. I certify that no work or installation has commenced prior to the issuance of a permit and that all work will be performed to meet standards of all laws regulating construction in this jurisdiction. I understand that a separate permit must be secured for electrical work, plumbing, signs, wells, pools, furnaces, boilers, heaters, tanks, and air conditioners, etc. FBC 1053 Shall be Inscribed with the date of application and the code in effect as of that date: 5t6 Edition (2014) Florida Building Code Revised: June 30, 2015 Permit Application NOTICE: In addition to the requirements of this permit. there may be additional restrictions applicable to this property that may be found in the public records of this county. and there may be additional pennits required from other governmental entities such as water management districts. state agencies. or federal agencies. Acceptance ofpennit is verification that I will notify the owner ol'the property of the requirements of Florida Lien Law, FS 713. The City of Sanford requires payment of a plan review fee at (lie time of permit submittal. A copy of the executed contract is required in order to calculate a plan review charge and will be considered the estimated construction value of the job at the time of -submittal. The actual construction value will be figured hased on the current ICC Valuation Table in effect at the time the permit is issued, in accordance with local ordinance. Should calculated charges figured off the executed contract exceed the actual construction value. credit will be applied to your pennit fees when the permit is issued. OWNER'S AFFIDAVrr: I certify that all of the foregoing information is accurate and that all work will be done in compliance 90h all applicable laws regulating construction and zoning. 1 DO-1 I Z t lot 1 C/ 1 Z /7 Signature of Owncr/Agnut Date prat Co _4111]11- Lcto/ r/Agent Dade tlrinl OwitedAgimt's tic Prim Contractor/Agents Name 61t Z yr icy—- signatute o' N to •Slat of Flo ' 1 f Signittut of Notary -Sr is of F Iida Date ARRISTER, ENRYIC•I SOLICITOR hTAY 3RlTTY fEL1PE 4'= My COMMIS9It N 0 0004"1NPUBLICEXPIRES00110ea19. 2020 Owner/Agent is ZPersonally Known to Me or Contractor/ -gent is 11.1 Personally Known to Me or Produced ID 'fypc of ID Produced ID Type of lD BELOW IS FOR OFFICE USE ONLY Permits Required: Building Electrical Mechanical Plumbing Gas[] Roof Construction Type: Total Sq Ft of Bldg: Occupancy Use: Flood Zone: Min. Occupancy Load: of Stories: New Construction: Electric - # of Amps Plumbing - # of Fixtures Fire Sprinkler Permit: Yes No # of Heads Dire Alarm Permit: Yes No APPROVALS: ZONING: COMMENTS: UTILITIES: ENGI•N'EERI•NG: FIRE: WASTE WATER: 13UII.,D1•NG: Revised: June 30. 2015 Permit Application epi@epiene.net December 5, 2017 City of Sanford Building Division PO Box 1788 Attn: Joy Deen, Plans Examiner Subject: Application Number 17-3074 312 North Entrance Road Response to Comments To Whom It May Concern: Engineered Permits Inc. (EPI) as the professional engineer in charge has reviewed the project above with the comments supplied and offers the following responses: Architectural 1. Submit two sets of site specific Florida Product Approval or Miami Dade County Notice of Acceptance for all exterior doors, windows, or storefront systems. Response: The existing glass storefront system shall remain as is and no changes are proposed. Therefore the product approvals are no longer needed. 2. Sheet A-4. Submit two sets of manufactures shop drawings for walk in cooler. Response: The walk in cooler is an previously used model and no manufactures shop drawings exist. Structural 1. Sheet DE-2. No details for supporting duct or structural details for roof penetration. Response: The space has an existing roof penetration and associated duct curbs for the previously used exhaust and make up air equipment. This space was previously occupied by a restaurant and the existing penetrations will be used for this proposed kitchen equipment. Mechanical 1. Submit two sets of manufactures shop drawings for hood system. 2. Submit two sets of manufactures shop drawings for fire suppression system. Response: The proposed hood with fire system is previously used and specific shop drawings do not exist. 0 fire protection 2900 Shader Road - Orlando, Florida 32808 407-299-0201 • Fax 407-296-3126 Website: www.unitedfirepro.com FL Lic. #'s 59550900021995 49598100012004 AREA # INVOICE NO. SYSTEMS NO. EXT DATE 1142/17 wo# EMP# ALEX ANNUAL I SERV. CALL CK# ` c 5. (I a (. " A n u r- r v n RETCIRNERi;CHECK:, ;. S A F.LR V:.% C'•11jt(('.'r Or . 'OR MAXIMUM ALLOWED' g I•.;(a ;^.• :.•.:,E t,iif?f (i TO ANY ACCOUNT THAT IS ACCOUNT: OUE PHORIA BILL TO: RAM ADDRESS: 312 ENTRANCE ROAD NORTH CITY: SANFORD STATE: FL ZIP: f'UN'. :,.. .,.. t P.O.# DESCRIPTION EACH EXTENSION OTY. ANNUAL CERT. RECHARGE/ 0!4 YR. MAINTENANCE 1 HOOK UP UL300 FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSIEM 1600.00 HYDROTEST PARTS y Lj- j D.O.T. / OSHA LABELS ICLISvtntIt'.' •. i ". !'' "' ENVIRONMENTAL CHG. CHECKING THEIR EXTINGUISHER r40NTHL.Y TAGS, SEALS, LUBRICANTS/MISC. SHOP CHARG. Call us i: Tit 1)01 or tl exi!ngw!1 '— :• SUB -TOTAL l TAX RATE % I TOTAL PLEASE PAY FI -M- TIAIS !NW)i(O±' I DEPOSIT i BALANCE DUE 1600.00 !; u.l10,[ 0000l1fiMOi1 PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE ACCEPTING: THE ABOVE WORK HAS BEEN PERFORMED BY UNITED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL STATE AND LOCAL ORDINA ES AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION'S APP I',ABLE CODES. NITED ASSUMES NO FURTHER LIABILITY IN THE PE ANCE O HE ABOVE EOU SUCH MALFUNCTION MAY BE DUE TO CI AN S N AGENT: RECEIVED 6 AUTHORIZED BY- PRINT NAME a.... .. . ........ _.. _.....__. ABOVE I ACKNOWLEDGE RECEIPT OF SIGNING THIS. I AM ASSUMING RESP BY ACCEPTANCE OF THIS INVOICE Y U COLLECTIONS, INCLUDING BUT NOT Mr AND COURT COSTS. i t1E WORK AND ERSTAND THATLITYFORPtEONWORKDONE E TO PAY AO ASSOCIATED WITH TO: COLLE ION ES. ATTORNEY FEES. ED 6 AUTHGHIZF0 BY, SIGN NAME i COVE CITY OF SANFORD BUILDING & FIRE PREVENTION N 0 2 20V PERMIT APPLICATION M ion No: 1-7 - 30IJ-f Documented Constructin- $ / to DO , vo Job Address: 3 (Z ENTNt tzp N distoric District: Yes No LW - Parcel ID: 2, of - to 30 • S goo -6000 Residential Commercials Type of Work: New Addition Alteration Repair Demo Change of Use Move Description of Work: I_t4SrAI_L PO RA C G1A UL362 f-719-E SVPPAM/ ON wArx-VA I nl F1[1+"ST "000 rcuE'Fctoe 0'. Plan Review Contact Person: A-1 4C 1:7tST-uN•Emkp Title: An1.M ' Phone: 40-1 Zg4'01,01 Fax: &7 2,919 a/ Z. t Email: L4 Q1yC(Uk1}tt k l2t,1 .G0+ Property Owner Information Name SEMINO t-C Ia CC Phone: .• F Street: I Inn C_ I S J ' ' Resident of property? : City, State Zip: 5441EPILD EL. Z-7) i Contractor Information INameONUTEUFt" NO '`I Po22oL/ Phone: 462 620 Street: 2900 SIyDoe- 0-6Fax: 467 - 79(o City, State Zip: 6P_* `iD0 A- 32808 State License No.: 1f9,5'e/g/QOOl2d0 Name: Street: City, St, Zip: Bonding Company: Address: Architect/Engineer Information Phone: Fax: E-mail: Mortgage Lender: Address: WARNING TO OWNER: YOUR FAILURE TO RECORD A NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT MAY RESULT IN YOUR PAYING TWICE FOR IMPROVEMENTS TO YOUR PROPERTY. A NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT, MUST BE RECORDED AND POSTED ON THE JOB SITE BEFORE THE FIRST INSPECTION. IF YOU INTEND TU OBTAIN FINANCING, CONSULT WITH YOUR LENDER OR AN ATTORNEY BEFORE RECORDING YOUR_ NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT. Application is hereby made to obtain a permit to do the work and installations as indicated. I certify that no work or installation has commenced prior to the issuance of a permit and that all work will be performed to meet standards of all laws regulating construction in this jurisdiction. I understand that a separate permit must be secured for electrical work, plumbing, signs, wells, pools, furnaces, boilers, heaters, tanks, and air conditioners, etc. FBC 105.3 Shall be inscribed with the date of application and the code in effect as of that date: 51" Edition (2014) Florida Building Code Revised: June 30, 2015 , t i , ! Ar buto OFF 4— Permit Application M_ NT NOTICE: In addition to the requirements of this permit, there may be additional restrictions applicable to this property that may be found in the public records of this county, and there may be additional permits required from other governmental entities -such as water management districts, state agencies, or federal agencies. Acceptance of permit is verification that I will notify the owner of the property of the requirements of Florida Lien Law, FS 713. The City of Sanford requires payment of a plan review fee at the time of permit submittal. A copy of the executed contract is required in order to calculate a plan review charge and will be considered the estimated construction value of the job at the time•pf submittal. The actual construction value will be figured based on the current ICC Valuation Table in effect at the time the permit is issued, in accordance with local ordinance. Should calculated charges figured off the executed contract exceed the actual construction value, credit will be applied to your permit fees when the permit is issued. OWNER'S AFFIDAVIT: I certify that all of the foregoing information is accurate and that all work will be done in compliance with all applicable laws regulating construction and zoning. 2 17 Signaturc of Owner/Agent Datc Signaturc of Contractor/A nt Datc 1,I< rj2 AAJ iL d LZDL/ t ru• Print Owner/Agent's Name Print Contractor/Age is Name Signaturc of Notary -State of Florida Datc signatur oVt.0St.&tcof Florida arc Notar:: J rideAlexrt My C06 at Owner/ Agent is Personally Known to Me or Co own to Me or Produced ID Type of ID Produced ID Type of ID BELOW IS FOR OFFICE USE ONLY Permits Required: Building Electrical Mechanical Plumbing[] Gas[] Roof Construction Type: Occupancy Use: Total Sq Ft of Bldg: Flood Zone: Min. Occupancy Load: # of Stories:" New Construction: Electric - # of Amps, Fire Sprinkler Permit: Yes No APPROVALS: ZONING: ENGINEERING: COMMENTS: of Heads UTILITIES: Plumbing - # of Fixtures Fire Alarm Permit: Yes . No WASTE WATER: FIRE /I/, r/1;? BUILDING: /.•- // i Revised: June 30, 2015 Permit Application JeffAt-Wer Cll lrF FINANCIAL OFFICER ¢ Julius lialus DIVISION mRr.CrOR Cusia sinru BUREAU C11ft.- I(cilh d•IcCanh} AI I's'fl' 1'It(ICItn\1 h1A'.\(;I.I: we FLORIDA DEPARTA4ENT'OF FINANCIAL SERVICES DIVISION OF STATE [FIRE MARSHAL 200 Cast Gaines street - Tallahassee. Florida 32399.0342 Tel.850.413.3644 Fax.850.410.2467 FIRE EQUIPMENT DEALER LICENSE OFFICIAL COPY TlglS CERTIFIES THAT: F&C CAPOZZOLI Inc. DBA UNITED FIRE PROT 2900 Shader Rd Orlando FL 32808 QUALIFIER: Frank Capozzoli Has Complied with Florida statutes and has qualified for the type and class shown here on to sc vice repair, install or inspect all types Pre -Engineered Fire Extinguishing Systems. Issue Date: Type: Class: County: License/Pen-nit 1 : Expiration Date: 01/01/2016 07 04 Orange 495981-0001-2004 12/31/2017 IYYJ/ j//' ChiefFinancial Officer Af>® CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE mDATE 77"o"" s2o17 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER, AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder Is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(les) must be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder In lieu of such endorsements . PRODUCER Insurance Solutions of America 925 West State Road 434, Ste 201 Winter Springs FL 32708 CONTACT NAME: PHONEN. r 407-332-0033 FAX 407-332-0030 MAIL carts@isolutionsfl.com INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC p INSURERA: EVerest Indemnity Insurance Company 10851 INSURED FBCCAPO-01 INSURER a:Brid efield Employers Ins. Co. 10701 F & C Capozzoli, Inc. INSURERC:AmGUARD Insurance Company 42390 INSURER O : UnitedFireProtection2900 Shader Road Orlando FL 32808 INSURER E : ( INSURER F :'Y i COVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBER: 1149676159 REVISION NUMBER: (°I' tt 7-7- THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE•POLICY PERIOD__ INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPE%TirTO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TOIALL THE TERMS. EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. INSR LTRTYPE OF INSURANCE INSD WVO POLICY NUMBER POLICY EFF MM/ODIYYYY) POLICY EXP fMMIOOfYYYY LIMITSA x COMMERCIALGENERALLIABILITY 51GL007383-171 9/19/2017 9/19/2018 EACH OCCURRENCEDAMAGE 51,000,000 CLAIMS -MADE FX OCCUR TO RENTEU PREMISES (Ea occurrence) 50.000 X MED EXP (Any oneperson) 5.000 Contractual LiabXE80 Included PERSONAL d ADV INJURY 1,000,000 GENL AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: GENERAL AGGREGATE 2,000.000 PRODUCTS - COMP/ OP AGG S2:000.000 PRO. XPOLICYPRO- JECT LOCis., OTHER: CAUTOMOBILE LIABILITY FCAU830009 9/18/2017 9/19/2018 COMBINED SINGLE LMfr--- Ea accident 1s1,000.000 BODILY INJURY ( Per person) S X ANYAUTOALLOWNED S(C 7HEOULEOAUT AUTOSX NONO-0WNEO Xi4HREDO AUTOS BODILY.INJURY ( Per accident) CSI Per accident) A UMBRELLALIAII X OCCUR SlCCO02691-171 9/19/2017 9/19/2018 EACH OCCURRENCE 54,000,00o X AGGREGATE iS4,000,000 EXCESS LIARCLAIMS -MADE DED RETENTIONS B WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS' UABILITY ANY PROPRIETOR/ PARTNER/EXECUTIVE YIN OFFICERIMEMBER EXCLUDED? Mandatory In NH) NIA 0830- 42029- 0 9/8/2017 9/19/2018 x R OT- T T E L. EACH ACCIDENT 1.000.000 E.L. DISEASE - EA EMPLOYEE 1.000,000 E L DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT 1.000,000 If yes, descnbe under DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS I LOCATIONS I VEHICLES (ACORO 101, Additional Remarks Schedule, may be attached If more space Is required) j Certificate is subject to all policy limits, conditions and exclusions. A, J, FRTIFIrATF MAI r1FR CANCELLATION SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE City of Sanford THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN P.O. Box 1788 ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. Sanford FL 32772-1788 r AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE 9)1988- 2014 ACORD CORPORATION' All rights reserved ACORD 25 ( 2014101) The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD - J CITY OF SANFORD BUILDING AND FIRE PREVENTION DIVISION FIRE PLAN REVIEW SERVICE FEES PHONE: 407.688.S052 FAX: 407.688.5051 DATE: /11 PERMIT NUMBER: I"307Y BUSINESS/PROJECT NAME: 11 n p ADDRESS: 312. IV ayl cc, Kat CONTACT NAME: PHONE: PLAN REVIEW INFORMATION CONSTRUCTION [ ]C/O [ ] FIRE ALARM [ ] FIRE SPRINKLER HOOD [ ]PAINT BOOTH [ ]TANK DOES 20% REDUCTION IN FIRE IMPACT FEES APPLY: YES ONO i TOTAL FEES: 75 0 s =N7 Dept. Y Revision CI Response to Commen Permit # I q" 3 C) I q City of Sanford Building & Fire Prevention Division Ph: 407.688.5150 Fax: 407.688.5152 DEC - 6 20V Email: building@sanfordfl.gov Submittal"D"ate - Z Project Address: 31 Z N o2-tz-t Contact: Pe a/t 3 1v1i+C1- Ph. OFax: Email: 1,cAA Trades encompassed in revision: Building IN Plumbing Ci Electrical Mechanical Life Safety Waste Water Department Utilities Waste Water Planning Engineering Fire Prevention 0 Building General description of revision: SOou" S e- 1-0 ROUTING INFORMATION Approvals e,v s z^n CITY OF SANFORD k ' BUILDING & FIRE PREVENTION 1 OCT18 2017 ; : PERMIT APPLICATION F1 10 j Y:1 ,— - Application No: 3 b 7 ao 31 A n Fn e Documented Construction Value: $ fD•i Job Address: Historic District: Yes No K Parcel ID: 19 -3D Sao - 0 d 1©- (0000 Residential Commercial Type of Work: New Addition Alterations Repair Demo Change of Use Move Descri lion of Work: 141 O` ZoAD 60 L t-0 IP bZ eI l- n f fG;f fl Plan Review Contact Person: Title: Phone: n-bg t 291SCD Fax: 4674 6 12g51 Email: DAMA-`C9)4st7U)CrWJ-e- Property Owner Information C.0m Name N 14 f+YQ0-S APP101X) i CQn-7-2- 10V- -f 00 hotnCek LP Street: 1 oco 0 4- /MO-s "- S/ 1-R % Resident of property? City, State Zip: P6M1,0i2Qb2C P c uC51 F- 3-302& Contractor Information Name R,4 PqsL_ A "A-S Phone: 4qS Street: nCL` 1 -"54JFax: 2q S City, State Zip: / " ` n" ff-"-D State License No.:646C Architect/ Engineer Information Name: 141C+A1---Z- 00-1 T-UP1 A K, , PeT Phone. % 73•- CaB C Street: - 3(1 S. W CC)0L?W Q ( V. Ste' Fax: E8 o 734 - SzZ6 City, St, Zip: piltWo , -lam 5 2 -72O E-mail: M WOM O IAK. Bonding Company: Address: Mortgage Lender: Address: WARNING TO OWNER: YOUR FAILURE TO RECORD A NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT MAY RESULT IN YOUR PAYING TWICE FOR IMPROVEMENTS TO YOUR PROPERTY. A NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT MUST BE RECORDED AND POSTED ON THE JOB SITE BEFORE THE FIRST INSPECTION. IF YOU INTEND TO OBTAIN FINANCING, CONSULT WITH YOUR LENDER OR AN ATTORNEY BEFORE RECORDING YOUR NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT. Application is hereby made to obtain a permit to do the work and installations as indicated. I certify that no work or installation has commenced prior to the issuance of a permit and that all work will be performed to meet standards of all laws regulating construction in this jurisdiction. I understand that a separate permit must be secured for electrical work, plumbing, signs, wells, pools, furnaces, boilers, heaters, tanks, and air conditioners, etc. FBC 105.3 Shall be inscribed with the date of application and the code in effect as of that date: 51" Edition (2014) Florida Building Code Revised: June 30, 2015 Permit Application OTIf=:E: In addition to the requirements of this permit, there may be additional restrictions applicable to this property that may be found in the public records of this county, and there may be additional pennits required front other goverrimenial entities such as water management districts. state agencies, or federal agencies. Acceptance of permit is verification Ill. -It I will nutil'y the owner ol'the property of the requirements of Florida Lien Law, PS 713. The City of Sanford requires payment of a plan review fee at the time of permit submittal. A copy of the executed contract is required in order to calculate a plan review charge and will be considered the cstinimed constn ction value of the job at the time of submittal. The actual construction value will be figured teased on the current ICC Valuation 'fable in effect m dtc time the permit is issued, in accordance with local ordinance. Should calculated charges figured off the executed contract exceed the actual construction value. credit will be applied to your pennit fees when the permit is issued. OWNER'S AFFIDAVIT: I certify that all of the foregoing information is accurate and that all work will be done in compliance % ith all applicable laws regulating construction and zoning. 12 1 Z /% Signature of OwnedAmitt Datr guatu e it onuactor.'Agent qare Prim 0wocdAge1t's t ,Inc Print Contractor/Aecot's Name e-T.WI t V IL G Icy— 1Z Si,nat•titan `FI t:i) Daac0"T1 td E.NRYIt: WU so,GRETTY FELIPE iBARRISTER, SaLIC1TOR & IS' TA Y PUBLIC My COMMISSION* 00040"1EXPIRESOcWbW19- 2020 Owner/Agent is Pmonally Known to iMe of Contractor gent is 1z Personally Known to Age or Produced ID Type of ID Produced ID Type of ID BELOW IS FOR OFFICE USE ONLY Permits Required: Building Electrical Mechanical Plumbing Gas Roof[] Construction Type: Total Sq Ft of Bldg: Occupancy Use: Min. Occupancy Load: Flood Zone: of Stories: New Construction: Electric - # of Amps Plumbing - # of Fixtures Fire Sprinkler Permit: Yes No :; of Head% APPROVALS: ZONING: LNGINEERINIG: COMMENTS: ENTS: UTILITIES: FIRE: hire Alarm 1'erniit: Yes No WASTE WATER: 4 11/_V 2-d BUILDING: Itevis%d: June 30. 3013 Pet min Application rDV CITY OF SANFORD OCT1 a 201`l ; . BUILDING & FIRE PREVENTION PERMIT APPLICATION z Y: — Application No: 7 " 3 b7 3 n Fn Rf • Documented Construction Value: $ 60-OM Job Address: N--., — - 4!!2!Q C' • Historic District: Yes Nog Parcel ID: 0:?19 -3f)Son - 0 l I © - t0000 Residential Commercial 9 Type of Work: New Addition Alterations Repair Demo Change of Use Move Descri tion of Work: '' 14M00 1_ BI ltAaV Plan Review Contact Person: (ZRRICL- D-A-P-t14 5 Title: C C1• - C Phone: n- 661 ZRSo Fax: 467 -66 [ 2qEmail: DUNA-c& .SV7U•)CnYI le - Property Owner Info s L n G Name A I4 f+yt3tkT ft 1LK C- I of Phone: Street: I ow ti 4 /A10s R-D • 1S/, 1'q % Resident of property? : 0 City, State Zip: P6w113QQ%-JC P30 Contractor Information Name R- A iAeL A "A S Phone: 12QZ S (D Street: z13 C LT" S Fax: 12C2 S City, State Zip: / "' A V F-D t tl=ia) State License No.: 6C 8,71 Architect/Engineer Information Name: f4l i4,A' 4Z 100-1 T -U 01 A K , PE Phone. (o % 3 —Q Street:3l1 S. waxDCOV 0 -Plvb S -A Fax: 380 34'-82 0 City, St, Zip: WeWQ , - f 'L„ -> 2 72 0 E-mail: M V'V0M V tAK. Bonding Company: Mortgage Lender: Address: Address: WARNING TO OWNER: YOUR FAILURE TO RECORD A NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT MAY RESULT IN YOUR PAYING TWICE FOR IMPROVEMENTS TO YOUR PROPERTY. A NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT MUST BE RECORDED AND POSTED ON THE JOB SITE BEFORE THE FIRST INSPECTION. IF YOU INTEND TO OBTAIN FINANCING, CONSULT WITH YOUR LENDER OR AN ATTORNEY BEFORE RECORDING YOUR NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT. Application is hereby made to obtain a permit to do the work and installations as indicated. I certify that no work or installation has commenced prior to the issuance of a permit and that all work will be performed to meet standards of all laws regulating construction in this jurisdiction. I understand that a separate permit must be secured for electrical work, plumbing, signs, wells, pools, furnaces, boilers, heaters, tanks, and air conditioners, etc. FBC 105.3 Shall be inscribed with the date of application and the code In effect as of that date: St° Edition (2014) Florida Building Code Revised. June 30, 2015 Permit Application NOTICT: In addition to the requirements ol'this permit. there may be additional restrictions applicable to this property that may be found in the public records of this county. and there may be additional pennits required front other governmental entities such as water management districts. state agencies. or tedcral agencies. Acceptance of pcnnit is verification that I will notify the owner ol'Ihe property of the requiremems of Florida Lien Law, FS 713. The City of Sanford requires payment of a plait review fee at the time of permit submittal. A copv of the executed contract is required in order to calculate a plan review charge and will be considercd the estimated construction value of the job at the time of submittal. The actual construction value will be figured haled on the current ICC Valuation Table in effect at the time the permit is issued, in accordance with local ordinance. Should ca lculmed charges figured off the executed contract exceed the actual construction value. credit will be applied to your permit fees when the permit is issued. OWNER'S AFFIDAVIT: [ certify that all of the foregoing information is accurate and that all ivork will he done in compliance % ith all applicable laws regulating construction and zoning'. 7 t7Cr`rt l , .oi1 I 221 Z /7 Signatureof0miWAgcnt Date gnatu cu „nuactudA=ant Date Print OaneNAgcnt's i . Ile Print Commetor/Agent's Name i e-T. WIT tc)— Z -- I-- tgnatu SSnan•StatAorFl i.Y.i ! 1 j /1)3tc SigmturlofN tan••StheufFutida n:uc t7 /I f v , gi)f:l \ l ENRY It -1 • '"' ;;; GRETTY FELIPE BARRISTER, SOLICITOR & 14 "TAY PUBIIC ••= My COMMISSION S GC44W1 EXPIRES WOW 19. 2020 Owner/Agent is I/ Personally Known to Nile or Contractor Agent is Personally Known to (\ale or Produced ID Type WAD Produced ID Type of ID BELOW IS FOR OFFICE USE ONLY Permits Required: Building, Electrical iMeehanical Plumbing[] Gas Roof[] Construction Type: Occupancy Use: , Flood Zone: Total Sq Ft of Bldg: 1lin. Occupancy Load: # of Stories: New Construction: Electric - # of Antps Plumbing - # of Fixtures Fire Sprinkler Permit: Yes No '" of I•leads . hire Alarm Permit: Yes No APPROVALS: ZONING: ENGINEERINIG: UTILITIES: (&/6.29-/?WASTE WATTW FIRE: BUILDING: Revls%A: June 30. 2015 1'ei mit Application OCT 18 2017 CITY OF SANFORD BUILDING & FIRE PREVENTION PERMIT APPLICATION Application No: 1 7 " 3 b ao 3 n F 4 Documented Construction Value: $ DO• Job Address:amia00) 6 • Historic District: Yes Nog Parcel ID: 0 1 19 -3b 3O0 0 t 1©- 0 000 Residential Commercial 9 Type of Work: New Addition Alterations Repair Demo Change of Use Move Descri lion of Work: 1 X• I- Z L IP 9b/?_ Plan Review Contact Person: R - D'-i-tJ4 S Title: C (! -Zr- Phone: Zvi- 66 t 2q.Sb Fax: 4P —6-B c 2g.9_1 Email: DANA,"V7U VW 1@- Property Owner Information Name A K RYPOS-PIO!- C10V _"4)Photn" L p Street: I DODO 4 /6k1\)S ". Sie N % City, State Zip: Pw13a2e PIu65, FL Resident of property? : N 0 Contractor Information Name R-A Pqe-L- 9 A "A S Phone: l 2q S Street: Zn 3 C LT". S Fax: 2 ti S p City, State Zip:1 - ` /Ir , S State License No.:66C B ` 1 1 Architect/ Engineer Information Name: f4l Q , "L 00-1 T_U 01 A , 9 PeT Phone. -7 0830 Street: 3 (1 5, W COV0 P l VA Sly Fax: 3 P 7 3!- —S o City, St, Zip: WA00 -:5 2 -7 2 D E-mail: M V/OM IJ tAK. 15PIGx;l - A-8-I Bonding Company: Address: Mortgage Lender: Address: WARNING TO OWNER: YOUR FAILURE TO RECORD A NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT MAY RESULT IN YOUR PAYING TWICE FOR IMPROVEMENTS TO YOUR PROPERTY. A NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT MUST BE RECORDED AND POSTED ON THE JOB SITE BEFORE THE FIRST INSPECTION. IF YOU INTEND TO OBTAIN FINANCING, CONSULT WITH YOUR LENDER OR AN ATTORNEY BEFORE RECORDING YOUR NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT. Application is hereby made to obtain a permit to do the work and installations as indicated. I certify that no work or installation has commenced prior to the issuance of a permit and that all work will be performed to meet standards of all laws regulating construction in this jurisdiction. I understand that a separate permit must be secured for electrical work, plumbing, signs, wells, pools, furnaces, boilers, heaters, tanks, and air conditioners, etc. FBC 105.3 Shall be inscribed with the date of application and the code In effect as of that date: 54" Edition (2014) Florida Building Code Revised. June 30, 2015 Permit Application NOTICE: In addition to the requirements of this permit, there may be additional restrictions applicable to this property that may be found in the public records of this county, and there may be additional pennits required from other governmental entities such as water management districts. state agencies, or federal agencies. Acceptance ot'perntit is verification that 1 will notify the owner ofthc property of ate requirements of Florida Lien Law, FS 713. The City of S:n ibrd requires payment of a plan review fee at the time of permit submittal. A copy of the executed contract is required in order to calculate a plan review charge and will be considered the estimated construction value of the job at the time of submittal. The actual construction value will be figured haled on the current ICC Valuation Table in effect at the time the permit is issued, in accordance with local ordinance. Should calculated charges lgured off the executed contract exceed the actual construction value. credit will be applied to your permit fees when lite permit is issued. OWNER'S AFFIDAVIT: 1 certify that all of the foregoing information is accurate and that all i'vork will be clone in compliance ith all applicable laws regulating construction and coning. 5--t t ),, zoI1 1 Z /7 Signature oft7aowAgent Date =taw eo onuactndAgant Mac irt0,. {71EL— Print Owiter/ Ageut•s wnc I— rla PrintContractor/ ilecm's N:mtc Siguau o n :trtc,of; Flit i I % tc signatw • of Notary -St tc ui F of itki D:nc N r,- G f / GRETTY FELIPE ER It:ICU :'r : BARRISTER, SUIICITOR & ! tihTAYPUBUC •'= My COMMISSION 0 Gconon8l ZP F EXPIRES Ot.' 1OW 19.2020 OwnerlAgent is ersonally Known to 1c or Contractor gent is Personally Known to Me or Produced ID Type of ID Produced ID Type of ID BELOW IS FOR OFFICE USE ONLY Permits Required: Building Electrical iv4echanical Plumbing Gas Roof Construction Type: Occupancy Use: Flood Zone: Total Sq Ft of Bldg: Min. Occupancy Load: of Stories: New Construction: Electric - # of Amps Plumbing - # of Fixtures Fire Sprinkler Permit: Yes[:] No rt of Heads hire Alarm Permit: Yes No APPROVALS: ZONING: CIA 1-2-3 -I u UTILITIES: WASTE WATEit: E-NGI•NEERINIG: FIRE: BUILDING: COM M.ENTS: Ok -),r Reused. June 30. 2015 Pei mit Applicadoo oZSc PERMIT -#1 - 3co CITY OF SANFORD BUILDING & FIRE PREVENTION DIVISION EARLY START AUTHORIZATION — APPLICATION/PERMIT Project Name: evs. .6, "wU S a Date: //' I `f l Project Address: Contractor Name EARLY START AUTHORIZATION CONDITIONS City of Sanford and the Owner/contractor listed agree to the following: 1. A complete building permit application and plans shall be submitted at the time of the request for Early Start Authorization. 2. This Early Start Authorization is for interior work or other work as determined by the Building Official. 3. Work must comply with any and all other local, state and federal agencies related to the development and construction proposed and compliance with asbestos NESHAP regulations must occur for all demolition work. 4. Work shall not be concealed and must remain open for all necessary inspections. At the time of inspections, any work concealed shall be uncovered. 5. The contractor acknowledges that all subcontractors will be properly licensed and have current worker's compensation coverage. 6. All subcontractors are responsible for pulling their own permits. 7. Inspections of work for any construction trade will not be made until a permit has been issued for the trade. 8. The Early Start Authorization does not guarantee that construction plans will be approved as submitted. All work done prior to the issuance of the required permits shall be at the Owner's/Contractors risk. 9. The Owner/Contractor acknowledge that additional fees, including but not limited to impact and zoning fees, may be due at the time of building permit issuance, and or prior to Certificate of Occupancy. 10. The Owner/Contractor acknowledge that additional site improvements, including but not limited to installation of a grease trap, accessible parking and landscaping, may be required at the time of building permit issuance. 11. The Owner/Contractor agree to indemnify and hold the City of Sanford/Agents free and harmless from any and all claims, causes of action, damages, losses penalties or costs, including but not limited to, all attorneys fees (whether from litigation or administrative proceeding, including cost and fees on appeal), with respect to any person or government authority arising out Of. either directly or indirectly, the construction or operation at the premises covered by the Early Start Authorization, whether the liability, loss or damage is caused by, or arises out of, the negligence or the City of Sanford/Agents or its officers, agents, employees, or otherwise. 12. If the City of Sanford/Agents shall be subject to any claim, demand or penalty or become a party to any suit or other judicial or administrative proceeding by reason of any claimed act or omission by any party, or by reason of any act occurring on the subject premises, or by reason of any omission with respect to the construction or operation on the subject premises, the Owner/contractor shall indemnify and hold City of Sanford/Agents harmless against all judgments, settlements, penalties and expenses, including attorney's fees, court costs and other expense of litigation of defense relating to such claim or litigation or administrative proceeding, at the election of the City of Sanford/Agents, the Owner/Contractor shall also defend the City of Sanford. 13. It is understood and hereby acknowledged between the parties hereto that the City of Sanford/Agents shall not be liable for any act or other obligation to the Owner/Contractor. 14. This Early Start Authorization will terminate upon the issuance of a Building Permit for property covered under this Early Stan Authorization; however, this agreement shall remain in effect for all events occurring prior to the issuance of the Building Permit. By signing this Early Start Authorization Application, the undersigned acknowledges and agrees to condition I through 14. Eon ctor Signature Owner Signatur Date 1 , ,i It,/ Plumbing 1. Sheet A-5. No required plumbing fixture calculation tables ( fixtures required / fixtures provided). Response: Plumbing fixture calculations have been supplied on the plumbing sheet which required a reconfiguration of the bathrooms to meet the code for potty parity. Electrical 1. Sheet E-2. Combined panel rating of panels B and D exceed MDP rating of 400 amps. Response: This space is served by two meters. Meter i is 400 amps and feeds panels A-1 and A-2. They feed through a parallel connection and act as 1 panel. 2. Sheet E-2. No conduit or wire sizes feeding panel B. Response: The second panel is feed through the second meter and is sized for 200 amps. However the fused disconnect is 150 amps. Please see the updated electrical diagram. 3. Sheet a-2. Panel feed conductor for panel D undersized. # 3 copper conductors only good for 100 amps. Response: The wiring as shown on the electrical diagram has been verified as acceptable per the NEC. 4. Sheet E-2. Panel D is three phase and load amps calculation based on single phase. The voltage should be 360 volts for three phase correct. Response: The load calculations have been updated to reflect the three phase power. 5. Existing Panel A and B are 42 circuit panels. Proposed Panel D load is 88 amps. Does not -panel A or B have sufficient space and capability for adding these circuits? Response: Most of the branch circuits are not applicable and will be eliminated to make room for the proposed operations. The updated existing panels schedules reflect this work. 6. Provide two sets of revised plans addressing all above comments. Response: Noted Should there be any questions with this clarification and attachment letter please contact me at 386-734-0830 or by email at mwojtuniak@epieng.net. Sincerely, Engineered Permits Inc. Michael Wojtuniak, P.E. Professional Engineer FA City of Sanford Building Division P.O. Box 1788 Sanford, Florida 32771 Phone: 407.688.5150 Fax: 407.688.5152 PLAN REVIEW COMMENT Date: November 6, 2017 Project: Interior renovation Contact Person: Rafael Damas Job Address: 312 N. Entrance Road Contact Phone Number: Application Number: 17-3074 Contact E-mail: damasconstructionI@gmail.com Contact Fax Number: ARCHITECTURAL 1. Submit two sets of site specific Florida Product Approval or Miami Dade County Notice of Acceptance for all exterior doors, windows, or storefront systems. WV .tea • 2. Sheet A-4. Submit two sets of manufactures shop drawings for walk in cooler. STRUCTURAL 1. Sheet DE-2. No details for supporting duct or structural details for roof penetration MECHANICAL Submit two sets of manufactures shop drawings for hood system. Submit two sets of manufactures shop drawings for fire suppression system. PLUMBING 1. Sheet A-5. No required plumbing fixture calculation tables ( fixtures required / fixtures provided ). ELECTRICAL 1. Sheet E-2. Combined panel rating of panels B and D exceed MDP rating of 400 amps. 2. Sheet E-2. No conduit or wire sizes feeding panel B. 3. Sheet a-2. Panel feed conductor for panel D undersized. # 3 copper conductors only good for 100 amps. 4. Sheet E-2. Panel D is three phase and load amps calculation based on single phase. The voltage should be 360 volts for three phase correct. 5. Existing Panel A and B are 42 circuit panels. Proposed Panel D load is 88 amps. Does not panel A or B have sufficient space and capability for adding these circuits? 6. Provide two sets of revised plans addressing all above comments. Please direct any questions you may have to Joy Deen at 407.688.5064 or fax to 407.688.5152. You may also contact me by e-mail at joy.deen@sanfordfl.gov. Respectfully, Joy Deen, Plans Examiner f Deen, Joy From: Sent: To: Subject: Attachments: Joy Deen City of Sanford Plans Examiner PH: 407.688.5064 Fax: 407.688.5152 Deen, Joy Tuesday, November 07, 2017 7:53 AM damasconstructionl' 17-3074 17-3074.pdf December 5, 2017 City of Sanford Building Division PO Box 1788 Attn: Joy Deen, Plans Examiner Subject: Application Number 17-3074 312 North Entrance Road Response to Comments To Whom It May Concern: Engineered Permits Inc. (EPI) as the professional engineer in charge has reviewed the project above with the comments supplied and offers the following responses: Architectural 1. Submit two sets of site specific Florida Product Approval or Miami Dade County Notice of Acceptance for all exterior doors, windows, or storefront systems. Response: The existing glass storefront system shall remain as is and no changes are proposed. Therefore the product approvals are no'longer needed. 2. Sheet A-4. Submit two sets of manufactures shop drawings for walk in cooler. Response: The walk in cooler is an previously used model and no manufactures shop drawings exist. Structural 1. Sheet DE-2. No details for supporting duct or structural details for roof penetration. Response: The space has an existing roof penetration and associated duct curbs for the previously used exhaust and make up air equipment. This space was previously occupied by a restaurant and the existing penetrations will be used for this proposed kitchen equipment. Mechanical 1. Submit two sets of manufactures shop drawings for hood system. 2. Submit two sets of manufactures shop drawings for fire suppression system. Response: The proposed hood with fire system is previously used and specific shop drawings do not exist. 9- 1.of 2 = _ 1 Plumbing 1. Sheet A-5. No required plumbing fixture calculation tables ( fixtures required / fixtures provided ). Response: Plumbing fixture calculations have been supplied on the plumbing sheet which required a reconfiguration of the bathrooms to meet the code for potty parity. Electrical 1. Sheet E-2. Combined panel rating of panels B and D exceed MDP rating of 400 amps. Response: This space is served by two meters. Meter 1 is 400 amps and feeds panels A-1 and A-2. They feed through a parallel connection and act as 1 panel. 2. Sheet E-2. No conduit or wire sizes feeding panel B. Response: The second panel is feed through the second meter and is sized for 200 amps. However the fused disconnect is 150 amps. Please see the updated electrical diagram. 3. Sheet a-2. Panel feed conductor for panel D undersized. # 3 copper conductors only good for 100 amps. Response: The wiring as shown on the electrical diagram has been verified as acceptable per the NEC 4. Sheet E-2. Panel D is three phase and load amps calculation based on single phase. The voltage should be 360 volts for three phase correct. Response: The load calculations have been updated to reflect the three phase power. S. Existing Panel A and B are 42_circuit panels. Proposed Panel D load is 88 amps. Does not panel A or B have sufficient space and capability for adding these circuits? Response: Most of the branch circuits are not applicable and will be eliminated to make room for the proposed operations. The updated existing panels schedules reflect this work. 6. Provide two sets of revised plans addressing all above comments. Response: Noted Should there be any questions with this clarification and attachment letter please contact me at 386-734-0830 or by email at mwojtuniak@epieng.net. Sincerely, Engineered Permits Inc. Michael Wojtuniak, P.E. Professional Engineer N 1 I 2of2 4AMAIQ 1%.nticra"rr1nN cnMpntiv i.,n General Contractors CGC058911 473 Citrus Ln - Maitland, FL 32751 P (407) 681-2950 / F (407) 681-2951 damasconstructionl@email.com Date: 10/13/2017 INVOICE To: CUE-PHORIA 312 Entrance Rd. Sandford FL, 32771 INTERIOR RENOVATION COMMERCIAL Job: 17-48 Description Unit Cost $ 1.- Demolition of wall and others by plans. Including haul debris dumpster. Store front window glass by others. LS 500.00 2.- Construction of walls, Including metal stud 16 gage, gypsum boards 1/2" , screws, and finsh grade, ready to paint. Reuse existing doors. LS 9,500.00 3: Plumbing work: supply and Install all pipes and bathroom fixtures as per plans all pipes In kitchen and bar area. Suplly water heather 50 galons and pipes to conned to the grease trap. NOT included grease trap, kitchen and bar hand sink and trisink, and mop sink and faucets. Owenr supply and free installation Cut floor to install pipes. Concrete fill included LS 20,160.00 4.- Supply and Install carpet tiles In pool area, color to be choose by plans LS 14,680.00 5.- Supply and install ceramic tiles by plans LS 10,560.00 6.- Supply and install commercial interior doors doors ( 5) LS 3,600.00 7: Paint and finish touch up. (New walls) LS 1,800.00 Total $ >......................... 60,800.00 Note; This price is only for the above described items, any other work that the owner wants to do, will be an extra work and pay separte from this total. Contractor's Permits are included. County/City fees by owner Payment is : 20% at the moment of the acceptance and partial payments according with the advance of the work. Acc ptan e: Owner: Date 0 Rafael Damas, CGC I iiilfl illli lifll 111111111! 11111111i I111 THIS INSTRUMENT PREPARED BY: GRANT MALOYr SEMINOLE COUNTY Hama: RAFAEI, DAMq$ CLERK. OF CIRCUIT COUR. ii COMPTROLLER Address: aT3 BY. 9037 Ps 1780 (1P9s CLERK'S T 2017124491 , NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT RECORDED 1FEES $10- 00:16 41 AM RECORDING FEES 81 I. tl0lRECORDEDBYhdevore , State of Florida County of Seminole Permit Number. Parcel ID Number: 29-19-30-3000-11 D-0000 I The undersigned hereby gives notice that improvement will be made to certain real property, and In accordance with Chapter 713, Florida Statutes, the following information Is provided In this Notice of Commencement. ef1 L?`i°{eSt T 2 IN I tKIGESt.RIRTtaNAEIMPROVEMENT: i OWNER INFORMATION: D Name: HIGHYON SHOPPING CENTER INV FUNDS NO P lnnn N 141ATi IS Rn STF 1Q7 PPMRRnKF PINES FI 111719R I CONTRACTOR: ; Name: IRAFAEL DAMAS - DAMAS CONTRUCTION CO., INC j Address: 473 CITRUS LN, MAITLAND. FL 32751 Persons within the State of Florida Designated by Owner upon whom notice or other documents may be sorved as provided by Section 713.13(1)(b), Florida Statutes. Name: Address: In addition to himself. Owner Designates of! To receive a copy of the Lienoes Notice as Provided to Section 713.13(1)(b). Florlde Statutes. I Expiration Oat& of Notice of Commencement (The expiration date is 1 year from date of recording unless a different date Is specified) ! WARNING TO OWNER: ANY PAYMENTS MADE BY THE OWNER AFTER THE EXPIRATION OF THE NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT ARE CONSIDERED IMPROPER PAYMENTS UNDER CHAPTER 713, PART 1, SECTION 713.13, FLORIOA STATUTES. AND CAN RESULT IN YOUR PAYING TWICE FOR IMPROVEMENTS TO YOUR PROPERTY. ' NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT MUST BE RECORDED AND POSTED ON THE JOB SITE BEFORE THE FIRST INSPECTION. IF YOU INTEND TO OBTAIN FINANCING, CONSULT WITH YOUR LENDER OR AN ATTORNErBEFORECOMMENCINGWORKORRECORDINGYOURNOTICEOFCOMMENCEMENT. I, Under penalties of perjury,) declare that I have read the foregoing and that the facts stated In It are true to the best of my knowledge a ballet. NJk 6„1Y P Owe gnotin oes Prbdw Name Flonoa Statute 71 . Iig): - Tho owner must sign the nodu or otmmenoamant and noone also may be pertMbea to sign in his other stead.' State of V t I O County of The foregoing Instrument was acknowledged before me this I day of by Who Is personally known to me \ Nano of pd4w maldng tdaternertt OR who has produced Identification type of Identification ptbduced A fcRT; FIED CO?Y ?:N" n*;ALOY CLEs', KGf•T..'ItVRYK.HUI&ASSOCIATES AND . 4':41='.'I;;ri.l Barristers, Solicitors &Notaries Su - Al H HWAY #1 EAST, SUITE 301 ONO HILL, ONTARIO L4B 3N2 BY lEl:.(905);881-7712 FAX: 005) 881.1= t'tl trct t4 •• NOTARYK" E OWL=' j CITY OF SANFORD 2018 BUILDING & FIRE PREVENTION JAN 3 PERMIT APPLICATION Application No: Documented Construction Value: S SEE Ar4egrj ev.44eXr, Job Address: 3 Fry1/Lt Jr;E J d412TN, yAdFsl , rL.32?-71 Historic District: Ycs No Parcel ID: Residential Commercial Type of Work: New Addition Alteration Repair Demo Change of Use Move Description of Work: ZjgfL 0f2 /Z6t4d i(ATi'0n/ - Plan Review Contact Person: Title: Phone: Fax: Email: Property Owner Information Name jC E#laIt 76R/17 Phone: <' gGcl G4G 1EP,1/r Street: it Resident of property? : A City, State zip: U Contractor Information Name biVWbo MW-1114q,01 1j G A(ii-PAMAU 14 Phone: din 6A tirw Fax: NIA Street: _ City, State Zip: Vj/A , f 1. :s jt{ State License No.: Architect/Engineer Information Name: rvA Phone: J/1 Street: N/A Fax' d1k City, St, Zip: 41A E-mail: 14/k Bonding Company: 41A Mortgage Lender: Address: f/A Address: d/4 WARNING TO OWNER: YOUR FAILURFTo RECORD A NOTICE OF COMNIENCFNIENT MAY I.wsuLT IN YOUR VEPAYINGTWICEFORIMPROVEMENTS 1-0 YOUR PROPERTY. A NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT MUST BE RECORDED AND POSTED ON -1.11E JOB SITE BEFORE THE FIRST INSPECTION. IF YOU INTEND TO OBTAIN FINANCING, CONSULT WITH YOUR LENDER OR AN ATTORNEY BEFORE RECORDING YOUR NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT. Application is hereby trade to obtain a permit to do the work and installations as indicated. I certify that no work or installation hascommencedpriortotheissuanceofapermitand•that all work will be perfonned to meet standards of all laws regulating construction in this jurisdiction. 1 understand that a separate permit must be secured for electrical work, plumbing, signs, wells, pools, furnaces, boilers, heaters, tanks, and air conditioners, etc. FHC t05.3 Shall be inscribed with the date of application and the code in effect as of that date:.51 Edition (2014) Florida Building Code Revised. June 30. 2015 Permit Application IM ;B•s carvrcai:crot=es SUBMMITED TO: Mr. Rafael Damas/DAMAS CONSTRUCTION INC. PROJECT NAME: CUE-PHORIA WORK TO BE PERFORMED AT: 312 Entrance Rd North, Sanford. FI. 32771 DATE: OCTO BE R/18/2017. We hereby propose perform the labor and supply materials required to complete the Plumbing Installation of the following fixtures for the project above mentioned, according with the drawings dated on Sept/18/2017. Ws pipes to be CPVC. waste and vents pipes to be PVC. LAV-1 2 CO 3 WC-1 1 WH 1 UR-1 3 GT 1 FDA 2 Notes: 1.- Water Heater, Kitchen Fixtures 8 WFA 1 Faucets, and Grease Trap by others. MS-1 EWHA 3-COMP SINK FS HS HUB DRAIN The above work will be performed in accordance with the specifications submitted, and completed in a workman like manner, in about 15 plumbing working days, excluding weekends 8 holidays, for the total sum of: TWENTY THOUSAND SIXTY AND 00/CTS S 18,000.00 Any unforsoon condition, alotration or deviation from drawings, specifications or scope provided for this estimate Involving any extra work win be executed upon writen order and will became an extracharge over the above estimate. If any worker, subcontractor or vendor previously used by Inob'o Contractors LLC In this project, is contracted directly or Indirectly by the owner or hiring party for the same proyect. Inob's Contractors LLC shall be compensated by the owner or hiring party with a payment of the 20% of the total amount of materials and labor Involved In the job contracted. All agreements are contingent upon strikes, accidents or delays beyond our control. This price Is valid for 15 days . All payments shall be made out to -Inob's or Eduardo Mendez'. Pyments are due within 3 days of Invoice receipt. Any delay In payment may affect the schedule and delay tho work. Any balance with more than ten (10) days past due shall be considered delinquent and will Incurr In a monthly Onnandal charge of 1 112 % of the balance or the maximun allowed by low if lower. If any delinquent amount have to go to collection, Inob's Contractors LLc SHALL BE able seek damges from debtor. Including attorneys fees, court costs, legal collection exponses/fees, and lost profits. No warranty work shall be scheduled until Mal complete payment Is made. PAYMENTS TO BE AS FOLLOW: 10°% Down Payment, 50% At Underground Done, 20% At Rough -In Done, 20°% At Final Inspection. Sincerely yours: Sin CF .t 1427423 ACCEPTANCE OF PROPOSAL: The above price, specifications and conditions are satisfactory and herby acceptpd,,Youare authorized to perform the work. Payments will be made as 111outlined above. Signature: Date: 7 8th. STREET, GOTHA, FL. 34734.1 Ph. 321-299-32-621 Fox. 407--630-0298. www.lnobs.not - Email: Inobscontractom@gmail.com stio!new'. - L.1,30!1: v co! Ant or sumn el3mv Er slaw -a, w w-W! 1 b"T, ImAms"T ulzi pe'.1ph sin "njPq:eq in bcqmw wn A= Q: mv ap was vs arinmaq sym 4C." jtr rut! 40LA sn-is.1 czwt-iop 1) #.\J!,TL. tic -.-.-t9wk ymrqj q Irv. r) t4,t, -? czX:Cx:m I e C;.-le, I e.-jej,-.,t i rc :p;.; v4:. e.,w 1t41r,:-4 IVA'-) CA 10!))", wimph-W1.1. Ito WWI m Asm mi 2m, cil cew....q. 4/ t&:,q-,rttC!v Otto'. qlo P.!-xm ".%\;V4, t rt. VXA AMC! P tot. ts! 101m :.)?!W J tj -c j:w JUNO w! 452"wsb Wo y- eri rm WP% ym ;vm =1 som hN: I qwf.mt.-0,,k s;Ij "w3bl'. i4 PC DY1W W 09M 010Y V 3s): 000 NOTICE: In addition to the requirements of this permit, there may be additional restrictions applicable to this property that may be found in the public records of this county. and there may be additional pcnmits required from other governmental entities such as water management districts, state agencies, or federal agencies. Acceptance of permit is verification that I will notify the owner of the property of the requirements of Florida Lien Law, FS 713. The City of Sanford requires payment of a plan review fee at the time of permit submittal. A copy of the executed contract is required in order to calculate a plan review charge and will be considered the estimated construction value of the job at the time of submittal. The actual construction value will be figured based on the current ICC Valuation Table in effect at the time the permit is issued. in accordance with local ordinance. Should calculated charges figured off the executed contract exceed the actual construction value, credit will be applied to your permit fees when the permit is issued. OWNER'S AFFIDAVIT: I certify that all of the foregoing information is aMrate and that all work will be done in compliance with all applicable laws regulating constructigd ty45t<, pg. Signature of Oaner/Agent Date Print 0%%ner/Agent's Name Signature of NotaryStatc of Florida Date Owner/Agent is Personally Known to Me or Produced ID Type of ID Signature of Contractoi/Agent Date Prm r/ ge is 1. oO8A9y''2 ap SignotaryState of Florida CO1/t SAU9wztm4Ecpire9 S 2019Noto • . FF go%;,a • 1 PSI- 4 ;.••' Qom;: i••....•• aN . Contractor/ Agent is Personal /N1c t % Produced ID_ Type of ID`'""' « BELOW IS FOR OFFICE USE ONLY Permits Required: Building Electrical Mechanical Plumbing[] Gas Roof Construction Type: Occupancy Use: Flood Zone:. Total Sq Ft of Bldg: Min. Occupancy Load: New Construction: Electric - # of Amps. Fire Sprinkler Permit: Yes No -"of 1-leads APPROVALS: ZONING: ENGINEERING: COMMENTS: UTILITIES: FIRE: of Stories: Plumbing - # of Fixtures, Fire Alarm Permit: Yes No[] WASTE WATER: BUILDING: Revised: June 30. 2015 Permit Application i CITY OF SANFORD OCT 1 2017 ; . BUILDING & FIRE PREVENTION 14 PERMIT APPLICATION L Application No: 3 b 7 a n rQ . Documented Construction Value: $ l 0• a Job Address: historic District: Yes Nog Parcel ID: 0919 -30 -300 — 0 l i © - 000 Residential Commercial Type of Work: New Addition Alterationl@ Repair Demo Change of Use Move 1 - - - - Descri lion of Work: 1 tcap - Plan Review Contact P. 0. 5.. - -- - - V - - . - . - . Phone: 4-nr ?_9SO Fax: ¢67'66 ( ZWl 'J Email: JDA NA50n42t7U)CW Ie- Property Owner Info s n 61 m Name A 14 R ` DO:. ;^/) Pd 7 C- 10' Phone: Street: 1000 0 411")6 ". S/e N 7 City, State Zip: PE1M Pl0051 FL 3302& Resident of property? : N 0 Contractor Information Name R_P fit-- 9 A "A S Phone: S () Street: Fax: 2q S City, State Zip: /A' pff- ikor) I i_'D6 277S1 State License No.:66C Architect/Engineer Information Name: 641 Cf A_4-_- . 00-1 T_U 01 A k, , PGF Phone. 39 6 734 - 0630 Street: 11 S E.CrD[1 1 U , S r Fax: 38 34- - S city, st, zip: WA100 , fu -5 2 -72 0 E-mail: M VVOJV xJ LAIC & I Pl f L ' - /Q-5T BondingCompany: Address: Mortgage Lender: Address: WARNING TO OWNER: YOUR FAILURE TO RECORD A NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT MAY RESULT IN YOUR PAYING TWICE FOR IMPROVEMENTS TO YOUR PROPERTY. A NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT MUST BE RECORDED AND POSTED ON THE JOB SITE BEFORE THE FIRST INSPECTION. IF YOU INTEND TO OBTAIN FINANCING, CONSULT WITH YOUR LENDER OR AN ATTORNEY BEFORE RECORDING YOUR NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT. Application is hereby made to obtain a permit to do the work and installations as indicated. I certify that no work or installation has commenced prior to the issuance of a permit and that all work will be performed to meet standards of all laws regulating construction in this jurisdiction. I understand that a separate permit must be secured for electrical work, plumbing, signs, wells, pools, furnaces, boilers, heaters, tanks, and air conditioners, etc. FBC 105. 3 Shall be Inscribed with the date of application and the code in effect as of that date: 51° Edition (2014) Florida Building Code Revised: June 30, 2015 Permit Application NOTICE: fit addition to the requirements of* this permit. there may be additional restrictions applicable to this property that may be found in the public records of this county. and there may be additional pennits required from other governmental entities such as water management districts. state agencies, or iedcral agencies. Acceptance of permit is verification that I will notify the owner ofthe property of the requirements of Florida Lien Law, FS 713. The City of Santurd requires payment of a plan review fee at the time of permit submittal. A copy of the executed contract is required in order to calculate a plan review chargue and will be considered the estimated construction value of the job at the time of submittal. The actual construction value will be figured hased on the cunrnt ICC Valuation Table in effect at the time the permit is issued, in accordance with local ordinance. Should calculaled charges figured off the executed contract exceed the actual construction value. credit will be applied to your permit fees when the permit is issued. OWNER'S AFFIDAVIT: I certify that all of the foregoing information is accurate and that all work will be clone in compliance % ith all applicable laws regulating construction and zoning. X`i I Z, loll l 1 Z /_-7 Signature of O nWiNgem Date guava co onutctoyIAgant nacre I'riva Owncr/Agent's Ihttie / Print Cont rtctor/Aeent•s Name v e-T. W I T Signature u 0 A/ of Notarv-stile of Florida U-)-- t z --- 1 :— lE!RYIt:IIU :fit"";;: GRETTY FELIPE BARRISTER, SOLICITOR & 1d TA YPUBLIC ••= My COMMISSION N GG040'1 4, EXPIRES WOW 19. 2020 Owner/Agent is Personally Known to \qc or Contractor Agent is Personally Known to Me or Produced ID Type of ID Produced ID Type of 1D BELOW IS FOR OFFICE USE ONLY Permits Required: Building Electrical Mechanical Plumbing Gas Roof Construction Type: Total Sq Ft of Bldg: Occupancy Use: Min. Occupancy Load: Flood Zone: of Stories: new Construction: Electric - # of Amps Plumbing - # of fixtures Fire Sprinkler Permit: Yes[] No APPROVALS: ZONING: ENGINEERING: COMM.CNTS: n of I -leads UTILITIES: FIRE: Fire Alarm Permit: Yes No WASTE WATER: BUILDING: Revised: June 30. 2015 Pei mit Application INSPECTION SEQUENCE BP# 17-3074 ADDRESS: 312 N. Entrance Road BUILDING PERMIT Min Max Inspection Description Footer / Setback Stemwall 10 Slab / Mono Slab Lintel / Tie Beam / Fill / Down Cell Sheathing — Walls Sheathing — Roof Roof Dry In 20 Frame Insulation Rough Firewall Screw Pattern 20 Drywall / Sheetrock Lath Inspection Building Ceiling Air Barrier Insulation Roof (Com'l) Building Ceiling Grid Final Roof Final Stucco / Siding Final Insulation Final Firewall Final Door Final Window Final Utility Building Final Screen Structure Final Pool Screen Enclosure Pre -Demo Final Demo Final Single Family Residence Final Commercial — 1000 Final Commercial — Addition / Alteration Final Commercial — Change of Use Final Building (Other) ELECTRICAL PERMIT Min Max Inspection Description Electric Underground Footer / Slab Steel Bond Electric Ceiling Rough Electric Wall Rough Electric Rough Pre -Power Final Temporary Pole Electric Final l3'i I.B1 IG.PERMIT xw Min Max Ins ection Description Rough Plumb 10 Plumbing Underground 20 Plumbing 2"d Rough Plumbing Tubset Plumbing Sewer Plumbing Grease Trap Rough Plumbing Steam / Chill Water Rough 1000 Plumbing Final MECHANICAL PERMIT Min Max Inspection Description 10 Mechanical Rough Mechanical Fire Damper Framing Mechanical Ceiling Rough Mechanical Fire Damper Annular Space Mechanical Insulation Wrap Mechanical Fire Damper Angle Light / Water Test Ck Welds Mechanical Grease Duct Wrap 1000 Mechanical Final REVISED: June 2014 INSPECTION SEQUENCE BP# 17-3074 ADDRESS: 312 N. Entrance road 4zA•S'P,E R.ie- .7Y A, Min Max Inspection Description Gas Underground Piping 10 Gas Rough -In 1000 Gas Final Medical Gas Rough -In Medical Gas Final 00 Min Max Inspection Description 10 Hood System Rough 20 Hood System Insulation 10 Light/Water Test Ck Welds 1000 Hood System Final Inspection DescriptionMinMax Roof Dry -In Final Roof REVISED: June 2014 Jan 1018 05:09p InnerCity 3523246369 p.1 CITY OF SANFORD BUILDING & FIRE PREVENTION PERMIT APPLICATION Application No: 1-7' 30rl q ram- Documented Construction Value: S Job Address: _31'2. N E"1+V i1C e historic District: Yes No Parcel ID: Residential Commercial L Type of Work: New9 Addition Alteration Repair Demo Change of Use Move Description of Work: OLdGt-I n TV cl"-ut pool 4-eb l e,1 100g., r rt 0 u, [ 4e't • i%h t d r i W OLA ,k t o Coo ter' c 1060•,u.1- q Plan Review Contact Person: J OSe-ph Gi OG(-}n ( CCU Title:6r.9- 1 a00r Phone: 161 a 25• 30SIe Fax: 352L3a4-e0 401 Email: GCJS l Cc Se nm Property Owner Information Name n h Phone: 40'7 0. - iP J 3 Street: Resident of property'. City, State Zip: oVll of F-1-1 ContractorInformation Name J u. [ i 1061 U E4'4hone: uo-? Ras- 30s10 Street-.7ogbl' n Fax• 35 a 3 — 3 (9 R City, State Zip: A d:, 5O-1 State License No.: P,= R 13 0 1 q (0 S7 Architect/Engineer Information Name: Phone: Street: Fax: City, St, Zip: E-mail Bonding Company: Mortgage Lender: Address: Address: WARNING TO OWNER: YOUR FAQ,URE TO RECORD A NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT MAY RESULT IN YOUR PAYING TWICE FOR tMPROVEIVIENTS TO YOUR PROPERTY. A -NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT MUST BE RECORDED AND POSTED ON THE JOB SITE BEFORE THE FIRST INSPECTION. IF YOU INTEND TO OBTAIN FINANCING, CONSULT WITH YOUR LENDER OR AN ATTORNEY BEFORE RECORDING YOUR NOTICE OF CONSIENCENIENT. Application is hereby made to obtain a permit to do the work and installations as indicated. I certify that no work or installation has commenced prior to the issuance of a permit and that all work will be performed to meet standards of all laws regulating construction in this jurisdiction. I understand that a separate permit must be secured for electrical work, plumbing, signs, wells, pools, furnaces, boilers, heaters, tanks, and air conditioners, etc. FBC 105.3 Shall be Inscribed with the date of application and the code in effect as of that date: 5" Edition (2014) Florida Building Code Revised: Junc 30, 2015 Permit Application Jan 1018 05:10p InnerCity 3523246369 p.2 NOTICE: In addition to the requirements of this permit, there may be additional restrictions applicable to this property that may be found in the public records of this county, and there may be additional permits required from other governmental entities such as water management districts, state agencies, or federal agencies. Acceptance of permit is verification that I will notify the owner of the property of the requirements of Florida Lien Law, FS 713. The City of Sanford requires payment of a plan review fee at the time of permit submittal. A copy of the executed contract is requiredinordertocalculateaplanrevicwchargeandu711beconsidered :he estimated construction value of the job at the time of submittal. The actual construction value will be figured based on the current ICC Valuation Table in effect at the time the permit is issued, in accordance with local ordinance. Should calculated charges figured off the executed contract exceed the actual construction value, credit will be applied to your permit fees when the permit is issued. OWNER'S AFFIrDAVIT: I certify that all of the foregoing information is accurate and that all work will be done in compliance with all applicable laws regulating construction and zoning. Signaturc of Owncr;Agcn1 Date Print 0%vner/Agent's Namc Signature ol'Notary-State of Flotida Date 0 FELJCIA RUSSELL w AY CQuf&SSIM # FF239i33 Si6narurc ot•Notary•-State of Florida to - f liiESJune 09. 20t9 tali ai !$egillsjn9 svtc+:eae . . Owner/ Agent is Personally Known to Me or Contractor,Agent is _Personally Knou.to : le or Produced ID T zrof Produced1DTypeofIDYPBELOW IS FOR OFFICE USE ONLY Permits Required: Building Electrical Mechanical Plumbing Gas[] Roof Construction Type: Occupancy Use: Flood Zone: Total Sq Ft of Bldg: Min. Occupancy Load: # of Stories: New Construction: Electric - # of Amps Plumbing - # of Fixtures Fire Sprinkler Permit: Yes No # of Heads Fire Alarm Permit: Yes No APPROVALS: ZONING: UTILITIES: WASTE WATER: ENGINEERING: FIRE: BUILDING: COMMENTS: Revised: June A 2015 Permit Application Jan 10 18 05:14p InnerCity 3523246369 p.4 SUBCONTRACT AGREEMENT SHORT FORM) s acrasmant is T±a: a t!: s day of O C c. 20 Y :n; t;2ye=" ;v:akken Construction Inc. (Contractor) and Subcontractor) to perform the Work i::entifee it:.artic19 2 in a:,cordance with the Project's Contract Documents. pp:,`;=C— ,,ue !;G-:2 3i!!iards Sanford CV44-ER: Pro T:me'nc SLR "0Nl-;13 -"MR' Savannah Electric Inc Art_ 3NTR.A.C7 PA` MEN7- The Contractor agrees to pay Subcontractor for Y' S J,contractor's Work the sum of r i3t'7 'r'TO:.sanc Ccl ars t '7 000 )• For labor only. Contractor shall r.;o::iCe _:i !later+a•scomplete the job description in totality. c-.: bconxsctoc ;s rssp:.r+s:tie ,or his employees and tools needed to perform such I; c. Tne paymen=.s s'nail t;e made in three equal installments from the time of c;:^-: rer.;.er F=• ;•u•c=o+ !ractor s^a!l complete all duties in order to acquire a C: ' tiricsta ;,` Occ,.ca;Ic:- - rn t`Ea City of Sanford Municipalities as follows. ai! pco::c°e fights. Pendant lighting and general electrical needs roorr: area including neon outlets for window facade. 2. irstsj' a min nim,.irn cT 7-6 TV's with mounts at specified locations with power Gut! c:s. All cl-act T'•i w6no will be provided. V" ire aixi 7j.leis fer kitchen and refrigeration equipment, including tr ,, _ r; ;;r njachina and all cooking equipment. Article- 2 i;,; Subcc^::actor s:^•al: -Wish necessary labor, materials, services, tools, equipment ana 01h•Sr ::':iggs necessary to fully perform and complete the Work jr• ,: ooper.-tion :Nit!' :r:2 other trades in a good and workmanlike manner to the salisfac : on and accepiance of Contractor and Owner and perform all the Work as sei tarth fie. ein ;hareinalter referred to as the "Work"). a clair': steal! be mace dje to minor variations in the actual conditions of the gr,: ig? `;;,rT +N!':at;& sn-AP fr. on the plans. Subcontractor shall examine the P; emiis-zs, and asce'tain the existing conditions at the site and the nature loce" on 0•; tzr vr-iwk. All Work affected or governed thereby or required icr tie thcro:.gh and saiisfa:tor;J execution and completion of his Work, v, h8zzar inJcui2C or speci:ied or not, and regardless of quantity estimated, locMl3WOVMTNI 4 SUBCONTRACT AG Jan 1018 05:16p InnerCity 3523246369 p.9 it -Owner er Contractor fcr a period of one (1 ) year from the date of Substantial carnp:eti--:l Y the Prc ec: w per Contract Documents, whichever is longer. Article 9 r, mess.. ;Gre, :: , - Je= h=ve executed this Agreement under Seal, the S ;OCcrtraci:r ,=;r^: Nz . _ Savan-ah Electric At X lei BY bcoiitrac fors Fec=rai -ax :D NIurrber: q5- a97-7qaa REVIEWED BY: ' MATT MINNETTO Plans-cesvoci SAN ORD FIRE DEPT. 5)l FA -re Da. pto - 12'x12" 12"XZ 7 20 2D H000l3s- A 3S A ;IVA IQAaa03T93oP,ke,Eng,lneered•.-Fire Rp'PPression-°System 1 f OHTUA ZA TOV 3HT THE 1qRqCHEMTtrt46GAL9car 0 MOsi "Otzlvi t.Vio3 ,. 2. ilIAIU 03 1H 1H ? 50 4k l l 1H 1H 2H 24•. 48• 40"SO• 24•-48" GRIDDLE RANGE FRYER 24" X24• 12"X24" 15•,21- Designed & Installed by: United Fire Protection 2900 Shader Road Orlando, FL 32808 407- 299-0201 PIZZA OVEN 56" X36 For: QUE- PHORIA 312 ENTRANCE RD N- SANFORD, FL 32771 4 2" Gas Val 30 Asa(1 DUSi' u'21400 = , G AOn a Remote Pull FIRE EXT. EXTINGUISHER K TYPE Total System Flow Points =/li Lic #: 49598100012004 Designer: AF Job #: 1 Date: 10/23/2017 Stamp SANFORD FIRE EMPAa't'MENT THESE I PLANA E ACCEPTED REF CONDITIONALLY PERMIT. ANPERMISSION DEEMEDSSUEDPERMITSHALL BE SSION TO PROCEED WITH WORK AND NOT ALE ORSET UTHORITY TO VIOLATE, CANCEL, ASIDEANYOFTHESEPROVISIONSOF THE TECHNICAL CODES, ISSUANCEOFAPERMITPREVENTTHE FIRE REAFTERNREQU RING A TH THECORRECTIONOF ERRORS ON THE PLANS. VIOLATIONS OF THE CODE. OR OTHER VIOLA U Fire Suppression System Design Specifications Notes System Materials Upon activation an audible or visual indicator shall be provided. Fire Suppression System: Ansul R-102 Wet Chemical UL300 as per attacheA specifications and drawings. Installation of this Fire Suppression System shall comply with the latest addition of the State Building Codes, NFPA 96 & 17A, and I.M.C. Mechanical codes. All Electric work to be to be performed by the customer's Licensed Electrician. If the building is equipped with a fire alarm system it shall be connected by others. a Provided Gas Valves are to be installed by the customer's Licensed Plumber. K Class fire extinguisher will be provided. Pipe is 3/8" black seamless. Upon activation of system all electrical & fuel must shut down. Installation'of pre engineered UL300 PYRO CHEM 4.6 gallon wet chemical fire suppression system to manufacturer spec's & NFPA code (NFPA 17A-2009 ed, FFPC 5th ed, NFPA 96 2011 ed). Piping is 3/8" black iron.The system uses 10 of 15 flow points. Upon activation an audible or visual indicator t4 shall be provided. If the building is equipped with a fire alarm system it shall be connected by others. NFPA 17A — 2009 Edition) Appliances to be installed and secured by others. K Class fire extinguisher will be provided. Upon activation of system all electrical & fuel must shut down. Electrical to be done by others. Remote pull installed 10' — 20' from hood & 4' from floor at kitchen exit per NFPA S= SWIVELAIMING DEVICE Legend 1 H = 1 flow 2D = 2 flows 2H= 2 flows Designed & Installed by: For: United Fire Protection QUE- PHORIA a INITEOA.- 2900 Shader Road 312 ENTRANCE RD N Orlando, FL 32808 SANFORD, FL 32771 407-299-0201 ' IET o t7=W x UW W IACICi ICE J STATS. xU0 CCU 5ssiC& b_ F CI irM NI11LARCD S.0 I I CC Ot`it'i{C11 I1A1 NibN9WVYLILrr% VI\ 117N- rVALKWAY AWNING T- --- NEW MLO 225 PROPOSED FIRE EXTINGUISHER ELECTRICAL MINIMUM RATING OF 3A-40:8:C O PANEL'D' LIGHTING CONTROL a c\ c 54' X 30- I EXISTI x0Of N 4 VEN IELECTRICALRf- N tL PANELI I • L3L 5' HOOD ABOVE COOI4N9SPAC E:L y TILE IN THIS AREA DRY STORAGE RACK I PASS - THROUGH 1 4r D EXISTING INGEXISTING COMBO EMERGENCY V.. jCo'RoN EXIT/LIGHT Id 2p1.l PI MA OF Q- R-ESS c 0 HAND SINK — III., .Ifl T R X 2 PREP TABLE 3 COMP SINK W/ IN -DIRECT CONNECTION DRY STORAC 70' X 70' HUB DRAIN WALK IN W I G COOLER U W KEGS)co i MOP SINK KU y DRY STORAGE I I I REACH IN REFBEER TAP REFS n Fite Piotection Products I NI 0-0 One Stanton Street Marinette, WI 54143-2542, USA +1-715-735-741 V/j Copyright 0 2014 Tyco Fire Products LP. / All rights reserved. il Partiw' I 1 ansulxorn 087-12 ti SECTION I -GENERAL INFORMATION UL EX3470 ULC EX3470 PAGE 1-4 REV. 11 2014-SEP-01 NOTES: R- 102 Restaurant Fire Suppressibn Manual f?it' R.102 'Resrtaurant Fire Suppression Manual TOTAL'§SYSTEM There are four types of R-102 Restaurant Fire Suppression Systems,,, l 1. Sin le -tank System 2. Double -tank System 3. Thre&,Itank System (1 Cartridge) 4. Multiple Tank System (Three Tanks or More — Multiple Cartridges) The typbl6f•5ystem required for the particular installation will be determined through the guidelines covered in "System Design." Additional equipment which may be required to complete the system design is explained in the "System Components" sec- tion. Additional devices covered are: remote manual pull sta- tions, mechanical and electrical gas shut-off valves, electrical switches. and pressure switches. nk SystemSingle;h The R-1: single -tank system is available with a stainless steel enclosure and consists of: 1. AUTd6N Regulated Release Assembly (Electrical or Mechanical) 2. Nitrogen Cartridge and/or Carbon Dioxide Cartridge 3. ANSULEX Low pH Liquid Fire Suppressant 4. Discharge Nozzles 5. Detection Components 6. Additional Devices (As Required) The regulated release assembly contains the regulated release mechanism, agent tank, expellant gas hose for agent tank hook- up, and•6closure knockouts to facilitate installing detection sys- tem and additional equipment. Refer to "System Components" section for individual component descriptions. FIGURE 2-1 000133 SECTION 2 — SYSTEM DESCRIPTION UL EX3470 ULC EX3470 2014-SEP-01 REV. 11 PAGE 2-1 Double -Tank System The R-102 double -tank system is available with stainless steel enclosures and consists of: 1. AUTOMAN Regulated Release Assembly (Electrical or Mechanical) 2. Nitrogen Cartridge and/or Carbon Dioxide Cartridge 3. ANSULEX Low pH Liquid Fire Suppressant 4. Enclosure or Bracket Assembly 5. Discharge Nozzles 6. Detection Components 7. Additional Devices (As Required) The regulated release assembly contains the regulated release mechanism, agent tank, expellant gas hose for agent tank hookup, and enclosure knockouts to facilitate installing expellant piping, detection system, and additional equipment. The enclosure or bracket assembly is mounted separately but within the guidelines of the regulated release assembly expellant gas piping requirements to ensure simultaneous actuation of the system. Refer to "System Components" section for individual component descriptions. FIGURE 2.2 321 SECTION 2 —SYSTEM DESCRIPTION UL EX3470 ULC EX3470 PAGE 2-2 REV. 11 2014-SEP-01 TOTAL SYSTEM (Continued) Three -Tank System (1 Cartridge with Three 3.0 Gal Tanks ONLY) The R-102 three -tank system is available with stainless steel enclosures and consists of: 1. AUTOMAN Regulated Release Assembly (Electrical or Mechanical) 2. Double Tank Enclosure Assembly 3. Nitrogen Cartridge 4. ANSULEX Low pH Liquid Fire Suppressant 5. Discharge Nozzles 6. Detection Components 7. Additional Devices (As Required) The regulated release assembly contains the regulated release mechanism, agent tank, expellant gas hose for agent tank hookup, and enclosure knockouts to facilitate installing expellant piping, detection system, and additional equipment. The double tank enclosure assembly is mounted separately but within the guidelines of the regulated release assembly expellant gas piping requirements to ensure simultaneous actuation of the system. Refer to "System Components" section for individual component descriptions. FIGURE 2-3 322 R-102 Restaurant Fire Suppression Manual Multiple Tank System (Three Tanks or More — Multiple Cartridges) The R-102 multiple -tank system is available with stainless steel enclosures and consists of: 1. AUTOMAN Regulated Release Assembly :yn, Electrical or Mechanical) or AUTOMAN Remote Release Assembly(ies) 2. Nitrogen Cartridge(s) and/or Carbon Dioxide Cartridge(s) 3. Regulated Actuator Assembly(ies) 4. ANSULEX Low pH Liquid Fire Suppressant 5. Enclosure or Bracket Assembly(ies) 6. Discharge Nozzles 7. Detection Components 8. Additional Devices (As Required) The regulated release assembly contains the regulated release mechanism, agent tank, expellant gas hose for agent tank hookup, and enclosure knockouts to facilitate installing actua- tion piping, expellant piping, detection system, and. -additional equipment. The remote release assembly(ies) is used in Iarge,Y ems or multi -hood systems to actuate regulated actuator assembly(ies) ONLY. The remote release assembly contains a release mecha- nism (unregulated), with enclosure knockouts to facilitate install- ing the actuation piping, expellant piping, detection system, and additional equipment. Each regulated actuator assembly is mounted separately but within the guidelines of the regulated release assembly actua- tion/expellant gas piping requirements to ensure simultaneous actuation of the system. The assembly contains the pneumatic actuator, regulator, agent tank, expellant gas hose for agent tank hookup, and enclosure plugs to facilitate installin9 xpellant4'fir piping. : . Each enclosure or bracket assembly is mounted sepa ately but within the guidelines of the regulated release assembly or reg- ulated actuator assembly expellant gas piping requi v. &nts to ensure simultaneous actuation of the system. Refei W' ""System Components" section for individual component descrimions. il[j;i •, FIG•U,RE 2-4 1 • 0=323 li® R-102 RAiaurant Fire Suppression Manual F; 4_ f EXTINGUISHING AGENT ANSUI WE ow pH Liquid Fire Suppressant (1.5 gallon — Part No. 7969)5,or 3.0 gallon — Part No. 79372) is a potassium -based solution designed for fast knock -down and suppression of grease -related fires. The agent is shipped in plastic containers which provide one complete tank charge. (Refer to Section V, Page 5-2.1, for maximum agent fill capacity.) Agent storage life expectancy'is twelve years and can be stored at a temperature of 40 OF to,130 OF (-40 °C to 54 °C). Note: When installing agent in R-102''system, temperature range is 32 OF (0'C) to 130 OF 54 °C)-.The distributor must record the batch numbers and date of shipment receipt to be filed with each installation record. ANSULEX.-QW PH LIQUID FIRE SUPPRESSANT SHIP pl'r3.0 GALLON 1 5 GALLON I(i WT 35 LB (15.9 kg) SHIPPING WT. 19 LB (6.6 kg) 000136 000137 r " FIGURE 3-1 REGUL_jED RELEASE ASSEMBLY (MECHANICAL) The Al'JWMAN Regulated Mechanical Release Assembly (Part No. 429E53) contains the regulated release mechanism, expel- lant gas hose for agent tank hookup, and enclosure knockouts to facilitatb: installing actuation piping; expellant piping; detec- tion systgni. sand additional equipment. This regulated release assembly is used in single, double, and multiple -tank systems and must be mounted to a rigid surface. The release mecha- nism can be used to interconnect both the actuation and expel- lant gas lines as required per system design. The regulator is designeVo allow a constant flow of gas into the tank at 110 psi 7.6 bar).Vhen the system is actuated. The agent tank must be ordered :,eparately. In singlr, double, and multiple -tank systems, the provided expellankg, s hose connects the agent tank to the bottom outlet of the regulator. In double and multiple -tank system configura- tions, the `hack outlet of the regulator is used as an expellant gas feet; for one additional tank -enclosure or tank -bracket hookup. The enclosure contains the required knockouts to facilitate this connection. If a pressure switch is to be attached to the regulator, additional fittings are required. The tank is mounted within the enclosure. The tank contains an adaptor/tube assembly with a burst disc union. The burst disc helps prevent siphoning of the agent up the pipe due to significant temperature fluctuations in the area where the tank is located. The tank is stainless steel and, under normal condi- tions, requires hydrostatic testing every twelve years. The detection and additional equipment required per system design are connected to the release mechanism. The enclosure contains knockouts to facilitate detection and additional hookups. SECTION 3 — SYSTEM COMPONENTS UL EX3470 ULC EX3470 2014-SEP-01 REV. 11 PAGE 3-1 Automatic actuation occurs when a fusible link within the detec- tion system separates in a fire condition. Manual actuation of the system occurs when personnel pull on the remote manual pull station pull ring. AUTOMAN REGULATED RELEASE ASSEMBLY MECHANICAL) NOTE: AGENT TANK MUST BE ORDERED SEPARATELY SEE PAGE 3.3) II SHIPPING WT 209 LB (9.5 kg) FIGURE 3-2 0094S4 REGULATED RELEASE ASSEMBLY (ELECTRICAL) The AUTOMAN Regulated Electrical Release Assembly (Part No. 429856) is identical to the mechanical version except it also contains a factory installed 120 VAC solenoid and electrical switch. The solenoid is used to provide electrical actuation of the release mechanism. The electric switch is used to protect the solenoid by opening the circuit to the solenoid once the system is fired. Additional electrical switches can be added as required for automatic equipment and gas shut-off accessories, as well as initiating audible and visual alarms. AUTOMAN REGULATED RELEASE ASSEMBLY ELECTRICAL)' NOTE: AGENT TANK MUST SHIPPING WT. 22 1 LB (100 k9) BE ORDERED SEPARATELY SEE PAGE 3.3) SWITCH I —I I SOLENOID FIGURE 3.3 OONr55 The system can be actuated automatically or manually. ' Note: AUTOMAN Regulated Electrical Release (Part No. 429856) is not intend- ed to be used with electric detection. SECTION 3 — SYSTEM COMPONENTS UL EX3470 ULC EX3470 PAGE 3-2 REV. 11 2014-SEP-01 REMOTE MECHANICAL RELEASE The Remote Mechanical Release (Part No. 433485) is used to actuate up to five R-102 regulated actuators. The remote mechanical release utilizes a 101-10 carbon dioxide cartridge as the actuation pressure to operate the regulated actuators. The release is housed in a stainless steel enclosure. Also available is an OEM Remote Release/Bracket Assembly Part No. 439946). The OEM Remote Release/Bracket contains the same release mechanism as the standard Remote Release, and must be installed in a suitable equipment enclosure either horizontally or vertically. The remote release contains all the necessary mounting and conduit holes needed to fully install the assembly. Note: OEM Release/Bracket Assembly must be installed high enough in cabinet so that there is sufficient room to install and remove cartridge. RELEASE MECHANIS SHIPPING WEIC 14.4 LB (6.5 kg) FIGURE 3-4 009456 R-102 Restaurant Fire Suppression Manual SINGLE TANK ENCLOSURE ASSEMBLY The Single Tank Enclosure Assembly (Part No. 429870) is used in double and multiple -tank systems and must be mounted to a rigid surface near the regulated release or regulated actuator assembly its expellent gas line will be connected,td.` The enclosure is designed for mounting either a 1.5 gallon (Part No. 429864) or a 3.0 gallon tank (Part No. 429862).in a mini- mum amount of space. . ; I ENCLOSURE ASSEMBLY NOTE: AGENT TANK MUST o 0 0BEORDERED SEPARATELY 0 SEE PAGE 3.3) 0 0 0 MOUNTING - ENCLOSURE etr f SHIPPING WT. 13 LB (5.9 kg) F1 URE 3-5 000142 RED PAINTED BRACKET ASSEMBLY The Bracket Assembly (Part No. 429878) is used in double and multiple -tank systems and must be mounted to a rigid surface near the regulated release assembly or regulated actuator assembly that its expellant gas line will be connecte.0 to. i) The tank bracket is constructed of mild steel and painted red. It is designed for mounting the tank in a minimum. Yount of space. The Bracket Assembly can only be utilized with 3.0 gal- lon tanks (Part No. 429862). BRACKET ASSEMBLY MOUNTING BRACKET G SHIPPING WT. 7 LS (3.2 kg) FIGURE 3-6 000141 ME R-102 R' staurant Fire Suppression Manual I(II? REGUL%f}TED ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY td The Regulated Actuator Assembly (Part No. 429850) contains the regulatoiot,eumatic actuator, expellant gas hose for agent tank hookup, and enclosure knockouts to facilitate installing expellant piping. This assembly is used in multiple -tank systems and must be mounted to a rigid surface. The regulator contains two outlets 135' apart. One outlet is used to'linterconnect the expellant gas hose to the enclosed agent tank. The other outlet connects an expellant gas line to an additional enclosure or bracket assembly. The regulator is designed,'to allow a constant flow of expellant gas into each agent tank at 110 psi (7.6 bar). The pneumatic actuator is designed to puncture the expellant gas caRlidge seal upon receiving pressure from the regulated release- assembly actuation piping. The enclosure contains a knockout to facilitate distribution piping hookup. REGULATED ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY 1 NOTE: AGENT TANK MUST BE ORDERED SEPARATELY Sf'.E PAGE 3.3) Ott 1FW r i • PNEUMATIC ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY REGULATOR ING WT. B.6 kg) FIGURE 3-7 y • X 000143 AGENT TANK ASSEMBLY The agent tank shipping assembly (3 Gallon (Part No. 429862) and 1.5 Gallon (Part No. 429864)) consists of a stainless steel tank and=an adaptor/tube assembly. The adaptor/tube assem- bly contains a burst disc. The burst disc prevents agent leakage due to significant temperature fluctuations in the area where the tank is located. Under normal conditions, the tank requires hydrostatic testing every twelve years. The date of manufacture is stamped on the tank nameplate. The tank"Zs shipped uncharged and must be filled with only ANSULEX Low pH Liquid Fire Suppressant during installation. TANK ADAPTOR/ I --*-TUBE ASSEMBLY 3 GALLON SHIPPING WT. 7 LB (3.2 kg) 1.5 GALLON SHIPPING WT. 5 LB (2.3 kg) AGENT TANK FIGURE 3-8 000/40 SECTION 3 — SYSTEM COMPONENTS UL EX3470 ULC EX3470 2014-SEP-01 REV. 11 PAGE 3-3 OEM RELEASE/BRACKET ASSEMBLY FOR OEM IN -CABINET USE ONLY) The OEM Regulated Mechanical Release/Bracket Assembly Part No. 79493) contains the same regulated release mecha- nism as the standard AUTOMAN Regulated Release Assembly. The OEM Regulated Electrical Release/Bracket Assembly (Part No. 4373241, is identical to the mechanical version except that it contains a factory installed 120 VAC solenoid and electrical switch. These release/bracket assemblies must be installed in a suitable equipment enclosure either horizontally or vertically. They contain all the necessary mounting and conduit holes needed to fully install the assembly. The agent tank is installed separately and need not be bracketed once it is piped and filled. Note: OEM Release/Bracket Assembly must be installed high enough in cabinet so that there is sufficient room to install and remove cartridge. Note: OEM Regulated Electrical Release/Bracket Assembly (Part No. 437324) is not intended to be used with electric detection. RELEASE MECHANISM REGULA MOUNTING BRACKET HIPPING WT. 1.3 LB (4.2 kg) FIGURE 3-9 009457 OEM REGULATED ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY The OEM Regulated Actuator Assembly (Part No. 418691) includes the regulator, pneumatic actuator, expellant gas hose and OEM bracket. Also available is an OEM Regulated Actuator Assembly with all the above mentioned components except for the bracket. This assembly is Part No. 418522. SHIPPING WT 4 LB (1.6 kg) FIGURE 3-10 002225 SECTION 3 — SYSTEM COMPONENTS UL EX3470 ULC EX3470 PAGE 3-4 REV. 11 2014-SEP-01 TWO TANK ENCLOSURE ASSEMBLY The Two Tank Enclosure Assembly (Part No. 429872) consists of two expellant gas hoses, two grommets, and the mounting enclosure. The assembly is used in 9-gallon systems. It can be coupled with a 3-gallon regulated release assembly or a 3-gal- Ion regulated actuator assembly to give a total of 9 gal (34.1 L) of agent. Agent tanks must be ordered separately. The tank enclosure is designed to mount in a minimum amount of space. R-102 Restaurant Fire Suppression Manual ADDITIONAL SHIPPING ASSEMBLIES r Several complete shipping assemblies are available, containing both the release or actuator mechanism and the.ag nt tanrk. When ordering a complete shipping assembly, orde S ie follow- ing part numbers: Shipping Wt. Part No. Description lb,,:,. (kg) 430299 3.0 Gallon Mechanical Release 33 (15) Shipping Assembly including: 429853 Mechanical Regulated Release Assembly 429862 3.0 Gallon Tank Assembly SHIPPING Wr 430300 1.5 Gallon Mechanical Release 26 LB (11.8 kg) Shipping Assembly including: 429853 Mechanical Regulated Release Assembly 429864 1.5 Gallon Tank Assembly FIGURE 3-11 002277 24VDC REGULATED RELEASE ASSEMBLY The 24VDC Regulated Release Assembly (Part No. 429859) is used where electric, thermostat detection is required via the use of a releasing control unit. This assembly consists of a 24VDC AUTOMAN II-C regulated release mechanism, expellant gas hose, and enclosure knockouts to facilitate installing actuation piping, expellant piping, detection system, and additional equip- ment. Agent tank must be ordered separately. The system can be actuated automatically or manually. Automatic actuation occurs when the control panel receives a signal from the detection circuit. The panel then sends an electrical signal to the 24VDC regulated release, causing it to actuate. When actuation occurs, the gas cartridge is punctured, pressurizing the agent tank and discharging the agent through the distribution piping. Manual actuation of the system occurs when personnel pull on the remote manual pull station pull ring. 430309 3.0 Gallon Regulated Actuator Shipping Assembly including: 429850 Regulated Actuator Assembly 429862 3.0 Gallon Tank Assembly 430316 1.5 Gallon Stainless Steel Enclosure Shipping Assembly including: 429870 Single Tank Mounting Box Assembly 429864 1.5 Gallon Tank Assembly 418511 Hose Assembly 430317 3.0 Gallon Stainless Steel Enclosure Shipping Assembly including: 429870 Single Tank Mounting Box Assembly 429862 3.0 Gallon Tank Assembly 418511 Hose Assembly 430324 6.0 Gallon Stainless Steel Enclosure Shipping Assembly including: 429872 Two Tank Mounting Box Assembly 429862 3.0 Gallon Tank Assembly (2) 430332 3.0 Gallon Mounting Bracket Shipping NOTE: AGENT TANK MUST BE Assembly including: ORDERED SEPARATELY 429878 3.0 Gallon Mounting (SEE PAGE 3.3) g Bracket Assembly SHIPPING Wr 429862 3.0 Gallon Tank Assembly 34 LB (15.4 kg) FIGURE 3-12 002279 30 (14) d Lr 3•F (1.6) •' 18 (8) 20••'• (9) r.' 40,P.. (18) J:S 20 (9) R-102 Restaurant Fire Suppression Manual 4 tE' GAS CARTRIDGES The R-10'2' system uses gas cartridges to store nitrogen or carbon dioxide expellant gases under pressure until the system is actuaspLd, at which time the cartridge seal is punctured and the released gas expels liquid agent from one or more tanks through t6 discharge piping and out the discharge nozzles. Four nigot en gas cartridges and three carbon dioxide gas car- tridges are vailable as shown in Figure 13. Cartridges noted as TC/DOT are both Transport Canada (TC) and Depanment of Transportation (DOT) approved. Cartridges noted as DOT are Department of Transportation approved only. Cartridge selection options are provided in Section 4 under Tank and Cartridge Requirements. NITROGEN GAS CARTRIDGES fi I• 17 1/41N. 1 a c • 11 5/81N. 12 1/4 IN ( 438 mm) 718 IN. (295 mm) 7 200 mm)I ' ' (311 mm) 2 1/2 IN 2 1/2 IN. 4 3116 IN 3 9/161N 64.mm) (64 mm) (106 mm) (90 mm) LT-20-R LT-30•R DOUBLE -TANK LT-A-101.30 CARTRIDGE CARTRIDGE CARTRIDGE CARTRIDGE 000146 000146 000147 000144 CARBON DIOXIDE CARTRIDGES 11 5/8 IN. 1 9 IN. -. 1111 7 7/81N. 295 mm) J 229 mml 200 mm) 1 2 112 1N. 2 1/2 IN. I51 mm) 64 mm) 64 mm) 101.10 CARTRIDGE 101.20 CARTRIDGE 101.30 CARTRIDGE 000140 000160 000161 FIGURE 3-13 Additional cartridge shipping assemblies are available for European and Australian requirements. Cartridge** European Australian TC/DOT Description Part No. Part No. Part No. LT-20-R 428440 428948 423429 LT-30-R 428441 426553 423435 Double.Tank 428446 426563 423493 LT-A-101;-30 428442 426555 423491 101-10--1CO2 428443 N/A 423439 101-20'-'CO2 428445 N/A 423441 101.30 1602 428444 N/A 423443 Note: For 101-10 cartridge, Part No. 15850 is DOT only. SECTION 3 - SYSTEM COMPONENTS UL EX3470 ULC EX3470 2014- SEP-01 REV. 11 PAGE 3-5 NOZZLES There are 11 types of discharge nozzles each designed to distribute the liquid agent in a uniform pattern throughout the hazard area: 1. 1/2N Nozzle 7. 245 Nozzle 2. 1 F Nozzle 8. 260 Nozzle 3. 1 W Nozzle 9. 290 Nozzle 4. 1 N Nozzle 10. 2120 Nozzle 5. 2W Nozzle 11. 3N Nozzle 6. 230 Nozzle Although these nozzles are similar in appearance and have certain common parts, the tip of each nozzle is designed for a specific application and must only be used in those areas. See Nozzle Application Chart in Section 4 - System Design, for individual nozzle usage. Nozzles are shipped with metal blow- off caps included. A 25 pack of Nozzle O-rings (Part No. 439848) is also available. 318 - 18 NPT FEMALE THREAD NOZZLE IDENTIFICATION INTERNAL CUP STRAINER INSIDE ILICONE I - RING FIGURE 3.14 009474 Nozzle Identification Chart Nozzle Nozzle Nozzle Package Flow Type Part No. Quantity No. Nozzle Material 1/ 2N Nozzle 439837 9 1/2 Chrome -Plated Body 1 F Nozzle 439836 9 1 Chrome -Plated Body 1 W Nozzle' 439839 25 1 Chrome -Plated Body 1N Nozzle' 439838 25 1 Chrome -Plated Body 2W Nozzle 439840 25 2 Chrome -Plated Body 230 Nozzle 439842 25 2 Chrome -Plated Body 245 Nozzle 439843 25 2 Chrome -Plated Body 260 Nozzle 439844 9 2 Chrome -Plated Body 290 Nozzle 439845 9 2 Chrome -Plated Body 2120 Nozzle 439846 9 2 Chrome -Plated Body 3N Nozzle 439841 9 3 Chrome -Plated Body Stainless steel versions are available in the 1 W nozzle (Pan No. 439864) and the 1 N nozzle (Part No. 439865). SILICONE LUBRICANT Dow Corning Compound 111 (Part No. 78112) is available in a 5. 3-ounce tube. Compound has excellent qualities for sealing and lubricating system components. SECTION 3 — SYSTEM COMPONENTS UL EX3470 ULC EX3470 PAGE 3-6 REV. 11 2014-SEP-01 SWIVEL ADAPTOR The Swivel Adaptor Assembly consists of a swivel nut, swivel body and swivel ball. All are chrome -plated. The swivel adaptor allows any nozzle to be rotated approximately 30' in all direc- tions. Swivel Adaptors must be ordered as a Swivel Adaptor Shipping Assembly (Part No. 423572) which contains 25 Swivel Adaptors or Part No. 419385, which contains 9 Swivel Adaptors. 318 - 18 NPT FEMALE THREAD Y8 - 18 NPT MALE THREAD 30 DEGREI ROTATION METAL BLOW -OFF CAP FIGURE 3-15 00= The Metal Blow -Off Cap helps keep the orifice of the nozzle free of grease or other substances that could interfere with agent distribution. The Metal Blow -Off Cap Package (Part No. 439861) contains 10 blow -off caps. Also available is a 10 pack of Stainless Steel Blow -Off Caps Part No. 439866). a METAL CAP STAINLESS STEEL WIRE FIGURE 3-16 009475 REDUCING COUPLING The reducing coupling (Part No. 436228) is made of stainless steel material with 3/8 in. x 1/2 in. NPT inlet threads. If neces- sary, the reducing coupling can be utilized when installing the Agent Distribution Hose Line Kit (Part No. 435982). Two cou- plings are required per Agent Distribution Hose. 114 IN. 6 MM) - 1 31161N. 301 M) FIGURE 3-17 R-102 Restaurant Fire Suppression Manual CONDUIT OFFSET ASSEMBLY The conduit offset assembly (Part No. 435961) is used to change direction of the wire rope on detection, mechanicalanical gas valve, and remote pull station lines. The conduit'ofiseassem- bly can only be used in the area where the conduit•atfaches to the regulated release assembly. When using the con?luit offset assembly, the maximum number of pulley elbows:,allowed is 16. The Conduit Offset Shipping Assembly (Part No3436063) consists of 6 conduit offsets. CONDUIT COUPLING CONDUIT OFFSET CONDUIT CONNECT Fld. t) E 3-18 000153 QUIK- SEAL" ADAPTOR • 1,• . The " Quik-Seal" adaptor is a listed mechanical bulknead fitting that produces a liquid -tight seal around both distribution piping and detection conduit which runs through restaurant hoods and ducts. The "Quik-Seal" adaptor accepts threaded pipe or con- duit. The adaptor is available for 1/4 in. (Part No. 78196), 3/8 in. Part No. 77285), 1/2 in. (Part No. 77287), or 3/4 in..(Part No. 77289) pipe or conduit sizes. When using with EMT,conduit, a conduit connector must be installed in each end of,thd.adaptor. The " Quik-Seal" Adaptor Shipping Assembly must. %,ordered as stated below:;? Shipping Assembly Hole SiSiiju Size Part No. 21. Required 1/ 4 in. 78196 24 3/4 in. 3/ 8 in. 77285 24 1 1/8 in;l: . 1/ 2 in. 77287 24 1 1/8 in,,,.,.. 3/ 4 in. 77289 24 1 3/8 in. ADAPTOR BODY GASKET LOCKWASHER NUT h f ,}: Xi I v: FIG;,_ OE 3-19 000154 j R-102 Restaurant Fire Suppression Manual S i,. fir. COMPRESSION -SEAL" ADAPTOR Zc; This ad"6aor is a mechanical bulkhead fitting that produces a liquid -tight seal around pipe and conduit when installing distribu- tion pipng and detection conduit through restaurant hoods and ducts. 'ff{6"'Compression-Seal" adaptor is a straight -through design requiring no cutting or threading of conduit or pipe. The adaptor is available for pipe sizes of 1/4 in. (Part No. 79149), 3/8 in. (Part No. 79151), 1/2 in. (Part No. 79147), and EMT con- duit size of 1/2 in. (Part No. 79153). Each "Compression -Seal" Adaptor Shipping Assembly must be ordered as stated below: Shipping SL. Assembly Hole Size Size ;,it .. Part No. Qty. Required 1/4 in. -Pipe / 1/2 in. tube 79149 24 3/4 in. 318 in. Pipe / 5/8 in. tube 79151 24 1 1/8 in. 1/2 in. Pik. 79147 24 1 1/8 in. 1/2 in. EMT•Conduit 79153 24 1 1/8 in. 1: qL " COMPRESSION NUT Whet. ADAPTOR BODY GASKET LOCKWASHER NUT - FIGURE 3-20 000155 HOOD SEAL" ADAPTOR ASSEMBLY This adaptor is a mechanical bulkhead fitting that produces a liquid tigfil seal around 1/2 in. EMT conduit when installing the detectionrline through restaurant hoods and duct. The adap- tor accepist;a.high temperature pulley elbow and, when used, correctly positions the elbow or conduit in line with the conduit adaptor hole in the detector bracket. The "Hood Seal" elimi- nates the need for multiple elbows when penetrating the top of a hood when installing the detection line. "Hood Seal" Adaptors are available in quantities of six as Shipping Assembly Part No. 423253. SEAL NUT SEAL WASHER ADAPTOR BODY ----- GASKET PULLEY OELBOW4NOTPART OF ASSEMBLY) USE ONLY PULLEY ELBOW, PART NO. 423250 FIGURE 3-21 000158 SECTION 3 — SYSTEM COMPONENTS UL EX3470 ULC EX3470 2014-SEP-01 REV. 11 PAGE 3-7 COCKING LEVERILOCK PIN The cocking lever is a component required to cock (arm) both the mechanical/electrical AUTOMAN release and the mech- anical gas valve. After the AUTOMAN is cocked (armed), the lock pin must be inserted to eliminate the accidental firing of the release mechanism. These components are available as either an individual shipping assembly or a shipping assembly containing both. Listed below are the various shipping assem- bly part numbers. Part No. Description 441042 Short Handle Cocking Lever with Lock Pin Mechanical/Electrical AUTOMAN) 441041 Long Handle Cocking Lever with Lock Pin Mechanical/Electrical AUTOMAN) 26310 Cocking Lever only (AUTOMAN II-C) 416018 Cocking Lever only (Mechanical Gas Valve) 438031 Lock Pin Short Handle Cocking Lever Requires a crescent wrench or open endibox wrench Long Handle Cocking Lever P. Lock Pin FIGURE 3-22 008325 SECTION 3 — SYSTEM COMPONENTS UL EX3470 ULC EX3470 PAGE 3-8 REV. 11 2014-SEP-01 DETECTORS The detector consists of three basic components: the bracket, linkage, and fusible link. (Fusible links are not included and must be ordered separately.) The bracket holds the entire assembly to the mounting surface. The linkage is used to support the fusible link. The fusible link is designed to separate at a specific temperature and release the wire rope, thereby actuating the regulated release mechanism. The scissor style detector allows the wire rope to be strung com- pletely through the detection system conduit and brackets first and the detector linkage assemblies are then clipped on later. The detector consists of two types of assemblies: The Terminal Detector (Part No. 435546) includes a test link and is placed last in a series of detectors. This detector is some- times referred to as the end -of -line detector and is thus named because it is at the point at which the wire rope "terminates," or is anchored at the detector bracket. Only one terminal detector is required per detection system. The Series Detector (Part No. 435547) is any detector located in -line between the regulated release assembly and the terminal detector. When using Part No. 435546 and 435547 detectors, a total of 15 detectors can be in one detection system: 14 series detectors Part No. 435547) and 1 terminal detector (Part No. 435546). Note 1: Series Detector (Part No. 435547) is also available as Part No. 435548, 25/Pkg. Note 2: Scissor -style linkage is also available in a 10-Pack (Part No. 439515). BRACKET LINKAGE O FUSIBLE V LINK FIGURE 3-23 000159 R-102 Restaurant Fire Suppression Manual I PULLEY ELBOWS There are two types of pulley elbows used to,change the direction of the wire rope by 90°. ANSUL recommends for tem- peratures not in excess of 700 °F (371 -C). Part.fga.. 415670 has socket ends with set screws for 1/2 in. conduit] and Part No. 423250 has compression ring ends also for 1/2 in, conduit. Pulley elbows must be ordered in quantities of 50 as Shipping Assembly Part No. 415671 (socket end type) and Part No. 423251 (compression end type). PART NO. 415670 PART NO 423250 io U 1 FIGi3RE 3-24 i 0001601000151 PULLEY TEE The Pulley Tee (Part No. 427929) is used to change;the direc- tion of two wire ropes by 90'. It must be used in areas where the temperatures are within the range of 32 °F to 130 °F (0 °C to 54 'C). Pulley tees can be used in mechanical gas valve actuation lines and remote manual pull station lines. Pulley tees cannot be used within a detection line. ISIti J NEI FIGURE 3-25 000447 ANSUL STAINLESS STEEL CABLE The 1/16 in. stainless steel cable is run from the terminal detec- tor, through conduit, all series detectors and pulley elbows, and into the regulated release mechanism trip lever. When any fusible link separates, the tension on the cable is relaxed, and the trip lever actuates the regulated release mechanism. The cable can also be used for mechanical gas valves and remote manual pull stations. The cable is available in 50 f ' ( 5.2 m) Part No. 15821) and 500 It (152.4 m) (Part No. 7965) lengths. The ANSUL stainless steel cable contains a blue tra r-,ncable. W j}ul1t R-102 Restaurant Fire Suppression Manual REMOTE MANUAL PULL STATION The remote manual pull station (Part No. 434618 or 435960) is made out of a molded red composite material. The red color makes the pull station more readily identifiable as the manual means fdr, fire suppression system operation. The pull station iiscompatble with the ANSUL Flexible Conduit. The molded manual'pull station should be mounted at a point of egress and positioned at a height determined by the authority having jurisdicgpjj.,LTrim Rings (Part No. 427074) (pack of 10), are available;•-f7. . ati{ r Part No. 434618 (Without Wire Rope) Part No. 435960 (With 50 ft (15.2 m) of Wire Rope) W : a i a • FIGURE 3-26 ONe326 FLEXIBLE:CONDUIT Flexiblti Ekduit allows for quicker installations and the conve- nience of being able to route the cable over, under and around obstacles. Flexible conduit can be used as a substitute for stan- dard EMT conduit or can be used with EMT conduit. Flexible conduit can be used only with the Molded Manual Pull Station Part No. 434618) and mechanical gas valve installations. The Flexible Conduit comes in a 500 ft (152.4 m) length (Part No. 434525) or together with 500 ft (152.4 m) of wire rope (Part No. 435959). A 50 ft (15.2 m) Flexible Conduit pre -fed with wire rope (Part No. 439;{'04) is available. Also available is a Flexible Conduit Strain Relief (50-pack) (Part No. 435979). if : A 50-pack of Flexible Conduit Inserts (Part No. 434347) and a 50-pack o' 00-Clips (Part No. 436150) are also available. Note 1: Flexible conduit is intended for indoor use ONLY. Note 2: Flexible conduit cannot be used in detection sys- tems. SECTION 3 - SYSTEM COMPONENTS UL EX3470 ULC EX3470 2014-SEP-01 REV. 11 PAGE 3-9 MECHANICAL GAS VALVES The mechanical gas valves are designed to shut off the flow of gas to the appliances upon actuation of the regulated release assembly. The valves are available in sizes of 3/4 in., 1 in., 1 1/4 in., 1 1/2 in., and 2 in. ANSUL style; and 2 1/2 in. and 3 in. ASCO style. The valves are rated for natural and LP gas. Both styles are UL Listed and includes the air cylinder, tubing, and fittings (Part No. 15733) for connection to the release mecha- nism. Maximum Part Operating No. Description Pressure 55598 3/4 in. Gas Valve (ANSUL) 10 psi (0.69 bar) 55601 1 in. Gas Valve (ANSUL) 10 psi (0.69 bar) 55604 1 1/4 in. Gas Valve (ANSUL) 10 psi (0.69 bar) 55607 1 1/2 in. Gas Valve (ANSUL) 10 psi (0.69 bar) 55610 2 in. Gas Valve (ANSUL) 10 psi (0.69 bar) 25937 2 1/2 in. Gas Valve (ASCO) 5 psi (0.35 bar) 25938 3 in. Gas Valve (ASCO) 5 psi (0.35 bar) Flow Capacity BTU/HR, at 1 in. P.D. CFH) 0.64 SP GR Pipe Size P.D. 1 in. WC 1000 BTU/ft3 inches) 0.64 SP GR Natural Gas 3/4 751 751,000 1 1288 1,288,000 1 1/4 1718 1,718,000 11/2 2630 2,630,000 2 4616 4,616,000 21/2 5700 5,800,000 3 7100 7,300,000 To calculate gas flow for other than 1 inch p.d.: New cfh = cfh at 1 inch) x new p. . To calculate gas flow for other than 0.64 SP GR: New cfh = cfh at 0.64) x /- . 4 New SP GR A B C Valve Size in. (mm) in. (mm) in. mm) 3/4 in. 3 3/4 (95.3) 6 3/8 (161.9) 5 1/2 139.7) 1 in. 3 3/4 (95.3) 6 3/8 (161.9) 5 1/2 139.7) 1 1/4 in. 4 7/8 (123.8) 7 3/8 (187.3) 6 3/8 161.9) 1 1/2 in. 4 7/8 (123:8) 7 3/8 (187.3) 6 3/8 161.9) 2 in. 5 7/8 (149.2) 7 718 (200.0) 6 11/16 169.9) 2 1/2 in. 7 13/16 (198.4) 9 1/16 230.2) 3 in. 7 25/32 (197.6) 9 1/16 230.2) 314 IN. THRU 2 IN. 0012M 2 1/2 IN. THRU 3 IN 004209 FIGURE 3-27 SECTION 3 - SYSTEM COMPONENTS UL EX3470 ULC EX3470 PAGE 3-10 REV. 11 2014-SEP-01 ELECTRICAL GAS VALVES The electrical gas valves are designed to shut off the flow of either natural or LP gas to the appliances upon actuation of the regulated release assembly. The valves are available in sizes of 3/4 in., 1 in., 1 1/4 in., 1 1/2 in., 2 in., 2 1/2 in., and 3 in. The valve is held open by an energized solenoid and upon system actuation, the switch contacts in the regulated release assembly open, thus de -energizing the circuit to the gas valve solenoid, causing the valve to close. Valves are available in 120 VAC and are UL Listed. Part Max. Operating No. Description Pressure 13707 3/4 in. Solenoid Gas Valve (ASCO) 25 psi (1.7 bar) 13708 1 in. Solenoid Gas Valve (ASCO) 25 psi (1.7 bar) 550360 1 1/4 in. Solenoid Gas Valve (ASCO) 25 psi (1.7 bar) 13709 1 1/2 in. Solenoid Gas Valve (ASCO) 25 psi (1.7 bar) 13710 2 in. Solenoid Gas Valve (ASCO) 25 psi (1.7 bar) 1-550363 2 1/2 in. Solenoid Gas Valve (ASCO) 5 psi (0.3 bar) 17643 3 in. Solenoid Gas Valve (ASCO) 5 psi (0.3 bar) Flow Capacity BTU/HR, at 1 in. P.D. CFH) 0.64 SP GR Pipe Size P.D. 1 in. WC 1000 BTU/ft3 inches) 0.64 SP GR Natural Gas 3/4 264.96 247,500 1 1091.01 1,119,000 1 114 1662.49 1,730,000 1 1/2 1818.35 1,900,000 2 3117.18 3,251,000 21/2 6078.49 5,821,000 3 7169.51 7,430,000 To calculate gas flow for other than 1 inch p.d.: New cfh = (cfh at 1 inch) x new p. . To calculate gas flow for other than 0.64 SP GR: New cfh = (cfh at 0.64) x /Z-.6T New SP GR Valve A B Size in. mm) in. mm) 3/4 in. 3 5/16 81) 3 5/8 92) 1 in. 5 127) 6 27/32 174) 1 1/4 in. 7 13/16 198) 7 29/32 201) 1 1/2 in. 5 127) 5 19/32 142) 2 in. 6 3/32 155) 5 15/16 151) 2 1/2 in. 7 13/16 198) 7 29/32 201) 3 in. 7 13/16 198) 7 29/32 201) FIGURE 3.28 004210 R-102 Restaurant Fire Suppression Manual MANUAL RESET RELAY The Manual Reset Relay (Part No. 426151) is required when using an electrical gas valve shut-off system. After the electric - gas valve has closed, either due to system actuation:.or power failure, the valve cannot be re -opened, allowing gad -.to flow, until the reset relay button is manually pressed, rerenergizing the circuit. The reset relay is available 120 VAC. The manual reset relay is also recommended for electrical shut down. c iil;ite . 1 FIGURE 3-29 ELECTRICAL SWITCHES 1 The electrical switches are intended for use with electric gas valves, alarms, contactors, lights, contractor supplied electric power shut-off devices and other electrical devices that are designed to shut off or turn on when the system is actuated. Switches are available in kits: One Switch Kit (Part No.•423878), Two Switch Kit (Part No. 423879), Three Switch Kit,(Part No. 423880), and Four Switch Kit (Part No. 423881). Mounting hardware and 24 in. (610 mm) long wire leads are provided with Ieach kit. A Two -Switch Assembly without wire Ieaetsj jgart Nq. 436770) is also available. Each switch has a set of.single-pole, double -throw contacts rated at: UL/cUL/CSA Rating ENEC Rating = 250 VAC, 21A Resistive lE4T105p Approv0d 250 VAC, 2 HP 250V, 21A Resistive 125 VAC, 1 HP 8A Motor Load No. 4• . 1 4 F1612E 3-30 001612 4 R-102 Restaurant Fire Suppression Manual ALARM INITIATING SWITCH The Alarrn Initiating Switch Kit (Part No. 428311) can be field mounted within the AUTOMAN release. This switch must be used to close a supervised alarm circuit to the building main fire alarm panel when the AUTOMAN release actuates. This action will signal: the fire alarm panel that there was a system actua- tion in the kitchen area. The switch kit contains all necessary mounting icomponents along with a mounting instruction sheet. The switch is rated 50 mA, 28 VDC. e e e e ALARM INITIATING II a SWITCH 1 SWITCH I •, Ile `` COVER is . SWITCH MOUNTING BRACKET(NOTINCLUOEO WITH ALARM INITIATING SWITCH KIT) e 0. FIGURE 3-31 004M REGULATOR TEST KIT The Test Kit Assembly (Shipping Part No. 56972) is required to test the ,regulator setting and nitrogen flow during 12-year maintenance examinations. This will ensure that the regulator is functioning properly. 2l1i1; rtr,; All' r 1 FIGURE 3-32 000169 VENT PLUG ASSEMBLY The Vent Plug Assembly (Part No. 74274) is installed on the agent tank adaptor to prevent pressure buildup within the agent tank or distribution lines due to temperature fluctuations. CARTRIDGE RECEIVER GASKET The Cartridge Receiver Gasket (Part No. 181) is installed in the release and actuator assembly cartridge receiver to create a seal between the cartridge receiver assembly and the cartridge. G•rj. SECTION 3 — SYSTEM COMPONENTS UL EX3470 ULC EX3470 2014-SEP-01 REV. 11 PAGE 3-11 FUSIBLE LINK Select correct UL Listed fusible link(s) for installation in detec- tor(s) according to the temperature condition chart below: f SL STYLE To Be Used Fusible Link Where Shipping Temperature Color Assembly Temperature Does Not of Part No. Rating Exceed Link 439085 (25) 165 -F 100 'F Black 74 -C) 38 -C) 439086 (25) 212 'F 150 -F White 100 -C) 66 -C) 439087 (25) 280 -F 225 -F Blue 138 'C) 107 -C) 439088 (25) 360 -F 290 'F Red 182 'C) 143 -C) 439089 (25) 450 -F 360 'F Green 232 -C) 182 -C) A -PC STYLE Fusible Link To Be Used Shipping Where Assembly Temperature Temperature Part No. 22ti22 Does Not Exceed 439227 (10) 165 'F (74 -C) 100 -F (38 'C) 439228 (10) 212 -F (100 -C) 150 -F (66 -C) 439229 (10) 280 -F (138 -C) 225 -F (107 -C) 439230 (10) 360 'F (182 -C) 290 'F (143 -C) 439231 (10) 450 'F (232 -C) 360 'F (182 -C) 439232 (25) 500 'F (260 'C) 400 -F (204 -C) O 9=ZDw... TEMPERATURE DTINGSFUSIBLETAPEDYON O SL STYLE A•PC STYLE 000110 000111 FIGURE 3-33 MAXIMUM REGISTERING THERMOMETER The Maximum Registering Thermometer (Part No. 15240) may be used to indicate the highest normal temperature for the pro- tected area. Once this is established, the correct rated fusible link can be chosen. Other methods for determining maximum temperatures may be used. HOSE/GROMMET PACKAGE The Hose/Grommet Package (Part No. 418511) consists of a 24 in. rubber hose and two grommets. This package is required when expellant gas hose is routed outside the AUTOMAN Regulated Release, Regulated Actuator, and/or tank enclosure assemblies. SECTION 3 — SYSTEM COMPONENTS UL EX3470 ULC EX3470 PAGE 3-12 REV. 11 2014-SEP-01 IN -LINE BURST DISC ASSEMBLY (MANIFOLDED SYSTEMS ONLY) The in -line burst disc assembly is required to eliminate the siphoning of the agent up the pipe during extreme temperature variations. In addition to eliminating the siphoning effect, the common in -line burst disc assembly eliminates the possibility of one or more individual discs located in the tank adaptor from failing to burst. The assembly consists of a stainless steel body which houses the burst disc. When utilizing this assembly in a manifolded system, it is necessary to modify (remove) the burst disc located in all of the R-102 tank adaptors in the system. The in -line burst disc assembly is to be mounted as close to the tank outlet as possible. After system discharge, the assembly must be disassembled and a new burst disc installed. Part No. 416970 417911 RED SIDE OI DISC TO BE ADAPTOR (PART NO. 417707) Description In -Line Burst Disc Assembly Burst Disc (Pack of 10) FIGURE 3-34 008363 114 IN. CHECK VALVE The 1/4 in. check valve (Part No. 25627) blocks the flow of actuation gas from the actuator that was actuated to the actu- ators) that was not actuated. This prevents actuation gas from escaping from an open actuator which may have had the car- tridge removed. CHECK VALVE (PART NO. 25627) 0**" 114 IN. NPT / 6 mm) 21N. 51 mm) FIGURE 3-35 0008" R-102 Restaurant Fire Suppression Manual 14 r. NOZZLE AIMING DEVICE The Nozzle Aiming Device (Part No. 439877) is available -to properly aim each nozzle to the correct aiming point. %e device clamps to the nozzle and emits a small laser light that Jrehects on the surface that it is aiming at. The nozzle can then be rotated to point at a predetermined aiming point and then tighteril5d to hold that angle. The aiming device adaptor attaches to the nozzle. The shipping assembly consists of the aiming device and the adaptor. ADAPTOR PART NO. CW76) NOZZLE AIMING DEVICE PART NO. 'ivil 551265) FlgypE 3.36 006S20 STAINLESS STEEL BRAIDED ACTUATION HOSE.,.; The Stainless Steel Actuation Hose is used to connecS the actu- ation line compression tees between each pneumatic actuator. The hose has the same thread, 7/16-20, as the fittings. The actuation hose allows flexibility between. the AUTOMAN and each regulated actuator. Hose Part No. Length Couplings 31809 16 in. (406 mm) 7/16-20 x 7/16-20 females 32335 20 in. (508 mm) 7/16-20 x 7/16-20 Females 32336 24 in. (610 mm) 7/16-20 x 7/16-20 Females 430815 42 in. (1067 mm) 7/16-20 Female x 1%,4.1n. NPT' Maley' Fitting Part No. Description 31810 Male Elbow (7/16-20 x 1/4 in. NPT) 31811 Male Tee (7/16-20 x 7/16-20 x 1/4 in. NPT)'; 415371 Tee (7/16-20 x 1/8 in. Male NPT x 1/8 in. Female NPT) 32338 Male Straight Connector (7/16-20 x 1/4 in. NPT) 25627 1/4 in. Check Valve 7ns•zo ` SIT 7116.20 FIGURE 3-37 000433 AGENT DISTRIBUTION HOSE AND RESTRAININ81CABLE KIT' The Agent Distribution Hose and Restraining Cable; Kit (Part No. 435982) consists of a 5 ft (1.5 m) long Agent: Distribution Hose, a 3 ft (0.9 m) long Restraining Cable, and a Restraining Cable Hardware Package. The Agent Distribution Hose can be utilized with castered cooking appliances with castered sup- ports found in commercial kitchens. The hose allows for move- ment of the appliance for cleaning without having to disconnect any fire suppression system discharge piping. Note: The Agent Distribution Hose is authorized OI use with only UL Listed ANSUL Wet Chemical Restaurant Ri eSuppres- Sion Systems. ): t?T7 R-102 Restaurant Fire Suppression Manual SYSTEM DESIGN The AN5101- R-102 Restaurant Fire Suppression System may be used on,khumber of different types of restaurant cooking appli- ances and.hood and duct configurations. The design information listed ini nis section deals with the limitations and parameters of this'r=engineered system. Those individuals responsible for the W'Yign of the R-102 system must be trained and hold a current ANSUL certificate in an R-102 training program. The R=11, .02'and the PIRANHA systems use compatible agents and coNr 1 vents, therefore, they may be used together for cooking appliance, hood, and duct protection. The primary AUTOMAN Release can be either an R-102 or a PIRANHA AUTOMAN Release and can actuate up to two additional R-102 or PIRANHA Regulated Actuators. In systems utilizing a 101 remote release, any combination of the maximum number of regulated- actuators can be used. Both systems must actuate simultaneously. Each-isjistem must be designed and installed per its appropri- ate (rifinbal. Adjac?lit , appliances requiring protection must be protected with-ltk-same type of system, either R-102 or PIRANHA, unless l;t.'e ' center-to•center spacing between the adjacent R-102:8nd PIRANHA nozzles is no less than 36 in. (914 mm). When *appliances are protected with R-102 nozzles, the hoodwlal'id,connecting duct above those appliances cannot be protected with PIRANHA nozzles. Mixing systems in a common plenum is not allowed. One of the key elements for restaurant fire protection is a correct system design. This section is divided into 10 sub -sections: Nozzle Placement Requirements, Tank Ouantity Requirements, Actuation` and Expellant Gas Line Requirements, Distribution Piping JFLequirements, Detection System Requirements, Manual j"R,vll Station Requirements, Mechanical Gas Valve Requirements, Electrical Gas Valve Requirements, Electrical Switch.&quirements, and Pressure Switch Requirements. each o these sections must be completed before attempting al y ins , jti Lion. System design sketches should be made of all aspectsla design for reference during installation. s . o. NOZZLE) PIzACEMENT REQUIREMENTS This section gives guidelines for nozzle type, positioning, and quantity for duct, plenum, and individual appliance protection. This section must be completed before determining tank quan- tity and piping requirements. Duct Protection — Single Nozzle All duct protection is UL listed without limitation of maximum duct length ( unlimited length). This includes all varieties of ductworks both horizontal and vertical including ducts that run at angles to the horizontal and ducts with directional bends. Note: Cutts from multiple hoods connected to a common ductwork - must be protected in compliance with NFPA 96 and all local'codes. The R-102 system uses different duct nozzles depending on the size of duct•being protected. SECTION 4 — SYSTEM DESIGN UL EX3470 ULC EX3470 2014- SEP-01 REV. 11 PAGE 4-1 GENERAL INFORMATION 1. Nozzles must be located 2-8 in. (51-203 mm) into the center of the duct opening, discharging up. See Figure 4-1. 2- 8IN. 51 — 203 mm) FIGURE 4-1 000173 2. In installations where a UL listed damper assembly is employed, the duct nozzle can be installed beyond the 8 in. ( 203 mm) maximum, to a point just beyond the damper assembly that will not interfere with the damper. Exceeding the maximum of 8 in. (203 mm) in this way will not void the UL listing of the system. 3. Previously listed three flow number and five flow number duct protection detailed in earlier published manual (Part No. 418087- 06) can also still be utilized. DUCT SIZES UP TO 50 IN. (1270 mm) PERIMETER/ 16 IN. (406 mm) DIAMETER One 1 W nozzle = one flow number 50 in. (1270 mm) perimeter maximum 16 in. (406 mm) diameter maximum DUCT SIZES UP TO 100 IN. (2540 mm) PERIMETER/ 32 IN. (812 mm) DIAMETER One 2W nozzle = two flow numbers 100 in. (2540 mm) perimeter maximum 32 in. (812 mm) diameter maximum The chart below shows the maximum protection available from each duct nozzle. 3. 0 Gallon 1.5 Gallon Description System System 2W Nozzle Maximum Maximum 100 in. (2540 mm) 100 in. (2540 mm) Perimeter Perimeter 1 W Nozzle Maximum Maximum 50 in. (1270 mm) 50 in. (1270 mm) Perimeter Perimeter SECTION 4 - SYSTEM DESIGN UL EX3470 ULC EX3470 PAGE 4-2 REV. 11 2014-SEP-01 Duct Protection - Multiple Nozzle DUCT SIZES UP TO 135 IN. (3429 mm) PERIMETER - THREE FLOW OPTION One 1 W nozzle and one 2W nozzle = three flow numbers 135 in. (3429 mm) perimeter maximum No round duct option available Follow design table in Figure 4-2 to determine maximum module size for each nozzle 1 W Module 2W Module Side A Side B Side B Side B Maximum Maximum Maximum Maximum in. mm) in. mm) in. (mm) W. mm) 4 101) 60.0 1524) 23.0 (584) 37.0 939) 5 127) 60.0 1524) 23.0 (584) 37.0 939) 6 151) 59.5 1511) 22.5 (571) 37.0 939) 7 177) 59.0 1498) 22.0 (558) 37.0 939) 8 203) 58.5 1485) 22.0 (558) 36.5 927) 9 228) 58.0 1473) 21.5 (546) 36.5 927) 10 254) 57.0 1447) 21.0 (533) 36.0 914) 11 279) 56.0 1422) 20.5 (520) 35.5 901) 12 304) 55.5 1409) 20.0 (508) 35.5 901) 13 330) 54.5 1384) 19.5 (495) 35.0 889) 14 355) 53.5 1358) 18.5 (469) 35.0 889) 15 381) 52.0 1320) 18.0 (457) 34.0 863) 16 406) 51.0 1295) 17.0 (431) 34.0 863) 17 431) 49.5 1257) 16.0 (406) 33.5 850) 18 457) 47.5 1206) 14.5 (368) 33.0 838) 19 482) 46.0 1168) 13.5 (342) 32.5 825) 20 508) 43.5 1104) 12.0 (304) 31.7 805) 21 533) 41.0 1041) 10.0 (254) 31.0 787) 22 558) 38.0 965) 7.5 (190) 30.5 774) 23 584) 33.5 850) 4.0 (101) 29.5 749) Side B 1 1 1W 2W FIGURE 4-2 00M, Example: Protection is required for a duct that has an "A" dimension of 8 in. (203 mm) wide and a "B" dimension of 55 in. 1397 mm) long. Referring to the table in Figure 2, if the "A" dimension is 8 in. (203 mm), the "B" dimension must not exceed 58.5 in. (1485 mm). In this example, the "B" dimension is 55 in. 1397 mm), therefore, this duct can be protected with a three flow application. R-102 Restaurant Fire Suppression Manual Read over from the 8.0 in. (203 mm) line on the table to the 1 W Module column. At that point, the chart shows that the "B" module length for the 1 W nozzle can be 22.0 in. (558 mm). Center the 1 W nozzle in that module. The 2W module can now be centered within the remaining module. 1•i.Ji lam L J" R-102 Restaurant Fire Suppression Manual a:' Duct Protection - Multiple Nozzle (Continued) r: DUCTiSIZES GREATER THAN 100 IN. (2540 mm) PERIMETER Ducts over 100 in. (2540 mm) perimeter may be modularized using 2W nozzles No round duct option available Follow.the design chart to determine maximum module size for each 2W nozzle When -determining number of nozzles required, it is sometimes an advantage to check the chart using the shortest side as Side "A" and then recheck it using the longest side as Side A." This. comparison may reveal a need for a lesser quantity of nozzles one way versus the other way. When working with Chart 4-1, the quantity of nozzles deter- mined must be equally divided within the duct area. CHART 4-1, A t. CHART 4.2 B A r•_ •--• in. SIDE "B" cm SECTION 4 — SYSTEM DESIGN UL EX3470 ULC EX3470 2014-SEP-01 REV. 11 PAGE 4-3 When working with Chart 4-2, one half of the quantity of nozzles determined must be equally positioned in the top half of the area of the duct and the remaining half of the nozzles must be positioned in the bottom half of the duct area. Example: The duct to be protected has a Side "A" of 40 in. 1016 mm) and a Side "B" of 60 in. (1524 mm). Referring to the design chart, this duct requires four nozzles. One half of 4 = 2. Therefore, two nozzles must be equally positioned in each of the two duct areas. See Figure 4-3. SIDE "B" 30 IN. (762 mm) 30 IN. (762 mm) 201N. 0 508 mm) I SIDE I 40 IN. A" — — — — — — — — — (1016 mm) 201N. 508 mm) 60 IN 1524 mm) FIGURE 4-3 OM23 t ommmmmlal t t saolat mmmm®®®tIDm®®rn®®m®m®®®tni mmio®®rnrno Ell Ell 13 0 m 0_MM_0 E3ti__ Ell MENEr mmmmummmm ori ri ri©ririoriri r ririm NOTE: NOZZLE QUANTITIES LISTED IN CHART 4.2 MUST BE EQUALLY DIVIDED INTO EACH OF THE TWO DUCT MODULES. 13 Is Im SECTION 4 — SYSTEM DESIGN UL EX3470 ULC EX3470 PAGE 4-4 REV. 11 2014-SEP-01 Transition Protection Transitions are protected at a point in the transition where the perimeter or the diameter is equal to or less than the maximum size duct that can be protected. The nozzle(s) must be located in the center of the area at that point, or center of the module protected when more than one duct nozzle is required. Note: Nozzles to protect ducts with a transition that is more than 4 ft (1.2 m) in height, will be required to be positioned in the opening of the transition from the hood 2 to 8 in. (50 to 203 mm) into the opening using standard duct nozzle design parameters. See Figure 4-4. FIGURE 4-4 molr4 Electrostatic Precipitator Protection Some restaurant ventilating ducts have an electrostatic precip- itator installed at or near the base. These precipitators are generally small and are used to aid in the cleaning of exhaust air. Ducts with precipitators located at or near the base can be protected using duct nozzle(s) above the precipitator and 1/2N nozzle(s) for the precipitator. One 1/2N nozzle must be used for each cell being protected. This nozzle is stamped with 1/2N, indicating that it is a 1/2-flow nozzle and must be counted as 1 /2 flow number. When protecting ducts equipped with precipitators, the duct nozzle(s) must be installed above the precipitator and aimed to discharge downstream. If the area above the precipitator is a duct, the nozzle(s) must be positioned according to duct protec- tion guidelines. If the area above the precipitator is a transition, the transition guidelines must be followed. R-102 Restaurant Fire Suppres$fon Manual f. The 1/2N nozzle must be centered 10 to 26 in. (254 to,660 mm) below the precipitator and aimed to discharge at the%center of each precipitator cell. However, if it is physically impossible to mount the nozzle at 10 to 26 in. (254 to 660 mm) due to precip- itator placement, the nozzle may be mounted closer than 10 in. 254 mm). See Figure 4-5. SEE OUCT F6-611 DUCT TRANSITION..:•.., NOZZLE PROTECTION CI at 10.281N.- 25"W mm) 1 :t• , NOZZLE FOR PRECIPITATOR PROTECTION IF PHYSICALLY IMPOSSIBLE AT 10 TO 26 IN (254 TO 880 mm). NOZZLE. BE MOUNTED CLOSER THAN 10 IN (254 mm). FIGURE 4-5 owl" Note: For protection of Pollution Control Units (PCUs) or air scrubbers with or without ESPs, contact Technical Services for non-UL listed recommended application. W l R-102 Restaurant Fire Suppression Manual F(IN Plenum Protection The 8-102 system uses the 1 W nozzle or the IN nozzle for plenum protection. The 1 W nozzle is stamped with 1 W and the 1 N nozzle is stamped with 1 N, indicating they are one -flow nozzles and must be counted as one flow number each. When protecting a plenum chamber, the entire chamber must be protected regardless of filter length. VERTICAL PROTECTION — GENERAL 1 W NOZZLE — SINGLE AND "V" BANK PROTECTION One 1 W nozzle will protect 4 linear feet (1.2 m) of plenum. The maximO dstance from the end of the hood to the first and last nozzle must be no more than 2 It (0.6 m). After the first nozzle, any additional nozzles must be positioned at a maximum of 4 ft 1.2 m) apart down the entire length of the plenum. The plenum width must not exceed 4 It (1.2 m). (The 1 W nozzle can be used on single or V-bank filter arrangements.) See Figure 4-6. 2 FT (0 6 m) MAXIMUM rFG:: 4FT(1.2m) J 2 MAJUMUM 4FT(12m) 4FT(1.2m) MAXIMUM MAXIMUM 2:fY:(0,6 m) I FIGURE 4-6 Owl*? When protecting plenums with the 1 W nozzle, two options of coverage are available: Option 1,: The 1 W nozzle must be on the center line of the single or "V" bank filter and positioned within 1-20 in. 26-508 mm) above the top edge of the filter. See Figure 4-7. 508 mm) IUM MITI) 4 FIGURE 4-7 Owl" SECTION 4 — SYSTEM DESIGN UL EX3470 ULC EX3470 2014-SEP-01 REV. 11 PAGE 4-5 Option 2: The 1 W nozzle must be placed perpendicular, 8-12 in. 203-304 mm) from the face of the filter and angled to the center of the filter. The nozzle tip must be within 2 in. (50 mm) from the perpendicular center line of the filter. See Figure 4-8. MM) 4 IN. 101 204 mm) IUM NOZZLE TIP MUST BE W THIS AREA FIGURE 4-8 000200 HORIZONTAL PROTECTION — OPTION 1 IN NOZZLE SINGLE BANK PROTECTION One IN nozzle will protect 10 linear feet (3.0 m) of single filter bank plenum. The nozzle(s) must be mounted in the plenum, 2 to 4 in. 50 to 102 mm) from the face of the filter, centered between the filter height dimension, and aimed down the length. The nozzle must be positioned 0-6 in. (0-152 mm) from the end of the hood to the tip of the nozzle. See Figure 4-9. 2— SO. 000201 FIGURE 4-9 SECTION 4 — SYSTEM DESIGN UL EX3470 ULC EX3470 PAGE 4-6 REV. 11 2014-SEP-01 Plenum Protection (Continued) HORIZONTAL PROTECTION — OPTION 2 1 W NOZZLE — "V" BANK PROTECTION One 1 W nozzle will protect 6 linear feet (1.8 m) of "V" bank plenum. The nozzle must be mounted horizontally, positioned 1/3 the filter height down from the top of the filter. Nozzles can be located at 6 It (1.8 m) spacings on longer plenums. The nozzle must be positioned 0-6 in. (0-152 mm) from the end of the hood to the tip of the nozzle. See Figure 4-10. 1 W NOZZLE FIGURE 4-10 00M. TWO 1 N NOZZLES —"V" BANK PROTECTION Two 1N nozzles will protect 10 linear feet (3.0 m) by 4 ft (1.2 m) wide of "V" bank plenum. The nozzles must be mounted in the plenum. 2 to 4 in. (50 to 101 mm) from the face of the filter, centered between the filter height dimension, and aimed down the length. The nozzle must be positioned 0-6 in. (0-381 mm) from the end of the hood to the tip of the nozzle. See Figure 4-11. FIGURE 4-11 R-102 Restaurant Fire Suppression Manual For a plenum, either single or "V" bank, with a linear extension longer than 10 ft (3.0 m), each bank may be protected using one 1 N nozzle every 10 It (3.0 m) or less depending on the overall length of the plenum. See Figure 4-12. The nozzle; tttay point in the opposite directions as long as the entire plenum area is protected, and the 10 It (3.0 m) limitation is not exceeded. See Figure 4-13. The nozzle positioning shown in Figure:4-14 is not an acceptable method of protection because the plenum area directly under the tee is not within the discharge pattern of either nozzle. 01 FIGURE 4-12 r. 000M 0 FIGURE 4.13 000207 FIGURE 4-14 wvlae R-102 Restaurant Fire Suppression Manual Appliance Protection The follQ ving pages detail types of appliance protection. Each design r ywres several factors: correct nozzle choice, correct nozzle hg%'ht, above hazard, correct nozzle location and correct aiming point. Fryer - Single Nozzle Protection 1. Design requirements for fryers are broken down into two types, A. FRYERS WITHOUT DRIPBOARDS I(f1he fryer does not include a dripboard, measure the internal depth (horizontal dimension from front to back) and length of the frypot. B. FRYERS WITH DRIPBOARDS II`the fryer includes any dripboard areas, measure both fftie internal depth (horizontal dimension from front to 6126k) and length of the frypot portion, and then measure 4*11hternal depth and length of the overall hazard area including any dripboard areas. 2. Usirig Table, "Maximum Cooking Area Dimension - Single Nozzle Fryer Protection," determine which nozzle is needed to protect the fryer based on the maximum dimensions listed. A.Ai ;the fryer does not include a dripboard, use the ii ix' imum dimensions listed in the first column of the Vable to select the correct nozzle. ior• B:;It,,'the fryer includes any dripboard areas, use both the m4ximum frypot dimensions in the first column of the Rple, and the maximum overall dimensions in the second column of the table to select the correct nozzle. None of the maximum dimensions in either column may be exceeded. 3. If either the maximum frypot or the overall sizes are exceeded, an additional nozzle(s) will be required. Refer to the multiple nozzle requirements. Example: A fryer with a dripboard. The inside of the frypot without the dripboard measures 18 in. in depth x 18 in. in length 457 mm x 457 mm) and the inside of the overall area includ- ing the dripboard measures 18 in. in depth x 24 in. in length 457 mm x 610 mm). From the Table Maximum Cooking Area Dimension - Single Nozzle Fryer Protection," either the 3N or the 290 nozzle should be selected to protect the fryer, depend- ing on the maximum nozzle height above the fryer and the positioning requirements allowed. Refer to appropriate Figures. SECTION 4 - SYSTEM DESIGN UL EX3470 ULC EX3470 2014-SEP-01 REV. 11 PAGE 4-7 SECTION 4 - SYSTEM DESIGN UL EX3470 ULC EX3470 PAGE 4-8 REV. 11 2014-SEP-01 Fryer - Single Nozzle Protection (Continued) Maximum Area Dimensions - Single Nozzle Fryer Protection Max. Size Max. Size Overall Type of Frypot Only With Dripboard Nozzle Full or Split Vat Full or Split Vat 230 14 in. x 15 in. 14 in. x 21 in. 355 mm x 381 mm) (355 mm x 533 mm) Full or Split Vat Full or Split Vat 245 14 in. x 15 in. 14 in. x 21 in. 355 mm x 381 mm) (355 mm x 533 mm) Full or Split Vat Full or Split Vat 290 14 in. x 15 in. 14 in. x 21 in. 355 mm x 381 mm) (355 mm x 533 mm) Full or Split Vat Full or Split Vat 290 14 1 /2 in. x 14 in. 14 1 /2 in. x 26 1 /2 in. 368 mm x 355 mm) (368 mm x 673 mm) I II I I II I I I i I I II I TOP OF FRYER I I I I FRYER WITHOUT DRIPBOARO FRYER WITH ORIPBOARO NOZZLE TIP POSITIONED ANYWHERE ALONG OR WITHIN PERIMETER OF COOKING SURFACE AND AIMED TO THE CENTER OF THE COOKING AREA. FIGURE 4-15 OM60 R-102 Restaurant Fire Suppression Manual Nozzle Height Above Top of Fryer 27 in. to 47 in. 686 mm to 1193 mm) 20 in. to 27 in. 508 mm to 685 mm) 13 in. to 16 in. 330 mm to 406 mm) 16 in. to 27 in. 406 mm to 685 mm) Nozzle iLr Location See Figure 4-15 and 4-16 See Figure 4-15 and 4-16 See Figure 4-17 See Figure 4-17 JV;- TOP OF F FRYER WITHOUT DRIP80ARD FRYER WITH Dt?ff-S.?ARD SPLIT VAT -( NOZZLE TIP POSITIONED ANYWHERE ALONG OR WITHIN PERIMETER OF COOKING SURFACE AND AIMED TO THE CENTER OF THE COOKING AREA. i FIGURE 4-16 Feu r R-102 Restaurant Fire Suppression Manual Fryer -,Single Nozzle Protection (Continued) Maximur'P* Area Dimensions - Single Nozzle Fryer Protection Continued) y Max. Size Max. SizE•; ;: Overall Type of Nozzle Height Frypot Only With Dripboard Nozzle Above Top of Fryer 14.5 in. X; 16.5 in. 14.5 in. x 26.5 in. 290 16 in. to 21 in. 368 mm x 419 mm) (368 mm x 673 mm) 406 to 533 mm) 19.5 in. x 19 in. 495 mm-x 482 mm). 19.5 in..x09 in. 495 mrr(N-482 mm) 18 in. 0,8 in. 457 mm! is 457 mm) r,I Fes;` I 19.5 in. x 25 3/8 in. 290 495 mm x 644 mm) 19.5 in. x 25 3/8 in. 3N 495 mm x 644 mm) 18 in. x 27 3/4 in. 3N 457 mm x 704 mm) I r I ' I J FRYER WITHOUT ORIPBOARO FRYER WITH ORIPBOARD 290 NOZZLE YIP POSITIONED OVER THE MIDPOINT OF THE HAZARD AREA s 3 IN. 76 mm) FROM THE MIDPOINT ALONG THE LONGEST SIDE OF THE HAZARD AND: I IN (25 mm) FROM THE MIDPOINT ALONG THE SHORTEST SIDE OF THE HAZARD AND AIMEp , T.HE MIDPOINT OF THE COOKING AREA. c•71C FIGURE 4-17 owns 34 IN (863 mm) MAXIMUM DIAGONAL DISTANCE BETWEEN NOZZLE AND CENTER OF HAZARD AREA FRYEq WITHOUT DRIPBOARO FRYER WITH ORIPBOARD 3N'NOZZLE TIP POSITIONED ANYWHERE ALONG OR WITHIN PERIMETER OF COOKING SURFACE AND AIMED TO THE CENTER OF THE COOKING AREA. 4: j FIGURE 4 18 13 in. to 16 in. 330 to 406 mm) See Figure 4-18 SECTION 4 — SYSTEM DESIGN UL EX3470 ULC EX3470 2014-SEP-01 REV. 11 PAGE 4-9 Nozzle Location See Figure 4-17 See Figure 4-17 See Figure 4-18 25 in. to 35 in. See Figure 4-19 635 mm to 889 mm) FRONt 000010 RIGHT•TO.LEFT 000006 CENTERLINE FRYER WITHOUT DRIPBOARD FRYER WITH ORIPBOARO NOTE: 3N NOZZLE TIP MUST BE LOCATED WITHIN THE PERIMETER OF THE SURFACE AREA WITHIN THE FRONT HALF OF THE FRY POT AND AIMED AT THE CENTER. FIGURE 4-19 SECTION 4 - SYSTEM DESIGN UL EX3470 ULC EX3470 PAGE 4-10 REV. 11 2014-SEP-01 Fryer - Multiple Nozzle Protection A. Design Requirements: Fryers exceeding the coverage of a single nozzle can be divided into modules. Each module must not exceed the maximum area allowed for a single nozzle. However, when utilizing multi- ple nozzle protection, the longest side allowed for a fryer with dripboard can be used, regardless of whether the fryer has a dripboard or not. The maximum size fryer that can be modularized is 864 in.2 55742 mm2). Design requirements for multiple nozzle fryers are broken down into two types: A. FRYERS WITHOUT DRIPBOARD(S) If the fryer does not include a dripboard, measure the internal depth (horizontal dimension from front to back) and length of the frypot. Then, multiply the depth and length to obtain the area of the frypot in square inches. B. FRYERS WITH DRIPBOARD(S) If the fryer includes any dripboard areas, measure both the internal depth and length of the frypot portion, and then measure the internal depth and length of the overall hazard area including any dripboard areas. Determine the area of both the frypot and the area of the overall vat by multiplying corresponding depth and length dimensions. 2. Divide the frypot or overall vat into modules, each of which can be protected by a single nozzle, based on the maximum dimension and area coverage of the nozzle as specified in Table, "Maximum Cooking Area Dimension - Multiple Nozzle Protection." EACH MODULAR AREA, INCLUDING ORIPBOARO, MUST NOT EXCEED 497 IN? (32064 mm2) MIDPOINT I MIDPOINT I DRIP BOARD DRIP BOARD 00071A EXAMPLE ONLY FRYER WITH ORIPBOARD DRIP BOARD R-102 Restaurant Fire Suppression Manual If the module considered does not includd,any portion of the dripboard, use only the maximum fry'pot,area and maximum dimension listed in the first column of the table to select the correct nozzle. If the module considered includes any driplio!(I areas, use both the maximum frypot area and 'dimension listed in the first column of the table, and thetiinaximum overall area and dimensions listed in the second column of the table to select the correct nozzle. 3. None of the maximum dimensions in either column may be exceeded. If either the maximum frypot or the overall sizes are exceeded, the area divided into modules will need to be redefined with the possibility of an additional nozzle. Options For Modularizing Fryers The following Figure 4-20 shows approved methtideQbf -divid- ing (modularizing) fryers so that each section camtKiproperly protected. Example: A fryer with a dripboard. Th0fli.5ide vat without the dripboard measures 18 in. in depth x 30 in. in length 457 mm x 762 mm) and the inside of the overa(jt,.inclu(f- ing the dripboard measures 24 in. in depth x 30,ind(n length 610 mm x 762 mm). Because the fryer is 30 in. ( q?,.•mm) in length, it exceeds the coverage of a single nozzle. Dividing the length in half, each module now hast?017 overall vat dimension of 24 in. in depth x 15 in. in length (00 mm x 381 mm). From the Table, "Maximum Cooking Area •Dimension Multiple Nozzle Fryer Protection," either the 3N or the 290 nozzle should be selected to protect each fryer module, depend- ing on the maximum nozzle height above the fryer and the positioning requirements allowed. Refer to appropriate Figures, 4-15 through 4-19. See additional examples in Appendix Section. EXAMPLE ONLY FRYER WITH ORIPBOARO AREA OF EACH FRY POT I CANNOT EXCEED 324 IN' AREA OF EACH FRY POT MODULE CANNOT EXCEED I I73241N.' 20903 mml I + AREA OF THIS I I MODULE (FRY I I POT PLUS DRIP I I BOARD)CANNOT I IEXCEED 497 IN t 002M 32064 mm EXAMPLE ONLY G'd "Y, 0=15 FRYER WITHOUT ORIPgOA,Rt) 4i1. R-102 Restaurant Fire Suppression Manual Fryer L Multiple Nozzle Protection (Continued) Maxim6m`Area Dimension - Multiple Nozzle Fryer Protection in Max. Size Module Max. Si. Module FrF t bnl Overall With Dripboard Type of Nozzle Full or' p it'Vat Full or Split Vat 21 in. x 210 in.2 21 in. x 294 in.2 230 533 mm x 0.14 m2) 533 mm x 0.19 m2) Full or Split Vat Full or Split Vat 21 in. x •210 in.2 21 in. x 294 in.2 245 533 mm x 0.14 m2) 533 mm x 0.19 m2) Full or Sr?lit Vat Full or Split Vat 21 in. x.210 in.2 21 in. x 294 in.2 290 533 mrb'x 0.14 m2) 533 mm x 0.19 m2) 25 3/8 xz 7,0.5 in2 25 3/8 x 495 in2 290 644 mm x:0.24 m2) 644 mm x 0.32 m2) Full or Split Vat Full or Split Vat 26 1 /2:jp-'203 in.2 26 1 /2 in. x 384 1 /4 in.2 290 673-m"i',;0.13 m2) 673 mm x 0.25 m2) 25 3/8 x 370.5 in2 25 3/8 x 495 in2 3N 644 mm x 0.24 m2) 644 mm x 0.32 m2) 27 3/4 x 324 in.2 27 3/4 x 497 in2 3N 704 mm x 0.21 m2) 704 mm x 0.32 m2) til FRYER WITHOUT ORIPBOARO FRYER WITH DRIPBOARO POSITION NOZZLE TIP ANYWHERE ALONG OR WITHIN THE PERIMETER OF THE MODULE MIS PROTECTING AND AIM AT THE MIDPOINT OF THAT MODULAR AREA. II FIGURE 4-21 aorm FRYER WITHOUT DRIPBOARD FRYER WITH ORIPBOARO 290 NOZZLE TIP POSITIONED OVER THE MIDPOINT OF THE RESPECTIVE MODULAR AREA s 3 IN. (76 mm) FROM THE MIDPOINT ALONG THE LONGEST SIDE OF THE MODULE AND : 1 IN. (25 mm) FROM THE MIDPOINT ALONG THE SHORTEST SIDE OF THE MODULE AND AIMED AT THE MIDPOINT OF THE MODULE. FIGURE 4-22 SECTION 4 - SYSTEM DESIGN UL EX3470 ULC EX3470 2014-SEP-01 REV. 11 PAGE 4-11 Nozzle Height Nozzle Above Top of Fryer Location 27 in. to 47 in. See Figure 4-21 686 mm to 1194 mm) 20 in. to 27 in. See Figure 4-21 508 mm to 686 mm) 13 in. to 16 in. See Figure 4-22 330 mm to 406 mm) 13 in. to 16 in. See Figure 4-22 330 mm to 406 mm) 16 in. to 27 in. See Figure 4-22 406 mm to 686 mm) See Figure 4-23 See Figure 4-23 25 in. to 35 in. See Figure 4-24 635 mm to 889 mm) 34 IN. (864 mm) MAXIMUM DIAGONAL DISTANCE BETWEEN NOZZLE AND CENTER( - HAZARD AREA 21 in. (533 MINIMUM VERTICAL I NOZZLE I HEIGHT J i FRYER WITHOUT ORIPBOARO FRYER WITH ORIPBOARO 3N NOZZLE TIP MUST BE POSITIONED ANYWHERE ALONG OR WITHIN THE PERIMETER OF THE MODULAR IT IS PROTECTING AND AIMED AT THE MIDPOINT OF THAT RESPECTIVE MODULE AREA. 1 DIAGONAL MODULE AREA) II I1 rOLEFT TUNE FIGURE 4-23 AIM POINT DIAGONAL CENTER OF MODULE COOKING AREA) FRYER WITHOUT ORIPBOARD FRYER WITH ORIPBOARO RIGHT. TO -LEFT CENTER- LINE THE 3N NOZZLE TIP MUST BE POSITIONED ANYWHERE ALONG OR WITHIN THE PERIMETER AND FORWARD OF THE RIGHT-TOLEFT CENTERLINE OF THE COOKING AREA. THE AIMING POINT OF THE NOZZLE MUST BE AT THE DIAGONAL CENTER OF THE MODULAR COOKING AREA. FIGURE 4-24 SECTION 4 — SYSTEM DESIGN UL EX3470 ULC EX3470 PAGE 4-12 REV. 11 2014-SEP-01 Multiple Nozzle Fryer Protection — Tilt Skillet / Braising Pan Protection for tilt skillets or braising pans is to be based upon the coverage limitations provided for deep fat fryer protection. Refer to Section IV, DESIGN, starting on Page 4-10, for maximum fryer nozzle coverages and maximum fryer nozzle height limitations. Although the maximum 864 in.z (55741 mmz) total surface cooking area requirement applies to fryer protection, it does not apply to tilt skillets or braising pans. Each tilt skillet/braising pan protected module must not exceed the fryer limitations for "MAXIMUM SIZE MODULE OVERALL WITH DRIPBOARD" coverage per nozzle as described in Table on Page 4-11. Tilt skillets and braising pans generally utilize a hinged cover. Fryer protection nozzles are to be placed toward the front of the appliance to minimize the potential for the tilt skillet or braising pan cover to interfere with the nozzle discharge. See Figures 4-25 and 4-26. THE NOZZLE IS TO BE PLACED TOWARD THE FRONT OF THE APPLIANCE TO MINIMIZE THE POTENTIAL FOR THE SKILLET OR BRAISING PAN COVER TO INTERFERE WITH THE NOZZLE DISCHARGE. FIGURE 4-25 R-102 Restaurant Fire Suppression Manual COVER MUST NOT INTERFERE WITH EDGE OF DISCHARGE PATTERN FOR MINIMUM AND MAXIMUM NOZZL E HEIGHTS. REFER TO FOER NOZZLE FRYER NOZZLE USED FOR TILT SKILLET OR BRAISING PAN PROTECTION MUST BE POSITIONED NEAR THE FRONT EDGE OF THE PAN AND AIMED AT THE FRONT TO BACK CENTERLINE OF THE PAN. THE DISCHARGE FROM THE NOZZLE(S) MUST COMPLETELY CLEAR THE PAN COVER WITH AN UNOBSTRUCTED VIEW TO THE BACK OF THE PAN. FIGURE 4-26 W R.102 Restaurant Fire Suppression Manual 4 Xi Range Protection The R-102 system uses five different nozzles for the protection of ranges. Two of the design options require a one -flow nozzle and three of the design options require two -flow nozzles. NOTICE A 13 in. (330 mm) diameter wok pan is the largest wok size that can be protected on er_,. ges. rWhen protecting hot top ranges, the entire At.t;ooking surface must be protected. A•[i Range Protection 1N (1-Flow) Nozzle — High Proximity Application No Obstructions Single and multiple burner ranges can be protected using a 1N nozzle. The nozzle is stamped with 1 N, indicating that this is a one -flow nozzle and must be counted as one flow number. When using this nozzle for range protection, the maximum length of -the burner grates being protected with a single nozzle must not exceed 32 in. (812 mm) and the maximum area of the burner gyres must not exceed 384 in.2 (24774 mm2) per nozzle. When protecting a range, the 1N nozzle must be located a maximum of 10 in. (254 mm) from each burner grate centerline and must be aimed at the center of the cooking surface. See Figures4.27 and 4-28. , [_ 1 I t 401N. 1 ( 1016 mm) 301N. \ 1 762 mm) T t' , • OO StY FIGURE 4.27 10 IN. 254 mm) MAxIMUh 1N NOZZLE -1 10 IN. 254 mm MAxIMU SECTION 4 — SYSTEM DESIGN UL EX3470 ULC EX3470 2014-SEP-01 REV. 11 PAGE 4-13 AIMING POINT FIGURE 4-28 SECTION 4 — SYSTEM DESIGN UL EX3470 ULC EX3470 PAGE 4-14 REV. 11 2014-SEP-01 Range Protection 245 (2-Flow) Nozzle — High Proximity Application No Obstructions 40 in. to 50 in. (1016 mm to 1270 mm) above the cooking surface. This high proximity application uses the 245 nozzle. The nozzle is stamped with 245 indicating this is a two -flow nozzle and must be counted as two flow numbers. One 245 nozzle will protect a maximum cooking area of 672 in.2 43354 mm2) with a maximum longest dimension of 28 in. 711 mm). When using this nozzle for range protection, the nozzle must be pointed vertically down and positioned as shown in Figures 4-29 and 4-30. 245 NOZZLE TIP LOCATION CENTERLINE OF COOKING SURFACE 50IN. I —— (1270 mm) MAXIMUM I ( HEIGHT OF 245 I ( NOZZLE TIP I i 401N. I (1016 mm) MINIMUM I HEIGHT I I OF 245 I NOZZLE I I TIP I I 0=6 00 O O FIGURE 4-29 NOTICE Four burner grates shown in Figure 4-30. For single or double burner grates, locate nozzle at center of cooking surface or 11 3/8 in. 288 mm) maximum from nozzle centerline to center of any burner grate. R-102 Restaurant Fire Suppression Manual COOKING _ S AREA 245 NOZZLE TIP u+u C2 AREA LOCATION CENTER OF COOKING SURFACE OR 11 3/8 IN. (288 mm) MAXIMUM FROM CENTERLINE OF NOZZLE TO CENTER OF ANY BURNER GRATE 245 NOZZLE TIP LOCATION CENTER 0 COOKING SURFACE OR 11 318 IN. (288 mm) MAXIMUM FROM CENTERLINE OF NOZ TO CENTER OF ANY BURNER GRATE 4-30 R-102 Restaurant Fire Suppression Manual Range Protection 260 (2-flow) Nozzle — Medium Proximity Application No Obstructions 30 in. to 40 in. (762 mm to 1016 mm) above the cooking surface. The medium proximity application uses the 260 nozzle. The nozzle is stamped with 260 indicating this is a two -flow nozzle and must be counted as two flow numbers. One 260 nozzle will protect a cooking area of 768 in.2 49548 mm2) with a maximum dimension of 32 in. (812 mm). When using this nozzle for range protection, the nozzle must be pointed vertically down and positioned as shown in Figures 4-31 and 4-32. 260 NOZZLE TIP LOCATION CENTERLINE OF COOKING SURFACE 401N. 1016 mm) MAXIMUM 1 HEIGHT OF 260 I NOZZLE TIP 30 IN. 762 mm) MINIMUM I I HEIGHT I OF 260NOZZLE I TIP I FIGURE 4-31 SECTION 4 — SYSTEM DESIGN UL EX3470 ULC EX3470 2014-SEP-01 REV. 11 PAGE 4-15 260 NOZZLE TIP LOCATION CENTER OF COOKING SURFACE OR 10 IN. (254 mm) MAXIMUM FROM CENTERLINE OF NOZZLE TO CENTER OF ANY BURNER GRATE 260 NOZZLE TIP LOCATION CENTE OF COOKING SURFACE OR 10 IN. (254 mm) MAXIMUM FROM CENTERLINE OF NOZZLE TO CENTER OF ANY BURNER GRATE NOTICE ING ING FIGURE 4-32 am" Four burner grates shown in Figure 4-32. For single or double burner grates, locate nozzle at center of cooking surface. SECTION 4 — SYSTEM DESIGN UL EX3470 ULC EX3470 PAGE 4-16 REV. 11 2014-SEP-01 Range Protection 1N (1-Flow) Nozzle — Low Proximity Application 15 in. to 20 in. (381 mm to 508 m) above the cooking surface. The low proximity 1-flow nozzle application for the protection of ranges requires the 1 N nozzle. The nozzle is stamped with 1 N indicating that it is a one -flow nozzle and must be counted as one flow number, When using the 1 N nozzle for low proximity range protection with or without obstruction, the maximum length of the burner grates being protected must not be exceed 24 in. (609 mm) length, aimed along a centerline to a point 20 in. (508 mm) from the end of the length, protecting a maximum width of 18 in. (457 mm). When protecting a range, the 1 N nozzle must be located a maximum of 9 in. (228 mm) from each burner grate centerline and must be positioned above the edge of the hazard area to be protected. The 1 N nozzle tip must be positioned at or below the obstruc- tion, if present. The protected area begins at the point straight down from the nozzle tip. The nozzle can be placed at the side of the range aimed either left or right, or can be placed in the front or back of the range. See Figures 4-33 and 4-34 for nozzle location details. I I\. I 1S-20IN. I \ I AIM 381 - 508 mm) 1 \ I POINT 1 \ I 20 f (SOBIN. mm) I O O O O aora. FIGURE 4-33 PROTECTED AREA I 9 IN. 228 mm) 11804457mm) mms AIM POINT 20 IN 508 mm) 241N. 609 mm) FIGURE 4-34 R-102 Restaurant Fire Suppression Manual fir Range Protection Two 290 (2-Flow) Nozzles — LoW Proximity Application 15 in. to 20 in. (381 mm to 508 mm) above the cooking surface. The low proximity 2-flow application requires the use of, two 290 nozzles. . 11 Both nozzles are stamped with 290 indicating they are two flow nozzles and must be counted together for a total of four flow numbers. Two 290 nozzles will protect a cooking area of 1008 in.2 65032 mmz) with a maximum dimension of 36 in: (9'1;4,,mm). When using two of these nozzles for low proximity range protec- tion, the nozzles must be positioned along the cooking surface perimeter to 1.5 in. (38 mm) inside the perimeter, and aimed at a 450 angle along the longitudinal centerline of the'range. Seeltn1 Figures 4-35 and 4-36. 290 NOZZLE TIP LOCATION 0 - 1.5 IN. Vn4 . 0 - 38 mm) IN FROM EDGE OF 45' COOKING SURFACE 45' ll II 15 IN. TO 20 IN. I ( I I 15 IN. TO 20 IN. 381 to 508 mm) I l l (381 to 508 mm) MAXIMUMi I I I MAXIM11 aot:ra O O O O O O lit; 4t1 j ti• FI,`Uk 4.35 COOKING LONGITUDINAL AREA ~ CENTERLINE T] FBI . 11H_1 f. COOKING it---1i AREA 000zn- OZ2L IP290N LOCATION — a'ENTER OF COOKING VOAFACE 290 NOZZLE TIP LOCATION x 21N. (50 t(qn) 0 - 1.5 IN. (30 mm) IN FROM EDGE OF COOKING SURFACE n•' " COOKING AREAAREA n omx.o L'I COOKING i AREA 290 NOZZLE TIP: LOCATION CEt1TF,P.OF COOKING SURr'AdE 290 NOZZLE TIP LOCATION s 2 IN. (50 mm).: `S" 0 - 1.5 IN. (38 mm) IN FROM EDGE OF COOKING SURFACE FIGURE 4-36 A• z(e R-102 Restaurant Fire Suppression Manual 1si^•g !' Range Protection (With or Without Back Shelf/Obstruction) When this type of hazard is equipped with a back shelf or other similarly :sized obstruction located above the range top, two protection options are available: One requires a 1 F nozzle and the other option requires a 260 nozzle. Range Protection 1F (1-Flow) Nozzle (With or Without Back Shelf/Obstruction) e;: Single and multiple burner ranges can be protected using a IF nozzle. The nozzle is stamped with IF indicating that it is a one-flownozzle and must be counted as one flow number. When using the 1 F nozzle for range protection with or without back shelf or other similarly sized obstruction, the maximum length of the burner grates being protected must not exceed 28 in. (711 mm) and the maximum area of the burner grates must not exceed 336 in.z (21677 mmz). See Figure 4-37 for nozzle location details. F NOZZLE, rl / SHELF OTHER SIMILARLY OBSTRUCTION CAN OVERHANGG BURNER(S) BURNER($) BY A MAXIMUM OF 11 IN (279 mm) 1 201N. AIM SOB mm) 40 - 46 W. POINT MINIMUM 1016- 1219 mm) ( I 14 IN. 355 mm) 12IN. 14IN. MAXIMUM 304 mm) FRONT TO REAR 355 mm) MAXIMUMMAXIMUMCENTERLINE IF NOZZLE LOCATED OVER FRONT EDGE OF BURNER GRATE AND ORIENTED SO NOZZLE TIP FLATS ARE PARALLEL WITH BURNER GRATE FRONT TO REAR CENTERLINE AND SHALL BE AIMED AT THE CENTER OF THE COOKING SURFACE FIGURE 4-37 000M SECTION 4 — SYSTEM DESIGN UL EX3470 ULC EX3470 2014-SEP-01 REV. 11 PAGE 4-17 Range Protection 260 (2-Flow) Nozzle (With or Without Back Shelf/Obstruction) Single and multiple burner ranges can be protected using a 260 nozzle. The nozzle is stamped with 260 indicating that it is a two -flow nozzle and must be counted as two flow numbers. When using the 260 nozzle for range protection with or without back shelf or other similarly sized obstruction, the maximum length of burner grates being protected must not exceed 32 in. 812 mm) and the maximum area of the burner grates must not exceed 384 in.z (24774 mmz). Nozzle must be located on the front edge of the burner grates and aimed at a point 10 in. 254 mm) from the back edge of the burner grates. Nozzle must be mounted 30 to 40 in. (762 to 1016 mm) above the hazard surface. See Figure 4-38. 260 NOZZLE 30.40 IN. 762 - 1016 mm) SHELF OR OTHER SIMILARLY SIZED OBSTRUCTION CAN OVERHANG BURNER(S) BY A MAXIMUM OF 11 IN. (279 mm) 254 mm) FROM BACK OF BURNER GRATES FIGURE 4-38 aooz0u SECTION 4 - SYSTEM DESIGN UL EX3470 ULC EX3470 PAGE 4-18 REV. 11 2014-SEP-01 Griddle Protection 1N (1-Flow) Nozzle - High Proximity Application The R-102 system uses four different nozzles for the protection of griddles. One of the applications requires a 1-flow nozzle and three of the applications require a 2-flow nozzle. High Proximity Application: 35 in. to 40 in. (889 to 1016 mm) above the cooking surface. This high proximity application uses the 1 N nozzle. The nozzle is stamped with 1 N indicating this is a one -flow nozzle and must be counted as one flow number. One 1 N nozzle will protect a maximum cooking area of 1080 in.2 69677 mm2) with the maximum longest side of 36 in. (914 mm). When using this nozzle for griddle protection, the nozzle must be positioned along the cooking surface perimeter to a maximum of 2 in. (50 mm) inside the perimeter, and aimed to the midpoint of the cooking surface. See Figure 4-39 and 4-40. NOTICE When using this type of griddle protection, only five flow numbers are allowed on a 1.5 gal (5.7 L) system and only 11 flow numbers are allowed on a 3 gal (11.4 L) system. I— MIDPOINT OF I COOKING /SURFACE II r III I I I I i IN NOZZLE LOCATED ALONG COOKING ANY SIDE OF GRIDDLE SURFACE WITHIN SURFACE 0 — 2 IN. (0 — 50 mm) OF COOKING EDGE SURFACE EDGE. NOZZLE MUST BE AIMED AT MIDPOINT OF COOKING SURFACE. FIGURE 4-39 0=41 I 1 NOZZLE LOCATION I I 0— 2 IN. (0 — 50 mm) I I I INSIDE PERIMETER I 40 IN. OF COOKING SURFACE I I (1016 mm) I I MAXIMUM I HEIGHT I I I OF IN 1 NOZZLE TIP I I I 135 IN. (889 mm) I I I I MINIMUM11 EDGE I I j I I HEIGHT OF —I I i I I OF 1N I NOZZLE TIPCOOKINGIII SURFACE II I FIGURE 4-40 0=43 R-102 Restaurant Fire Suppression Manual Griddle Protection 290 (2-Flow) Nozzle - High Proximity - Application Option 1 - Nozzle Center Located 30 in. to 50 in. (762 mm to 1270 mm) above the cooking surface. This high proximity application uses the 290 nozz 6. ' - The nozzle is stamped with 290 indicating this is a 2-)'I"iw nozzle and must be counted as two flow numbers. One 290 nozzle will protect a maximum cooking area,of,720 in.2 46451 mm2) with a maximum dimension of 30 in. (762, mm). 01' When using this nozzle for high proximity applications, the nozzle must be positioned within 1 in. (25 mm) of the center of the cooking surface and pointed vertically down. See Figure 4-41 and 4-42. NOZZLE LOCATION CENTER LINE OF GRIOOLE •. ^• (; SURFACE: 1 IN. (25 mm) IN ANY DIRECTION I I I 50 IN. • 1270 rt:m) MAXIMUM HEIGHT,--T,-)i OF 290 - 1!0'!; NOZZLE T:F' 30 1N. 762 MM) 3MINIMUM HEIGHT OF 290 ::it;:, NOZZLE 11'iTIP COOKING AREA 1 IN. (25 mm) MAXIMUM CENTER OF GRIDDLE SURFACE OR A MAXIMUM DIMENSION OF 20.6 IN 523 mm) FROM NOZZLE CENTERLINE TO FURTHEST CORNER OF GRIDDLE FIGURE 4-41 f' 1 IN. (2S Qm) MAXBy. MI COOKING AREA? t FIGURE 4-42 rB: 000na 1 R-10213gstaurant Fire Suppression Manual Griddle Protection 260 (2-Flow) Nozzle — High Proximity Option*' —"Nozzle Perimeter Located 30 in. to 50 in. (762 mm to 1270 mm) above the cooking surface. This high proximity application uses the 260 nozzle. SECTION 4 — SYSTEM DESIGN UL EX3470 ULC EX3470 2014-SEP-01 REV. 11 PAGE 4-19 Griddle Protection 290 (2-Flow) Nozzle — Medium Proximity Application Option 2a — Nozzle Perimeter Located (Continued) 20 in. to 30 in. (508 mm to 762 mm) above the cooking surface. The medium proximity application uses the 290 nozzle. The nozzle is stamped with 260 indicating this is a two -flow The nozzle is stamped with 290 indicating this is a two -flow nozzle and must be counted as two flow numbers. nozzle and must be counted as two flow numbers. One 260 nozzle will protect a maximum cooking area of 1440 in.2 92903. mm2) with a maximum dimension of 48 in. (1219 mm). When u%hg this nozzle for griddle protection, the nozzle must be positiop ed along the cooking surface perimeter to 2 in. 50 mn) •Ide perimeter, and aimed at the center of the cooking surface. 'S •e Figure 4-43 and 4-44. NOZZLE LOCATION I I 0- 2 IN. (0 - 50 mm) I I 1 I INSIDE PERIMETER I 50 IN. V- OF COOKING SURFACE 1 1 (127 mm) 1 I MAXIMUM I I I HEIGHT I I I I 1 OF 260 NOZZLE TIP I I i 1 30 IN (762 mm) I I I MINIMUM 1 I HEIGHT EDGEOF I I 1 I OF 260 I I NOZZLE TIPr`.nnKINr, I I . h, i 000243 FIGURE 4-43 7 iV•'•. 0=43 It•.^j T COOKING AREA I— t MIDPOINT OF COOKING SURFACE II COOKING I I AREA I AIM POINT 26p:N6ZZLE LOCATED ALONG COOKING SURFACE EDGE ANY,SIDE OF GRIDDLE SURFACE WITHIN 0 - 2 IN. (0 - S I mm) OF COOKING SURFACE EDGE. NOZZLE MUST BE AIMED AT MIDPOINT OF COOKING SURFACE. FIGURE 4-44 0=A1 One 290 nozzle will protect a maximum cooking area of 1440 in.2 92903 mm2) with a maximum dimension of 48 in. (1219 mm). When using this nozzle for griddle protection, the nozzle must be positioned along the perimeter to 2 in. (50 mm) inside perimeter, and aimed at the center of the cooking surface. See Figure 4-45 and 4-46. COOKING AREA CENTER OF COOKING SURFACE II COOKING AREA I -- AIM POINT I L-------- J I+ 290 NOZZLE LOCATED ALONG COOKING SURFACE EDGE ANY SIDE OF GRIDDLE SURFACE WITHIN 0 - 2 IN (0 - 50 mm) OF COOKING SURFACE EDGE. NOZZLE MUST BE AIMED AT CENTER OF COOKING SURFACE. FIGURE 4-45 000244 I 1 NOZZLE LOCATION I 0 - 2 IN. (0 - 51 mm) I INSIDE PERIMETER I OF COOKING SURFACE 1 30 IN. 1 I (762 mm) I I MAXIMUM I HEIGHT I I I OF 1 NO2ZLE TIP I I I 120 IN. (S06 mm) 1 1 j I I MINIMUM 1 1 HEIGHT11IIOF290 II NOZZLE TIP II EDGE OF COOKING SURFACE FIGURE 4-46 0002U SECTION 4 — SYSTEM DESIGN UL EX3470 ULC EX3470 PAGE 4-20 REV. 11 2014-SEP-01 Griddle Protection 2120 (2-Flow) Nozzle — Low Proximity Application Option 2b - Nozzle Perimeter Located (Continued) 10 in. to 20 in. (254 mm to 508 mm) above the cooking surface. The low proximity application uses the 2120 nozzle. The nozzle is stamped with 2120 indicating this is a two -flow nozzle and must be counted as two flow numbers. One 2120 nozzle will protect a maximum cooking area of 1440 in.2 (92903 mm2) with a maximum dimension of 48 in. (1219 mm). When using this nozzle for griddle protection, the nozzle must be positioned along the perimeter to 2 in. (50 mm) inside perim- eter, and aimed at the center of the cooking surface. See Figure 4-47 and 4-48. 1 I NOZZLE LOCATION 0 - 2 1N. (0 - 51 mm) 1 INSIDE PERIMETER 1 20 IN. 1 I-6-- OF COOKING SURFACE I 1 (508 mm) 1 I QQ MAXIMUM HEIGHT I I OF 2120 NOZZLE NOZZLE TIP 10 IN. (254 mm) M I III ( I II LHEIGHT TIP II OW243 EDGE OF C COOKING SURFACE FIGURE 4-47 0=43 COOKING AREA r CENTER OF COOKING SURFACE I I I COOKING AREA I l AIM POINT I L-------- i J 2120 NOZZLE LOCATED ALONG COOKING SURFACE EDGE ANY SIDE OF GRIDDLE SURFACE WITHIN 0 - 2 IN. (0 - 51 mm) OF COOKING SURFACE EDGE. NOZZLE MUST BE AIMED AT CENTER OF COOKING SURFACE. FIGURE 4-48 OM41 R-102 Restaurant Fire Suppression Manual Griddle Protection 2W (2-Flow) Nozzle - Low Proximity Application Option 2c — Nozzle Perimeter Located (Continue'd) x 10 in. to 20 in. (254 mm to 508 mm) above the cooking'surface. The low proximity application uses the 2W nozzle. ' The nozzle is stamped with 2W indicating this is a two -flow nozzle and must be counted as two flow numbers. One 2W nozzle will protect a maximum cooking area of 1080 in.2 69677 mm2) with a maximum dimension of 36 in. (914 mm). When using this nozzle for griddle protection, the nozzle must be positioned 0-10 in. (0-254 mm) forward or behind the right to left centerline of the hazard area. See the diagram below for nozzle location and aiming. I _:r s,xin. OVERHEAD VIEW 36 IN. (914 mm) MAX.I 2W NOZZLE AIM POINT 1 0.3 IN. (0.76 mm) TO REAR OF i 0. 101N. 0-254mm FROM CB4TERU E MAX, COOKING SURFACE CENTER LINE WHEN 2W NOZZLE IS POSITIONED AT OR TO THE REAR OF CENTER LINE 30 IN t (762 mm) 2W NO(ZZLE AIM POINT MAX. ICOOKWG02S1ml1FROMOF SURFFACEARO CENTERLINE MAX. CENTER LINE WHEN 2W NOZZLE IS POSITIONED AT OR FORWARD O COOKING SURFACE CENTER LINE fu• Y.1T1 000119 AIM POINT 9 IN. (228 mm) FROM EITHER SIDE OF COOKING SURFACE FIGURE 4.49 FRONT VIEW t 0.3 IN. (76 mm) NOTE: A 2W NOZZLE CAN PROTECT A. GRIDDLE WITH A MAXIMUM COOKING I SURFACE O 30 IN X 36 IN. (762 mm X 914 mm), AT A HEIGHT OF 10.20 IN (254 508 mm). 201N. THE 2W NOZZLE CAN BE POSITIONED 508 mm) I A MAXIMUM O s 10 IN. ((2S1 mm)) MAX. FORWARD OR BEHIND COOKING 7 SURFACE CENTER LINE AND A I* MAXIMUM OF 3 IN. (76 mm) AWA4 FROM EITHER SIDE OF THC-CeC-KING101N. 254 mm) I SURFACE. AIMED IN 9 IN (226 Tian) TO A POINT O 31N. 0.76 F(iRWAROMIN. mm). E COOKINGISURFCCENTERE 4also FIGURE 4-50 N n1:!. R-102 Restaurant Fire Suppression Manual Griddle. Protection 1 W (1-Flow) Nozzle — Low Proximity11 Application 15 in. to;5:04n. (381 mm to 508 mm) above the cooking surface. The lov; ;proximity 1-flow nozzle application for the protection of griddles, requires the 1 W nozzle. The noizt*e is stamped with 1 W indicating that this is a one -flow nozzle afib`must be counted as one flow number. can h - When using the 1 W nozzle for low proximity griddle protection with our without obstruction, the maximum length of the cooking surface to be protected must not exceed 26 in. (660 mm). The nozzle must be centered at one end of the maximum 26 in. 660 mm) length, aimed along a centerline to a point 20 in. (508 mm) from the end of the length, protecting a maximum width of 20.5 in. (520 mm). The 1 W nozzle tip must be positioned at or below the obstruc- tion, if present. The protected area begins at the point straight down from the nozzle tip. The nozzle can be positioned above the edlge of, the hazard area to be protected. See Figure 4-51 and Note: If, the hazard area exceeds the single nozzle coverage listed above, additional nozzles will be required. The additional nozzle can'be positioned in front at high proximity or at the side at low proximity. I I` 15-20IN. I 361 m `y' I I 20 IN r— (506 mm) PROTECTED AREA FIGURE 4-51 IN. rcn) FIGURE 4-52 SECTION 4 — SYSTEM DESIGN UL EX3470 ULC EX3470 2014-SEP-01 REV. 11 PAGE 4-21 Chain Broiler Protection The following listed protection guidelines can be applied to any manufacturer's chain broilers, if the chain broiler meets the specified parameters. Chain broilers utilizing catalytic converters can be protected from overhead using model specific protec- tion identified in the "Specific Application by Model" section in System Design. Or, they can be protected with standard 1 N nozzle horizontal chain broiler protection with the nozzles posi- tioned at either end of the chain broiler openings. Refer to the Horizontal Chain Broiler Protection" section for specific design information. Horizontal Chain Broiler Protection The R-102 system can use two 1 N nozzles for horizontal chain broiler protection. The nozzle is stamped IN, indicating that this is a one -flow nozzle and must be counted as one flow number (total of two flow numbers for each chain broiler being protected). Two IN nozzles are always needed for chain broiler protec- tion when the hazard area to be protected does not meet the Overhead Broiler Protection" requirements. The maximum internal size of the broiler is 43 x 31 in. (1092 mm x 787 mm). The nozzles must be positioned at each end of the enclosed cooking chamber 1 to 3 in. (25 mm to 76 mm) above the surface of the chain and a maximum distance of 4 in. (101 mm) away from the broiler opening. The nozzles may be mounted at either corner as long as they are at opposite ends of the chain broiler and positioned to discharge diagonally across the top of the chain. See Figure 4-53 and 4-54. OMAS IN. 76 mm) FIGURE 4-53 1l\:• SECTION 4 — SYSTEM DESIGN UL EX3470 ULC EX3470 PAGE 4-22 REV. 11 2014-SEP-01 Horizontal Chain Broiler Protection (Continued) MAXIMUM INTER BROILER SIZE 4: 1092 X 767 mm) FIGURE 4-54 0=47 Overhead Chain Broiler Protection The R-102 system can use two 1 W nozzles for overhead chain broiler protection. The nozzle is stamped with 1 W, indicating that this is a one -flow nozzle and must be counted as one flow number. Overhead protection is only available for chain broilers with exhaust opening dimensions that are not less than 60% of the internal broiler length and not less than 60% of the internal broiler width, to a minimum size of 12 in. x 12 in. (305 mm x 305 mm). Internal broiler size can not be larger than 32 in. x 34 in. (812 mm x 863 mm). When overhead protection is used, the nozzles must be centered above the exhaust opening Within 4 to 8 in. (101 to 203 MITI) of each other and they must be located 10 to 26 in. (254 to 660 mm) above the top of the broiler surface. See Figure 4-55. R-102 Restaurant Fire Suppression Manual The nozzles may vary in position as long as they are evenly spaced from the exhaust center and are always 1800 opposite of each other. If the opening is not square, the nozzleq>must be positioned along the centerline, parallel to the longesuaide of the opening. See Figure 4-56. P, 1* 1W TOP VIEW TOP VIEW FIGURE 4-56 7 eR .. LP. Note: The Metal Blow -off Cap must be used when1t• utilizing chain broiler protection. pc Example No. 1 — Internal broiler size is 24 in. long z 2 in. wid? 609 mm x 508 mm), with an opening of 16 in. x 16 in. 406 mm x 406 mm). 1 F• To determine minimum opening size, multiply tli" internal length and the internal width by 0.6: t Length of opening — 24 in. x 0.6 = 14.4 in. 609 mm x 0.6 = 366 mm) - Width of opening — 20 in. x 0.6 = 12.0 in. 4-6 N. (101-203 mm) (508 mm x 0.6 = 304 mm) The minimum allowable opening for overhead protection 10 26IN. would be 14.4 in. x 12.0 in. (365 mm x 304 mro}'.:: iI ( 25 660 mm) This example would be acceptable for overf^),e a protec- z1 + tlon. 12 IN (305 mm) MINIMUM 12 IN. 00S mm) MINIMUM MAXIMUM INTERNAL BROILER SIZE 32 X 34 IN 612 663 mm) FIGURE 4-55 OM - A Example No. 2 — Internal broiler size is 30 in.. lofi'g't'* 24 in. wide ( 762 x 609 mm) with an opening of 22 ire),. x 12 in1 558 x 304 mm). y To determine minimum opening size, multiply internal length and internal Width by 0.6: Length of opening — 30 in. x 0.6 = 18.0 in. 762 mm x 0.6 = 457 mm) Width of opening — 24 in. x 0.6 = 14.4 in. 609 mm x 0.6 = 365 mm) Minimum allowable opening for overhead protection would be 18 in. x 14.4 in. (457 mm x 365 mrr)rlar ; Because this broiler has an opening of 22* iq K12 in. 558 mm x 304 mm), the 12 in. (304 mm) widli.is below the minimum allowable calculated dimension of.14.4 in. 365 mm) and therefore would not be accQlble for overhead protection. Salamander Broiler Protection !t The R-102 system uses three different nozzle locations for salamander broiler protection. All of the design options require a one -flow nozzle. R-102 Restaurant Fire Suppression Manual aVG•, Salamander Broiler Protection — 1N (1-Flow) Nozzle Overhe d A salamander broiler with a maximum hazard area (internal broiler GFI i7J8er) of 16 in. (406 mm) deep x 29 in. (736 mm) wide can be protected using a 1 N nozzle. The nozzle is stamped with 1 N, indicating that this is a one -flow nozzle. The single 1 N nozzle must be located directly in line with either vertical edge of the broiler opening, 6 in. (152 mm) to 12 in. (304 mm) in front of the broiler, and 0 in. to 12 in. (304 mm) above the top of the;broiler. The nozzle must be aimed at the center of the broiler opening. See Figure 4-57a. VERTICAL GE OF BROILPW- OPENING IN NOZZLE PART NO. 419335) Ia' ' NOZZLE F LOCATION ZONE i 304 IN. (152 mm) AIM AT CENTER ' 1 AIM AT CENTER OF OF BROILER BROILER OPENING OPENING FIGURE 4-57a o084M Salamander Broiler Protection — 1F (1-Flow) Nozzle Overhead A salamander broiler with a maximum hazard area (internal broiler 'criamber) of 15.5 in. (393 mm) deep x 31 in. (787 mm) wide cart_be protected using a 1 F nozzle. The nozzle is stamped with 1 icating that this is a one -flow nozzle. The siCg 1F nozzle must be located directly in line with the center bf the broiler opening, 8 in. (203 mm) to 12 in. (304 mm) in front of the broiler and 12 in. (304 mm) to 18 in. (457 mm) above the top of the broiler. The nozzle must be aimed at the center of the top broiler opening when the grate is located in the middle position. The nozzle must be orientated so the nozzle tip flats are parallel with the grate left to right centerline. See Figure 4=57b. , IFNOZZLE r NOZZLE PART NO 6 IN. 1 LOCATION ZONE 419333) `;. ( t52 mm)I 1 IN (203 mm) mot 41N. 12 IN. 101 mm I (304 mm) iMEM Ii ,n r.1 AIM AT CENTER OF THE AIM AT CENTER OF THE TOP TOP BROILER OPENING BROILER OPENING WHEN THE WHEN THE GRATE GRATE IS LOCATED IN THE IS LOCATED IN THE MIDDLE POSITIONAIM AT CENTER MIDDLE POSITION OF BROILER OPENING FIGURE 4-57b M SECTION 4 — SYSTEM DESIGN UL EX3470 ULC EX3470 2014- SEP-01 REV. 11 PAGE 4-23 Salamander Broiler Protection — 1N (1-Flow) Nozzle Local Note: The use of the Agent Distribution Hose should be consid- ered when protecting a salamander broiler/range combination appliance that employs casters. A salamander broiler with a maximum hazard area (internal broiler chamber) of 15 in. (381 mm) deep x 31 in. (787 mm) wide can be protected using a 1 N nozzle. The nozzle is stamped with 1 N, indicating that this is a one -flow nozzle. The single 1 N nozzle must be affixed to the side of the cooking chamber, above the grate on either vertical edge of the broiler opening. The nozzle must be aimed at the center of the grates. See Figure 4-57c. 1N NO; AT CENTER OF GRATES FIGURE 4-57c 00" r Upright Broiler/Salamander Protection The R-102 system uses two 1/2N Nozzles for all upright broiler protection. The nozzle is stamped 1/2N, indicating that this is a half -flow nozzle. A pair of these nozzles will equal one flow number. Two 1/2N nozzles will protect a maximum hazard area (internal broiler chamber) of 30 in. x 32.5 in. (761 mm x 825 mm). These nozzles must always be used in pairs on an upright broiler. One nozzle must be positioned above the grate and pointed at the back opposite corner of the broiler chamber. The second nozzle must be pointed down into the center of the drip pan through the open slot. See Figure 4-58. a SECTION 4 - SYSTEM DESIGN UL EX3470 ULC EX3470 PAGE 4-24 REV. 11 2014-SEP-01 Upright Broiler/Salamander Protection (Continued) UPRIGHT BROILER BROILER CHAMBER RIP AN SIDE VIEW FIGURE 4-58 000252 Gas-Radiant/Electric Char -Broiler Protection The R-102 system uses the IN nozzle for gas-radiant/electdc char -broiler protection. The nozzle is stamped with a 1 N, indicating that this is a one -flow nozzle and must be counted as one flow number. One 1 N nozzle will protect a hazard with a maximum length of 36 in. (914 mm) and a total cooking area which does not exceed 864 in.z (55741 mmz). The nozzle tip must be located 15 in. to 40 in. (381 mm to 1016 mm) above the hazard surface. When using this nozzle for gas-radiant/electric char -broiler protection, the nozzle must be positioned anywhere along or within the perimeter of the maximum cooking area and shall be aimed at the center of the cooking surface. See Figure 4-59a. COOKING AREA COOKING 0002SO t? I I I 40 IN. I I 7 I MAXIMUM IS IN. 181 mm) MINIMUM 000257 FIGURE 4-59a R-102 Restaurant Fire Suppression Manual Electric Char -Broiler Protection (Optional) The R-102 system uses the 1 N nozzle for electric char -broiler protection. The nozzle is stamped with a IN, indicating "thaT , is is a one -flow nozzle and must be counted as one flow numbber. One IN nozzle will protect a hazard with a maximum length of 34 in. (863 mm) and a total cooking area which does'rorexceed 680 in.2 (43870 mm2). The nozzle tip must be located 20 in. to 50 in. (508 mm to 1270 mm) above the hazard surface. When using this nozzle for electric char -broiler protection,,I.lie nozzle must be positioned anywhere along or within the perimeter of the maximum cooking area and shall be aimed at the center of the cooking surface. See Figure 4-59b. K 501N. 1 (1270mmj:Cf1- 7 I MAXIMUM •; 20 IN (508 mm) MINIMUM 000M 1 j l i I Ir• FIGURE 4-59b iJ 1i H R-102 Restaurant Fire Suppression Manual Lava Rock (Ceramic) Char -Broiler Protection The R-102 system uses the 1 N nozzle for all lava rock char - broiler protection. The nozzle is stamped with 1 N, indicating that this is a one -flow nozzle and must be counted as one flow number. One 1 N nozzle will protect a hazard which has a maximum length of 24 in. (609 mm) and a total cooking area which does not exceed 312 in.2 (20128 mm2). The nozzle tip must be located 18 in. to 35 in. (457 mm to 889 mm) above the hazard surface. When using this nozzle for lava rock (ceramic) char - broiler protection, the nozzle must be positioned anywhere along or within the perimeter of the maximum cooking area and angled to the center. See Figure 4-60. COOKING AREA COOKING I AREA I I Y I I I I II1II 1 I I I I I ! I H FIGURE 4-60 SECTION 4 — SYSTEM DESIGN UL EX3470 ULC EX3470 2014-SEP-01 REV. 11 PAGE 4-25 Natural Charcoal Broiler Protection The R-102 system uses the 1 N nozzle for all natural charcoal broiler protection. The nozzle is stamped with 1 N indicating that this is a one -flow nozzle and must be counted as one flow number. One 1 N nozzle will protect a hazard area which has a maximum length of 24 in. (610 mm) and a total cooking area which does not exceed 288 in.2 (18580 MM2). The nozzle tip must be located 18 in. to 40 in. (457 mm to 1016 mm) above the hazard surface. When using this nozzle for natural charcoal broiler protection, the nozzle must be positioned anywhere along or within the perimeter of the maximum cooking area and aimed at the center of the cooking surface. See Figure 4-61. The coverage of such appliances only applies when the depth of the charcoal does not exceed 4 in. (101 mm). COOKING COOKINGAREA AREA jY I I I I I I I I I 1 I I I 1 I 41N. (101 mm) I MAXIMUM OEPTM I \ I 1 1 401N. I MAX Ml IS IN. I (457 n f MININ I FIGURE 4-61 SECTION 4 — SYSTEM DESIGN UL EX3470 ULC EX3470 PAGE 4-26 REV. 11 2014-SEP-01 Alternate Ceramic/Natural Charcoal Char -broiler Protection The R-102 system may also use the 3N nozzle for all ceramic lava rock) and natural charcoal char -broiler protection. The nozzle is stamped with 3N, indicating that this is a three -flow nozzle and must be counted as three flow numbers. One 3N nozzle will protect a hazard which has a maximum length of 30 in. (762 mm) and a total cooking area which does not exceed 720 in.2 (46451 mm2). The nozzle tip must be located 14 in. to 40 in. (355 mm to 1016 mm) above the hazard surface. The nozzle must be positioned anywhere along or within the perimeter of the maximum cooking area and angled to the center. See Figure 4-62. For natural charcoal char -boiler protection, this coverage only applies when the depth of the charcoal does not exceed 4 in. 101 mm). COOKING COOKING AREA AREA I > i I Y I I I I I I I II I I I I I 40 IN. I (1016 mm) I MAXIMUM I t 4 IN. (101 mm) t I 14 IN. MAXIMUM I / I (355 mm) DEPTH\ I \\ I I MINIMUM I I 1 FIGURE 4-62 R-102 Restaurant Fire Suppression Manual T! 1 Wood Fueled Char -Broiler Protection . The R-102 system uses the 3N nozzle for mesquite char -broiler protection. The nozzle is stamped with 3N indicating that this is a three -flow nozzle and must be counted as three flow numbers. One 3N nozzle will protect a hazard which has a,rmaximum length of 30 in. (762 mm) and a total cooking area which does not exceed 720 in.2 (46451 mm2). The nozzle tip -must be located 14 in. to 40 in. (355 mm to 1016 mm) above the hazard surface. The nozzle must be positioned anywhere along or within the perimeter of the maximum cooking area and aimed at the center of the cooking surface. See Figure 4-63. - Mesquite logs and pieces, no larger than 4 in. (102 mmj'in diam- eter, may be protected with a maximum allowable wood depth of 6 in. (152 mm). COOKING AREA COOKING j AREA I/>I I I III I I I I I I 1 I 1 61N. (125 mm) IN. DEPTH 04"l .. ij!1. I tl I 40 IN. 1016 m, MArr,(t FIGURE 4-63 i. i plh I) n.Y- flj. . R-102 Restaurant Fire Suppression Manual Wok Protection The R-102 system uses two different nozzles for the protection of woks. 1. A 260 nozzle will protect a wok 14 in. (355 mm) minimum diameter up to 30 in. (762 mm) maximum diameter. The wok deptn must be no less than 3.75 in. (95 mm) and no greater than 6 in. (203 mm). The.;nozzle is stamped with 260 indicating that this is a two' bw nozzle and must be counted as two flow numbers. When using this nozzle, the nozzle must be positioned as shown in Figure 4-64. NOZZLE MUST BE POSITIONED WITHIN 1 IN. (25 MM) RADIUS OF THE CENTER OF THE WOK. POINTED VERTICALLY DOWN 260 NOZZLE i 35 - ISIN. 669 - 1143 mm) MINIMUM DEPTH 3.75 IN (95 mm) MAXIMUM DEPTH 6 IN. (203 mm) I 1 14 IN. (355 mm) MINIMUM DIAMETER 30 IN (762 mm) MAXIMUM DIAMETER FIGURE 4-64 00MI SECTION 4 — SYSTEM DESIGN UL EX3470 ULC EX3470 2014- SEP-01 REV. 11 PAGE 4-27 2. A 1 N nozzle will protect a wok 11 in. (279 mm) minimum diameter up to 24 in. (609 mm) maximum diameter. The wok depth must be no less than 3 in. (76 mm) and no greater than 6 in. (152 mm). The nozzle is stamped with 1 N indi- cating that this a one -flow nozzle and must be counted as one flow number. When using this nozzle, the nozzle must be positioned anywhere along or within the perimeter of the wok, aimed at the center, 30 in. to 40 in. (762 mm to 1016 mm) above the hazard surface, as shown in Figure 4-65. NOTICE When using this type of wok protection, only five flow numbers are allowed on a 1. 5 gal (5.7 L) system, and only eleven flow numbers are allowed on a 3 gal (11.4 L) system. MINIMUM DEPTH 1 3. 0 IN. (76 mm) MAXIMUM DEPTH 6. 0IN (152 mm) 1 11 IN. (279 mm) MINIMUM DIAMETER 24 IN. (609 mm) MAXIMUM DIAMETER FIGURE 4-65 00= 1 SECTION 4 — SYSTEM DESIGN R-102 Restaurant Fire Suppression Manual UL EX3470 ULC EX3470 PAGE 4-28 REV. 11 2014-SEP-01 Nozzle Application Chart NOTICE The following chart has been developed to assist in calculating the quantity and type of nozzle required to protect each duct, This chart is for general reference only. See plenum, or appliance. complete details for each type of hazard. Minimum Nozzle Maximum Hazard Nozzle Nozzle Nozzle Stamping — Hazard Dimensions Quantity Heights Part No. Flow No. Duct or Transition Length — Unlimited 1 439839 1 W Single Nozzle) Perimeter — 50 in. (1270 mm) Diameter — 16 in. (406 mm) ar Duct or Transition Length — Unlimited 1 439840 2W Single Nozzle) Perimeter —100 in. (2540 mm) Diameter — 31 7/8 in. (809 mm) Duct or Transition Length — Unlimited 2 439840 2W" Dual Nozzle) Perimeter —150 in. (3810 mm) Diameter — 48 in. (1219 mm) Electrostatic Precipitator Individual Cell 1 439837 1/2N At Base of Duct) Plenum Length —10 It (3.0 m) 1 439838 1 N Horizontal Protection) Plenum Length — 6 It (1.8 m) 1 439839 1VN Horizontal Protection) Width — 4 It (1.2 m) Plenum Length — 4 It (1.2 m) 1 439839 1 WJ,:. Vertical Protection) Width — 4 It (1.2 m) Fryer (Split or Maximum Size Non -Split Vat) without drip board) w 14 in. (355 mm) x 15 in. (381 mm) 1 13 — 16 in. 439845 291:; Low Proximity 330 — 406 mm) Fryer (Split or Maximum Size Non -Split Vat) without drip board) 14 1 /2 in. (368 mm) x 14 in. (355 mm) 1 16 — 27 in. 439845 290 Medium Proximity 406 — 685 mm) Fryer (Split or Maximum Size Non -Split Vat)' without drip board) 15 in. (381 mm) x 0.1. 14 in. (355 mm) High Proximity 1 27 — 47 in. 439842 230 Medium Proximity 1 20 — 27 in. 439843 245 Fryer (Non -Split Vat Only) Maximum Size without drip board) 19 1/2 in. (495 mm) x 19 in. (482 mm) High Proximity 1 21 — 34 in. 439841 3N Low Proximity 1 13 —16 in. 439845 290. Maximum Size without drip board) 18 in. (457 mm) x 18 in. (457 mm) High Proximity 1 25 — 35 in. 439841 3N r . 635 — 889 mm) For multiple nozzle protection of single fryers, see deWled information on Pages 4-10 and 4.11. R-102 Restaurant Fire Suppression Manual Nozzle Application Chart (Continued) Minimum Maximum Hazard Nozzle Hazard • • Dimensions Quantity Fryer (Non -Split Vat Only) Maximum Size Continued) without drip board) 14 1/2 in. (368 mm) x 16.5 in. (419 mm) High Proximity 1 Fryer (Non -Split Maximum Size Vat Only)* with drip board) 21 in. (533 mm) x 14 in. (355 mm) Fry Pot must not exceed 15 in. x 14 in. 381 mm x 355 mm)) High Proximity 1 Medium Proximity 1 Maximum Size with drip board) 25 3/8 in. (644 mm) x 19 1/2 in. (495 mm) Fry pot side must not exceed 19 1/2 in. 495 mm) x 19 in. 483 mm) High Proximity 1 Low Proximity 1 Maximum Size with drip board) r ' 18 in. (457 mm) It ti x 27 3/4 in. (704 mm) High Proximity 1 Maximum Size with drip board) 14 1/2 in. (368 mm) x 26.5 in. (673 mm) High Proximity 1 Fryer (Split or Maximum Size Non -Split Vat) with drip board) 14 in. (355 mm) x 21 in. (533 mm) 1 Low Proximity Fryer (Split or Maximum Size Non -Split Vat) with drip board) 14 1/2 in. (368 mm) x 26 1/2 in. (673 mm) 1 Medium Proximity For multiple nozzle protection of wngle fryers, see detailed information on Pages 4-10 and 4.11. I1• 4 SECTION 4 — SYSTEM DESIGN UL EX3470 ULC EX3470 2014-SEP-01 REV. 11 PAGE 4-29 Nozzle Nozzle Nozzle Stamping — Heights Part No. Flow No. 16 — 21 in. 439845 290 406 — 533 mm) 27 — 47 in. 439842 230 685 — 1193 mm) 20 — 27 in. 439843 245 508 — 685 mm) 21 — 34 in. 439841 3N 533 — 863 mm) 13 —16 in. 439845 290 330 — 406 mm) 25 — 35 in. 439841 3N 635 — 889 mm) 16 — 21 in. 439845 290 406 — 533 mm) 13 —16 in. 439845 290 330 — 406 mm) 16 — 27 in. 439845 290 406 — 685 mm) SECTION 4 — SYSTEM DESIGN R-102 Restaurant Fire Suppression Manual UL EX3470 ULC EX3470 PAGE 4-30 REV. 11 2014-SEP-01 Nozzle Application Chart (Continued) Minimum Nozzle Maximum Hazard Nozzle Nozzle Nozzle Staraiping — Hazard Dimensions Quantity Heights Part No. Flow. No. Range Longest Side (High Proximity) 1 30 — 40 in. 439838 1 N, , 32 in. (812 mm) 762 —1016 mm) Area — 384 in.2 a, 24774 mm2) Longest Side (Low Proximity) 1 15 — 20 in. 439838 1 N. - 24 in. (609 mm) 381 — 508 mm) n Area — 432 in.2 27870 mm2) Longest Side 40 — 48 in. 439836 1 F 28 in. (711 mm) 1016 — 1219 mm) Area — 336 in.2 With Backshelf) 21677 mm2) Longest Side 30 — 40 in. 439844 au7.Zi, 26.. 32 in. (812 mm) I 762 —1016 mm) n' kq Area — 384 in.2 With Backshelf) 24774 mm2) 1, Longest Side (High Proximity) 1 40 — 50 in. 439843 245 .. 28 in. (711 mm) 1016 —1219 mm) ty. Area — 672 in.2 43354 mm2) Longest Side Medium Proximity) 1 30 — 40 in. 439844 260 32 in. (812 mm) 762 —1016 mm) Area — 768 in.2 49548 mm2) Longest Side (Low Proximity) 2 15 — 20 in. 439845 290 36 in. (914 mm) 381 — 508 mm) a:•' ' Area —1008 in.2 r•ti 65032 mm2) Griddle Longest Side (High Proximity) 1 30 — 50 in. 439844 260•;. 48 in. (1219 mm) 762 — 1270 mm) 15 Area — 1440 in.2 perimeter 92903 mm2) located) Longest Side (High Proximity) 1 30 — 50 in. 439845 290 30 in. (762 mm) 762 —1270 mm) Area — 720 in.2 center located) 46451 mm2) Longest Side (High Proximity) 1 35 — 40 in. 439838/439865 1 N/1 NSS 36 in. (914 mm) 889 —1016 mm) Area — 1080 in.2 perimeter located) 69677 mm2) f= ' Longest Side 1 20 — 30 in. 439845 29Q'" , Medium Proximity) 508 — 762 mm) r' 48 in. (1219 mm) perimeter Area — 1440 in.2 located) 92903 mm2) Longest Side (Low Proximity) 1 15 — 20 in. 439839 1 W 26 in. (660 mm) 381 — 508 mm) Area — 533 in.2 center located) 34387 mm2) R-102 Restaurant Fire Suppression Manual Jo3zle dpplication Chart (Continued) Minimum SECTION 4 — SYSTEM DESIGN UL EX3470 ULC EX3470 2014-SEP-01 REV. 11 PAGE 4-31 Wry Maximum Hazard Nozzle Nozzle Hazardido. Dimensions Quantity Heights Griddle'f6ontinued) Longest Side (Low Proximity) 1 10 — 20 in. r• i 36 in. (914 mm) 254 — 508 mm) Area —1080 in.2 perimeter located) 69677 mm2) Longest Side (Low Proximity) 1 10 — 20 in. 48 in. (1219 mm) 254 — 508 mm) e. Area —1440 in.2 perimeter 92903 mm2) located) Chain Broiler' Length — 34 in. (863 mm) 2 10 — 26 in. Overhead Protection) Width — 32 in. (812 mm) 254 — 660 mm) Chain Broiler Length — 43 in. (1092 mm) 2 1 — 3 in. Horizo ja Protection) Width — 31 in. (787 mm) 25 — 76 mm) Gas-Radiant/Electric Longest Side — 36 in. (914 mm) 1 15 — 40 in. Char -Broiler Area — 864 in.2 381 — 1016 mm) lle:, • • 55741 mm2) Electric Char -Broiler Longest Side — 34 in. (863 mm) 1 20 — 50 in. Area — 680 in.2 508 —1270 mm) 43870 mm2) Lava -Rock Broiler Longest Side — 24 in. (609 mm) 1 18 — 35 in. Area — 312 in.2 457 — 889 mm) r;• 20128 mm2) Natural Charcoal Broiler Longest Side — 24 in. (609 mm) 1 18 — 40 in. Area — 288 in.2 457 —1016 mm) 18580 mm2) Lava -Rock or Natural Longest Side — 30 in. (762 mm) 1 14 — 40 in. Charcoal Char -Broiler Area — 720 in.2 355 —1016 mm) 46451 mm2) Wood Fueled Char -Broiler Longest Side — 30 in. (762 mm) 1 14 — 40 in. Area — 720 in.2 355 — 1016 mm) 46451 mm2) Upright Broiler/ Length — 32.5 in. (825 mm) 2 Salamander Width — 30 in. (762 mm) Salamander Length — 29 in. (736 mm) 1 Broiler.• :; „ Width — 16 in. (406 mm) Length — 31 in. (787 mm) 1 Width —15 in. (381 mm) Length — 31 in. (787 mm) 1 Width —15 in. (381 mm) Wok 14 in. — 30 in. (355 — 762 mm) 1 35 — 45 in. Diameter 889 — 1143 mm) 3.75 — 8.0 in. (95 — 203 mm) Deep 11 in. — 24 in. (279 — 609 mm) 30 — 40 in. Diameter 762 — 1016 mm) 3.0 — 6.0 in. (76 —152 mm) Deep Minimum chain broiler exhaust opening — 12 in. x 12 in. (305 min x 305 mm). and not less than 60%. of internal broiler size. Nozzle Nozzle Stamping — Part No. Flow No. 439840 2W 439846 2120 439839/439864 1 W/1 WSS 439838/439865 1 N/1 NSS 439838/439865 1 N/1 NSS 439838/439865 1 N/1 NSS 439838/439865 1 N/1 NSS 439838/439865 1 N/1 NSS 439841 3N 439841 3N 439837 1 /2N 439838 1 N 439836 1F 439838 1N 439844 260 439838/439865 1 N/1 NSS CITY OF SANFORD 98 0 8 2018 BUILDING 8, FIRE PREVENTION PERMIT APPLICATION I 1. l Application No: Documented Construction Value: S so O O Job Address: 312 15 t)1_94rJGE Pc)AO /J0(e7-bf Historic District: Yes No E9 Parcel ID: Residential Commercials Type of Work: New 0 Addition Alteration Repair Demo Change of Use Move Description of Work: A DO) M G Alve W- 7-41 IYU G !% C-4if rt l/iF- AIRrE 13 " d'"i - t/J1-r,J 1 S11 Q- k i n d re-ia rho o D, 600a r r Ay c-T , lu.4acr t1P AiR DycT Q iP Plan Review Contact Person: Title: Phone: Fax: Email: C1Z0ff&,(a, GKAAi I_. COA4 Property Owner Information Name Phone: Street: Resident of property? : t7 City, State Zip: Contractor Information Name flAWA s e01,JlT-A0C710,J Phone: y-0-7 - 2LrS— Street: Fax: City, State Zip: State License No.: Architect/Engi . eer Info r ation Name: AA 1 G !-ft4 r L .J t1S'r n!i A (L P l I lNL Phone: Street: S' oo C L C ELVID A Fax: _ City, St, Zip: P (2 1../k1 J10 . i 27 TO E-mail: Bonding Company: Address: Mortgage Lender: Address: WARNING TO OWNER: YOUR FAILURE TO RECORD A NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT MAY RESULT IN YOUR PAYING TWICE FOR IMPROVEMENTS TO YOUR PROPERTY. A NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT MUST BE RECORDED AND POSTED ON THE JOB SITE BEFORE THE FIRST INSPECTION. IF YOU INTEND TO OBTAIN FINANCING, CONSULT WITH YOUR LENDER OR AN ATTORNEY BEFORE RECORDING YOUR NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT. Application is hereby made to obtain a permit to do the work and installations as indicated. 1 certify that no work or installation has commenced prior to the issuance of a permit and that all work will be performed to meet standards of all laws regulating construction in this jurisdiction. 1 understand that a separate permit must be secured for electrical work, plumbing, signs, wells, pools, furnaces, boilers, heaters, tanks, and air conditioners, etc. FBC 105.3 Shall be inscribed with the date of application and the code in effect as of that date: 511 Edition (2014) Florida Building Code Revised: June 30, 2015 Permit Application t NOTICE: In addition to the requirements of this permit, there may be additional restrictions applicable to this property that may be found in the public records of this county, and there may be additional permits required from other governmental entities such as water management districts, state agencies, or federal agencies. Acceptance of permit is verification that 1 will notify the owner of the property of the requirements of Florida Lien Law, FS 713. The City of Sanford requires payment of a plan review fee at the time of permit submittal. A copy of the executed contract is required in order to calculate a plan review charge and will be considered the estimated construction value of the job at the time of submittal. The actual construction value will be figured based on the current ICC Valuation Table in effect at the time the permit is issued, in accordance with local ordinance. Should calculated charges figured off the executed contract exceed the actual construction value, credit will be applied to your permit fees when the permit is issued. OWNER'S AFFIDAVIT: I certify that all of the foregoing information is accurate and that all work will be done in compliance with all applicable laws regulating construction and zoning. Signature of Owner/Agent Date Signature of Contractor/Agent Date Print Owner/Agent's Name Signature of Notary -State of Florida Date Owner/Agent is Personally Known to Me or Produced ID Type of ID 9006 oti Cg. C6,prJe 2- s- ot? Print ntractor/Agent's Name Signature of Notary -State of Florida Date ANNETTE M BLAND t . 7 c Notary Public - State of Florida A±iQ _ Commission # GG 170900 My Comm. Expires Jan 16. 2022 9ocee[rr_,r \pCrA NCJfy Aifn. Contract to Me or Produced ID Type of ID BELOW IS FOR OFFICE USE ONLY Permits Required: Building Electrical Mechanical Plumbing Gas[-] Roof Construction Type: Total Sq Ft of Bldg: Occupancy Use: Min. Occupancy Load: New Construction: Electric - # of Amps. Fire Sprinkler Permit: Yes[] No APPROVALS: ZONING: ENGINEERING: COMMENTS: of Heads UTILITIES: FIRE: Flood Zone: of Stories: Plumbing - # of Fixtures Fire Alarm Permit: Yes No WASTE WATER: BUILDING: Revised: June 30, 2015 Permit Application SUBCONTRACT AGREEMENT SHORT FORM) This agreement is made this 27th day of October 20 17 , by and between Protime LLC. (Contractor) and Croft Heating and Air (Subcontractor) to perform the Work identified in Article 2 in accordance with the Project's Contract Documents. PROJECT: Cue Phoria Billiards Sanford OWNER: Pro Time Inc SUBCONTRACTOR: Croft Heating and Air Article 1 CONTRACT PAYMENT. The Contractor agrees to pay Subcontractor for satisfactory performance of Subcontractor's Work the sum of Six thousand eight hundred and fifty Dollars ( 6850 ). For labor only. Contractor shall provide all materials needed to complete the job description in totality. Subcontractor is responsible for his employees and tools needed to perform such job. The payments shall be made in three equal installments from the time of commencement. Subcontractor shall complete all duties in order to acquire a Certificate of Occupancy from the City of Sanford Municipalities as follows. 1. Install to completion all electrical mechanical and exhaust systems for the captive air hood system, ansul fire retardation system will installed by 3rd party. 2. install all refrigeration equipment (walk-in cooler, Ice machine) with refrigerant in fully operational status at the time of completion. Install the compressors on the outside back wall or the roof per code for each unit. 3. remove and install all thermostats for the HVAC system from demo office and place them in the new office space constructed adjacent to the kitchen. 4. build a new drop in vent for the office for AC 5. install vents for the bathrooms Article 2 SCOPE OF WORK. a) Subcontractor shall furnish necessary labor, materials, services, tools, equipment and other things necessary to fully perform and complete the Work in cooperation with the other trades in a good and workmanlike manner to the satisfaction and acceptance of Contractor and Owner and perform all the Work as set forth herein (hereinafter referred to as the 'Work"). b) No claim shall be made due to minor variations in the actual conditions of the premises from what is shown on the plans. Subcontractor shall examine the C:\Users\Faheem\OneDrive\Documents\electrical contractor.docx premises, note and ascertain the existing conditions at the site and the nature and location of the Work. All Work affected or governed thereby or required for the thorough and satisfactory execution and completion of his Work, whether indicated or specified or not, and regardless of quantity estimated, shall constitute part of this Subcontract and shall be performed without extra charge. c) Subcontractor agrees to commence Subcontractor's Work herein described upon notification by Contractor, and to perform and complete such Work in accordance with Contract Documents and under the general direction of Contractor in accord with Contractor's schedule. Article 3 SCHEDULE OF WORK. a) Subcontractor hereby acknowledges that time is of the essence with respect to the Contractor's completing the Project pursuant to the General Contract and that such completion is substantially dependent upon Subcontractor's performance of this Subcontract on or before the dates set forth in the Progress Schedule and/or Progress Meetings. Time, therefore, is of the essence in this Subcontract. b) Subcontractor shall turn the Work over to Contractor in good condition and free and clear of all claims or liens arising from the performance of the Subcontract, and shall, at his expense, defend all suits and pay all claims arising from his performance of this Subcontract. c) Subcontractor covenants and agrees that he shall not employ any labor which will interfere with labor harmony at the job site or with the introduction and storage of materials and execution of Work by other subcontractors. If Subcontractor breaches this covenant and such breach shall cause a stoppage or Work at the job site, Subcontractor shall be liable for all damages suffered by Contractor caused by such delay in completing the job, including specifically any penalty or liquidated damages in the General Contract imposed upon Contractor for failing to complete the job on the completion date set forth in such Contract. d) Subcontractor shall, prior to submission of his first requisition for payment, supply to Contractor the name, address and telephone number of every supplier or Subcontractor furnishing materials and/or labor to Subcontractor for the Work covered herein and a cost breakdown of this Subcontract. e) Subcontractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances and regulations relating to the manner of doing the work or to the supplying of the material at the job site, and shall provide safe working conditions for his employees, other employees and the public. f) If any part of Subcontractor's work, depends for proper execution or results upon the work of any other Subcontractor, Subcontractor shall inspect and promptly report to Contractor any defects in such work that render it unsuitable for such proper execution and results. Subcontractor's failure to inspect and report shall constitute an acceptance of the other Subcontractor's work as fit and proper for the reception of Subcontractor's work. C:\Users\Faheem\OneDrive\Documents\electrical contractor.docx g) Time is of the essence. Subcontractor shall provide Contractor with any requested scheduling information of Subcontractor's Work. The Schedule of Work, including that of this Subcontract shall be prepared by Contractor and may be revised as the Work progresses. Subcontractor recognizes that changes may be made in the Schedule of Work and agrees to comply with such changes without additional compensation. Subcontractor shall coordinate its work with all other contractors, subcontractors, and suppliers on the Project so as not to delay or damage their performance, work, or the Project. Article 4 CHANGES. a) Contractor may authorize changes to or deductions from the Work, said authorization to be effective and binding only when written (hereinafter referred to as "extra work"). b) Whenever extra work is requested by Contractor and the scope and nature of same is reasonably susceptible to lump sum quotation, Subcontractor shall provide such quotation within five (5) days of a request for same. c) Any claim for compensation for extra work, whether lump sum or otherwise, must be presented to Contractor within five (5) days of authorization of the extra work. Claims for extra work received thereafter will not be considered. Proper claims for extra work shall be paid in accordance with this Subcontract Agreement. d) Duly authorized extra work is hereinafter deemed included in the "Work". No dispute as to adjustments in the Contract Amount for extra work shall excuse Subcontractor from proceeding with the Work. e) Contractor, without nullifying the Agreement, may direct Subcontractor to make changes to Subcontractor's Work. Adjustment, if any, in the contract price or contract time resulting from such changes shall be set forth in a Subcontractor's Change Order pursuant to the Contract Documents. Article 5 FAILURE OF PERFORMANCE. a) Should Subcontractor at any time fail to prosecute and complete the Work in accordance with the Progress Schedule or as herein provided or fail to diligently and continuously perform his Work, or if in the opinion of Contractor the Work of Subcontractor cannot be completed in the time period set forth, or if Contractor is notified or Subcontractor's failure to pay for any material or labor used on the Project, or in the event of a strike or stoppage or Work resulting from a dispute involving or affecting the labor employed by Subcontractor or his Subcontractors, or if Subcontractor fails to perform any of the requirements herein, then such event shall be deemed a default and Contractor shall notify Subcontractor to correct such default and shall specify C:\Users\Faheem\OneDrive\Documents\electrical contractor.docx in such notice the action to be taken and a reasonable date by which the default shall be corrected. b) If a default occurs and is not corrected on or before the date specified in the notice to Subcontractor, Contractor shall be entitled to exercise either or both of the following remedies as well as any other remedies available, including but not limited to binding and consolidated arbitration in accordance wit the terms of the General Contract or through litigation in a court of law. 1) Contractor may immediately take any action necessary to correct such default, including specifically the right to provide labor, overtime labor and materials and may deduct the cost of correcting such default from payment due, or that may become due to Subcontractor. 2) Contractor may terminate this Subcontract and the employment of Subcontractor, take possession of Subcontractor's materials, tools and equipment used in performing such Work, and employ another Subcontractor or use the employees of Contractor to finish the remaining Work to be performed hereunder. Contractor may deduct the costs of completing the remaining work from the unpaid contract price, and if the cost of completing the remaining Work exceeds the unpaid Contract amount, Subcontractor shall pay to Contractor such excess costs, including but not limited to overhead and attorney's fees. Contractor, in any such event may also refrain from making any further payments under this Subcontract to Subcontractor until the entire project shall be fully finished and accepted by Owner, at which time, if the unpaid balance of the amount to be paid under this Subcontract shall exceed the expense incurred by Contractor to Subcontractor, but if such expenses and damages shall exceed such unpaid balance Subcontractor shall promptly pay the difference to Contractor if Contractor does not terminate the right of Subcontractor to proceed, Subcontractor shall continue with the balance of the Work. If Owner is damaged by reason of any breach by Subcontractor of this Subcontract the Subcontractor shall, subject to any defenses and offsets to which Subcontractor may be entitled under this Subcontract, pay Owner such damages. Article 6 INSURANCE. SUBCONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH CERTIFICATE LISTING MALLEN CONSTRUCTION INC AS CERTIFICATE HOLDER AND ADDITIONAL INSURED. a) In consideration of the sum of One Dollar ($1.00) paid by Contractor to Subcontractor, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, for the indemnification hereinafter set forth. Subcontractor agrees to indemnify and save Contractor and Owner harmless against and from any and all claims arising from the conduct, management or performance of the Work, including without limitation, any and all claims arising from any condition or the Work arising from any breach or default of the part of Subcontractor in the performance of any covenant or agreement on his part to be performed, pursuant to the terms of this Subcontract or arising from any act or negligence of Subcontractor or any of his agents, Subcontractors, servants, employees C:\Users\Faheem\OneDrive\Documents\electrical contractor.dou or licensees , or arising from any accident, injury or damage whatsoever caused by any person, firm or corporation, brought thereon, and in case any action or proceeding is defended against Contractor, shall defend against such action or proceeding by counsel satisfactory to Contractor and Owner, unless such action or proceeding is defended against by counsel for any carrier of public liability insurance referred by herein. b) Prior to commencing work, Subcontractor shall procure and maintain in force at Subcontractor's expense until the completion and final acceptance of the Work, the following insurance from companies satisfactory to Contractor in the indicated amounts. Workers' Compensation Insurance (Statutory Maximum at Job Site location) and Employees Liability Insurance, Comprehensive General Liability Insurance ($1,000,000.00 combined single limit) including premises -operation, independent contractors, products completed operations hazard with contractual coverage and Comprehensive Automobile Liability Insurance ($1,000,000.00 combined single limit) and shall furnish to Contractor duplicate of original copies of insurance certificates evidencing compliance with the foregoing insurance requirements, naming Contractor as additional insured. All policies shall provide for ten (10) day cancellation or change notice to Contractor in the event of any change in or cancellation of said policies. The indemnification obligations under Section 5a shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for Subcontractor under Workers' Compensation Acts, Disability Benefit Acts or Other Employee Benefits Acts. Contractor and Subcontractor waive all rights against each other for damages by fire or other perils covered by property insurance set forth in the General Contract except for proceeds of insurance held by Owner as trustee. Mallen Construction Inc. shall be named additional insured on the certificate of insurance. Article 7 INDEMNIFICATION. To the fullest extent permitted by law, Subcontractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner, Architect, Architect's Consultants, and Contractor from all damages, losses, or expenses, including attorneys fees, from any claims or damages for bodily injury, sickness, disease, or death, or from claims for damages to tangible property, other than the Work itself. This indemnification shall extend to claims resulting from performance of this Subcontract and shall apply only to the extent that the claim or loss is caused in whole or in part by any negligent act or omission of Subcontractor or any of its agents, employees, or subcontractors. This indemnity shall be effective regardless of whether the claim or loss is caused in some part by a party to be indemnified. The obligation of Subcontractor under this Article shall not extend to claims or losses that are primarily caused by Architect or Architect's consultant's performance or failure to perform professional responsibilities. Subcontractor agrees to hold Mallen Construction, Inc. harmless in the event of damages or injuries due to any negligence of their part, and that they will pay all legal and defense costs associated with any damage or injury claims. C:\Users\Faheem\OneDrive\Documents\electrical contraclor.docx Article 8 WARRANTY. Subcontractor warrants its work against all deficiencies and defects in materials and/or workmanship and agrees to satisfy same without cost to Owner or Contractor for a period of one (1) year from the date of Substantial Completion of the Project or per Contract Documents, whichever is longer. Article 9 SPECIAL PROVISIONS._ In witness whereof, the parties have executed this Agreement under Seal, the day and year first written above. Subcontractor Firm Name CZoF— fhEi4TiitJG ANC• Contractor Fifrn Pro Time LLC X BY: Subcontractors Federal Tax ID Number: f2w C:\Users\Faheem\OneDrive\DocumentsWectrical contractor.docx i 18 2011 CITY OF SANFORD BUILDING & FIRE PREVENTION PERMIT APPLICATION Application No: 17 v 43 1-D Documented Construction Value: $ I a Job Address: C e 1 Cx . Sanp'ocd FL 3071 Historic District: Yes 0 No Parcel ID: Residential Commercial Type of Work: New Addition Alteration Repair Demo Change of Use Move Description of Work: I Plan Review Contact Person: Vmpi sn fAaw P S Title: Phone: Fax: Email: SJ\Q`O S-\'0A(' ).C6M Property Owner Information Name N tQln nA StN t iM C-eAk-er Phone: C Sri -WQ 111( Street: IMAM n!ocv lvtall E n+`anCP Resident of property?: Yes City, State Zip: t 7— L 320i 1 Contractor Information Name onrWo c k .ema&a 2 Phone: Street: 15TM N. t DO" 2n P= Fax: City, State Zip: Wkot.Ml 1 V-L. 3318 State License No.: Architect/Engineer Information Name: '?' Can CXARO n 17 No ? Street: Qj 2e,\Vv\D,,Sweet City, St, Zip: cs -ko ri %—L TS O 3 Bonding Company: Address: Phone: LAC)7-4as-140co Fax: Vol Mortgage Lender: Add ress: WARNING TO OWNER: YOUR FAILURE TO RECORD A NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT MAY RESULT IN YOUR PAYING TWICE FOR IMPROVEMENTS TO YOUR PROPERTY. A NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT MUST BE RECORDED AND POSTED ON THE JOB SITE BEFORE THE FIRST INSPECTION. IF YOU INTEND TO OBTAIN FINANCING, CONSULT WITH YOUR LENDER OR AN ATTORNEY BEFORE RECORDING YOUR NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT. Application is hereby made to obtain a permit to do the work and installations as indicated. I certify that no work or installation has commenced prior to the issuance of a permit and that all work will be performed to meet standards of all laws regulating construction in this jurisdiction. 1 understand that a separate permit must be secured for electrical work, plumbing, signs, wells, pools, _ furnaces, boilers, heaters, tanks, and air conditioners, etc. 0/ FBC 105.3 Shall be inscribed with the date of application and the code in effect as of that date:.5i° Edition (2014) Florida Building Code Revised: June 30.2015 Permit Application \ NOTICE: In addition to the requirements of this permit, there may be additional restrictions applicable to this property that may be found in the public records of this county, and there may be additional permits required from other governmental entities such as water management districts, state agencies, or federal agencies. Acceptance of permit is verification that I will notify the owner of the property of the requirements of Florida Lieq Law, FS 713. The City of Sanford requires payment of a plan review fee at the time of permit submittal. A copy of the executed contract is required in order to calculate a plan review charge and will be considered the estimated construction value of the job at the time of submittal. The actual construction value will be figured based on the current ICC Valuation Table in effect at the time the permit is issued, in accordance with local ordinance. Should calculated charges figured off the executed contract exceed the actual construction value, credit will be applied to your permit fees when the permit is issued. OWNER'S AFFIDAVIT: I certify that all of the foregoing information is accurate and that all work will be done in compliance with all applicable laws regulating construction and zoning. 1 Signature of Owner/Agent Date Signature o ontractor ent Date Print Owncr/Agent's Name Signature of Notary -State of Florida Date Owner/Agent is Personally Known to Me or Produced ID Type of ID Print Contractor/Agent's Namc ZI1561Z--- S n.turFlonda ate S8nt0S NOTARY PUBLIC STATE OF FLORIDA Cottt W GG134438 t Expires 8/14/2021 Contractor/ Agent is Personal) Known to Me or Produced ID Type of ID'Q (* BELOW IS FOR OFFICE USE ONLY Permits Required: Building Electrical Mechanical Plumbing[] Gas[-] Roof Construction Type: Total Sq Ft of Bldg: Occupancy Use: Min. Occupancy Load: Flood Zone: of Stories: New Construction: Electric - # of Amps Plumbing - # of Fixtures Fire Sprinkler Permit: Yes[] No # of Heads J p (cir„ APPROVALS: ZONING: - UTfLITIES: ENGINEERING: FIRE: Fire Alarm Permit: Yes No WASTE WATER: COMMENTS: 30. 1 Cue oria Based on 117 linear feet of building length, ok to install one lsf " wall or window shallSports Bar" wallsignage. Any additional attached slgnage o canopy, require approval by City of Sanford Planning Department. Revised: June 30, 2015 Permit Application 1011 West Lancaster Rd Ste 7 Orlando, FL 32809-5883 407)859-8631 sales@signvw.com www.signvw.com BILLTO Cue- Phopria Billards and Sports Bar 312 Entrance Rd Sanford, FI 32771 REP Marla Trujillo CHANNEL LETTERS SIGN WITH RACEWAY 1 1.500.00 11500.00T Fabricated Aluminum Channel Letters Painted with Matthews Acrylic Urethane Enamel; Satin / Matte Finish Sign reading: "Cue-Phoria " Tag line " Billiards and Sports Bar" Backs and Returns:.063" Aluminum Back 040" Aluminum Return Painted Black, 5" Deep Faces: 118" Acrylic Face 1 1" Black Jewelite Trim Cap Illumination: Bright LEDs for Channel Letters and LEDs for Light Box; Transformer - UL Label Raceway Mounted, Raceway color Original Price 5,750 Email # 1: Sales@slgnvw.com Email # 2 : adviser@signsvw.00m Terms and Conditions Ifluminated signs 1 0.00 0.00 All custom orders require a minimum 60% prepayment for deposit On the date of the Installation/delivery the final 40% payment will be processed. Please read our terms and conditions sign and return to place order. 1- Deposits on special/custom orders or work are non-refundable as they are made to order on personal request; unless the order Is cancelled the same day payment Is received. Any additions to the order must be notified by e-mail and demanded to reflect on the invoice otherwise it may be Ignored and we may not be liable whether or not for its production. Make sure you receive a copy spelling out all items you have purchased and expect to see and receive on your final product 2- With any custom orders, communication about the design is done in person, through emails or fax, to avoid any misunderstandings or mistakes. If the customer decides to cancel a custom made order in which production has already been started, deposits will not be refunded. 3- This project DOES NOT INCLUDE ANY ELECTRICAL WORK REQUIRED at the store and it does not Include a timer nor are we responsible for any issues with your current timer. 4-**IMPORTANT NOTE: Customer's to provide the electrical junction box no more than 4' of sign's electrical connection. 5- Permit fee Is not refundable if the permit Is not approved by the county due to a customer issue. 6-All permit applications require your landlord's signature and notarization to perform work in their plaza; until that has been submitted we are unable to start the permitting procurement. Permitting process takes 3 to 6 weeks depending on municipality. Permitting procurement does not begin until all paperwork is received. The fee for the permit procurement pertains solely to Signs VW's individual General and Electrical Contractors, Engineers and said municipallty's building department fees. The procedure to submit, process and approve a permit may take up to 6 weeks. The paperwork diligence may not be started until the landlord or company management will have submitted an Original Notarized Letter of authorization and other documents. The process requires the cooperation and collaboration of various entities prolonging the process to said time frame. Permit fees are non-refundable If the permit is not approved due to a customer Issue with the building department of said city or municipality. 7-We are not responsible for products and Email A1: Sales@signvw.com Email g 2 : advlser@slgnsvw.com Terms, Conditions and Policy Agreement: Print Name: Signature: Date: J / SUBTOTAL 1,500.00 TAX (6.50%) 97.50 TOTAL 1,597.50 TO f AL DUE 1,597.50 Email #k1: Sales®signvw.com Email # 2 : adviser0signsvw.com Highyon Asscts Corp Date: About Sign) Name of Business: Highyon Shopping Center Investment Funds No. 106LP Address: 100-400 North Mall Entrance City, State, Zip Code: Sanford, FL 32771 I have reviewed the proposed work for the above location and approve of same to be installed by Signs & Vehicle Wraps, Inc. or their representative, to do necessary sign work at the above referenced location and submit any necessary permits needed for work to be performed. Owner/Agent of Property Signaturexhg;:tA Print Name Jiannina Zhang City/State/Zip Pembroke Pine. FL 33026 Phone Number 954-789-7171 Province at oomr"o County of Ca wda Subscribed and sworn before mE'Al!f7-9 st Day of _ NOTARY PUBLIC-STAT Z OF(,IS L) a'` ar, ry pNOTARYPUBLICAA,n 4 i ^ .-ter ..vuL{ f : 9 SY C•,' MY COMISSJON-EXPIRES AQJ0 must sign underneath @(son(s) only. Document not prepared by Shu Kuan U. No legal advice Is given and no solicitor -client relationship is created. 20 / 3 Print) POWER OF ATTORNEY Date: I hereby name and appoint 41/1 to be my lawful attorney -in -fact to act for me, and apply to the Building Department for qq041 &elocf- permit for work to be performed at a location described as: Parcel ID #: Section Township Range Subdivision Block Lot 15 Digit Parcel Number) Subdivision Name: Owner of Property: Project Zip Cod and to sign my name and do all things necessary to this appointment. Omar Hernandez EC13005326 Con or Name) (T or t (Contractor's License Number) OnawdEr Signature) The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me this day of 101 n / A 7- of 204— by who is persom as identification and who did not take an oath. c yr Notary Public (Print name) Notary PgWic (Signature) Seal at bNFMG YAO MY wi&Asslm I FF 207970 r41 EXPIRES. Jury 4, 2019 as Thm tVY pd* UndeMbM i-1 J VO A UNIT TENANT LEASE SF rJ cant 6,000 v-Ann 6,888 70 Books -A -Million 20,010 00 50 Vacant 9,600 10 Maru Sushi 2,100 A b` ENTRANCE ROAD NORTH - - LOCA7701V MAP SCALE 1'-40' OWNER: SOCI RA TON SWIM.1 TEAM• /NC. I ANr0R0 j ' 4' ON J Fi, 11'eS h' L- P s SOY 41 rp C NO/F.• SIX% RF 1IrA$M E Or ME , 'PIE S S/O1IN NIEREOY AREBASE? ON IMF YFASiMEYEA'TS vv ME EX)DAOR WALLSAND ?HE GLOiLAAYN !Y AE dNONC wA(LS X-ANN \ r\ SI,6J7 3 SQUARE FEET \ f \ fWSV noW ELEVAAIx- 5AOJ' / Bu/Dw4' IENOIT a6. r ro 517' CAAW Y T SWY')VAS SHOPAW( BLNLDNB HEIGHT 11• ro 267' CM y Rx naN EIEYAndJ- J50 BOOKS- A• MILLION lL0 2RJ14 3. SWAP£ FEET P.NP Q J AAO > ICC er Ir SESiRBCJ ASlPREPAYFDs2wKnaeAtpeersRralrr0 A MC-1- FCAdY aA ro111mW 19 SWM -Sr. B£NC A PORAW O' AMCT S SFIwLYE mMAC CLNRR AfAIA E AM]tONG To INF P ABnFd AS RfCl4%YD N PV /BOX Il. PAQ'a a AAPO/pI 10 Qr AE iM.9(K YG'OeOS a SfEBvd.F axxrc aaMTA crsanem As styLDAs G'CYEIBIRCF AT I PdNT x AE AaiMAESIFM, r RlbOJ S SAG Ater S SAG PLINr L INo W A Aqv-rANLFnr LLt41E LON•.IK swn rurFAcr rtw rrK xrNr cr eEOIY.rc MCV¢.euv ApPRIFISrpAY. Kdt RE fASbR[ v R/O4r_ p-KtY lNC a aF"QYL 1E/n4 AW SW OMK NA1M A AAOVS IGCM S JJB2J9 tLFI. A LYNAPK ANpF 6OtwAa: AN I.RC /£NOM Pr aBH nFrl Watt IN.CM ? 680.+ •EFT. AW A OAR^ BCAPAY' S /IMM EJOa'IY EAST, AIALS OEPARILC SAG GS1fALY AYOIFp.-MAY LIL ARtl SIG CLNK NAY RYM 661LYN1 £Aft. SBW f£Er; rILNS A[N NO AM J.-Ir GSE -w REFS M?.CF AYN Noem wwtn• KST, law n . ABM'F x IGNM NEBYS' EAST, 11M E£E>,' AAA4f ALM Noe. ww'21• XESr, Id. fFFr ro A ADNI L>NG W sAG £Asmnr adr-a-lur ur tr oKc»v AKME ANO SAG MN-rAM(LVJ Ox1f MVL` K SOIMFAS2 I IME'NLrt ACN NIAAEAH00. r A oNd SAG fASAOBY NWF6-a•AY LBE AW SAD CNPK IIAiMY A flAGa [EACH O 1]B2J9 fFEI. A SNrA.I! AHOf W 1>Srt2: AN AMC LEACH OF J W AFFE A fiAAPO WvG. S 31181 A/G A OMPD BC,IWK. OF AVRM JJ4J•J>• VS, ro LME AONT S rANSl1KY, AAAK ALN Nov. IOla1Al• EASY K- SAG FABRAl r paN/-O'-YIY - -. A"id•'a r r sw rt rr i S£MI! IVpLE TOWNE CENTER REPLAT l PLAT\BOOK 47\PAGES 8 - 10 AQT' AORZ; OD'ARnW SW fAfRJPL Y.°4Nr-L1-IbY G1[ NN SWM A9wGY FAST, 161.aB FE£r ro A PONI W ME MCSID0.Y LBF S MAGI 12 - ffWIGtE Iale.0 L£N1EA AFNA /; IrrM'F AW SWM Hwa *Li/,A, S.DaE528rLa{II- IFFr, mor A'MV BA/M AH6'IO• HEST, Kdt SYD rt51ER.LY LPLOF MAC) IT AND )IL MEVMr LIE O MAGI IB A dfrANS S -- - ro TIE AOPAnRY tAE S AMCT R SAG menaE roMrE 0.MA'R AEPIAT; AAN(L AUY SLM B>Na IO' MfSR KaW 11E NwnaKtr uL ce s+G MACT; A asrARr a lsAn iFCli Al MAcTANV a MrAA•O• OF CAST µLYG AE CAS/ (NF a< f+n5raPAAap1sr.>a lua ro A POINa W A NpN- rAw:ENr tLxK COW K SOInEAS1DRr nBxrr MW Kola sAG fA5/ L9L Sd/ MMESrfA[r KQYC SAG LINK INOW A RAPYa LGICM v ISSM rFEE A ttN1AµANOE o< a91ea; AN AR- L£R4M Or I rFff. A 0-0 IQCM SASS nzl ANO A OIOSJ EIRNC S SIXIM Jlwfe' IIESr MFNOF RW SWM BT,a'q' MFsr NOW AqV-RACK 1YE SS n Ea'I m 11K PtVNI pr C}N0121PE S A OINK COiCAK MN1MJ¢r AEAYF .PteI J- aFT1Gl v µO,C SIG pMK MA 1M4' A BAdtiS fEAaM LM N.X JyI('C{N// JIPy 6.• I S IECl. A mYA51t .1MLiE (Y /afe]9: AN AAC (EACH ar IT00 dP p_ " V g FFr, A WWJ tACM p• M H /Qr ANO A OJVMO BL4QaG 6 M6rJl' IIESf ro AE PoNr LqY J pNW M9C OF A 1. RA d• A ONKP]N' K AOPINEASnR r AnKF AI.P.• AMNMM[SR%Y PARCEL 1 4 w FIIp .A a KOND SW LYNK "A RALWS I£A'GM pr Ieral ![£I. A q Lr AN d, A m £ x?»o; AAc EN9M a> v m oIaSD tIACM p III' >EEr AIG A p WAA- OF I 46 T I usow• r m AL PCNr Or rA cr IIAA'S ANv Nov.. M HEST, mHR'r ro ME -1 K LLRYAILNE 6 A i C LIAPK LUNGK SATMM[SA%1• rllASF RW M]PAM[Sn%r µWC SAG a. NK N A ApLENOM LK 1>£f A O1r1R.1! AAYA£ S ; ANAA AAC (EACH dr 24MN ATLT I eYOS'I9W 455 agPDLENDM1- - AW A --1- Hw9a' AfST ro AE PON16 TAIA{AKr HENS ApN ANSM I llr I 33l' PI' aFSE B41J rQT m A PowTW A GNK deCAK F rFxr APG MF ! 4T t9E K 5N0 MAGI;• IILA•CE AW I AUPA{pLY KOW SAG MESI LIE ANp SAO aMK /RIM.0 A AAd/F LgCM S JJB2.N REf> A LENIAIV. ANOf S O)w7r.. AN AAC L LFNOM S TAN / EFT A OMPO LBWM S IR_)1 I AW A 0 HA6IY0 a' AMERM BA+ N36• EAST ro AL PEWr S BfbM11Tt AL AfroK OESOPNED PAALEi lL5 N AE pry O SAAYP°J. SELrAVO'f ccv.Prrc I n00. AM LwrANs IISS AfALC BGNE t1v LESS a . J-7- 36o i 41 OWNER;)SEM/ NOLE TOWN£ CENTER LP MALr I) 1` ^ f-• C`7 ro1KK CEriR1P .PfPLl7 VVV FCA BDOC 41 PAO; S B - 10 A N (p Rd . TOl6. Pf. r96°I OWNER: S EINOLE BBC K' \ - _ Based on 117 linear feet of building length, ok to install one 130.1 sf "Cue Phoria RA-19v Billards &Sports Bar" wall signage. Any MACT1 E•P .A, additional attached signage on canopy, wall SEMMO£ roRNE CENRR AD)Ll T AA] I I I M'G@]3. N E ° • A N /4A EA» ASIEA9 mR GSEYEN/ PEAT BQX .9 PA6fS Ie - 7D ( 1 dp 3s , or window shall require approval by City of PORMN OF MACT 5 LrA. ° - - - - - - - - - •) _ ?sJ /D ERRESAT 1j .-T--------` 747PA8 Sanford Planning Department. e-arPl`o• ` / / • , O SEMINOLE TOWNE CENTER LP o i ivYDEm'X 1 `\ LK. AvwB>tr ! ds NExJ 99 i / n ra u _ I . r A. ur.m' A-IerS.> s• a->ezel' es:r1'N' .-eBx?D- a - Irwin• _ -1 _ _ _ -; OWNER. 7FXAS a ZONE, INC. A. pI;I L-aaD9• [-mass' L-. w>°' \ p m%w• I /[: ' ( I ' 1/ c. f9m' c-ins n' c- Ear• ` ` I Ls.Naz•Jor1•v cB- nnsam• fl ce.NeaN.•II r P.IMCEL I A oUCr -MAp N S oN N, mMNSW 19 slx/M NAA" JB EAST, a!SpBRD AS nE - ME AeOK Lt'S>D MACJ S LAMO LIES N SONKEf 02N)Y, HORN Nia LOl1ANS eau ACNEf Yaa LN LESS Dt mm>iim,- PLNAW CP' MACI S ACORMRG m Ile' n.lr d` m ;SOpOf ANE OAIFR KR'Ar AS9.'L'LRkD N RAr BOAT N. PASs nPrdal rD O" AL PL6(K ME $ S SCMNGIt£ CLYN/Y. naPGA O]'OIxFB A5 nYLOMS CaMaMO' Ar TIE -MAPS/ Cd'AaA 0' .SAD MAcr S nx AE Panr a efre9xna MfAYE AVN mTn/ > JS1YO• eAsr KaW Aff NLNM LKf 6 SIG ANCT S rM A effAA1Y S EI269 r¢A MEMZ RW MXM BTIeYO' GST ALOG SIG AGSM lIYF A09 fFll. AEACE ACx SW e A 011 ' EASJ 5- ME FAfr IxK S SAO TRACT S ECN A dSIN•CE Or SLTt lFFI ro A PDNT W A NW-rANGENT OAPK Lt'BKA IE YGALASIOBY. AATY£ RIM µdo SAG GtSr LM fd/AA . A µOW 54C LNPK *W*. ' A AIC IGCM fYISSOE . A A CHAPµANC( S Mff AN ARC ON IDSnmFEET. A OAOG LOGM M T.I SS RAW SAMAOA9R0BCAAK' OF SdYM J)w7e' M6T, MEAL'E AW SWM BT PESTKOGNW -RAP'µLBL JET> RF1'I ro Mr Ptwr or CF CLNMI neF K A cOV AAV K IkLPAHRr AL/KF RW R . Aµ0'b SIG p.1PK IIAIwtG A flACA LpGM dr 91.A IFFY, A cenrRK ANA£ S Ial9'J9: AAK LEACH O' a>W nZ'i. I OMAD mar m a4N "' AAG A pKBV BEARNO S AA .-jr M roe - O' CaYPOfBO CYIPYAAIYE O< A CNPKFdevKAAIIAEA " r AENO' AEN NOPA/MEfIFA Y µ( VG SIG MK t "O. A AAOLS EACH W 17M PFSI, A WK0ANOEQrrivr10: AA AAc LGOM v a>.r> rEFE ApAAMulacnlwee> /u7 AW A f.KRO BfAMLW Or NpAM bPSDVT aETr m r. NMr O' ANCENL•r M[ AQ RIN NORM 4w'Er RSf B.AH AFFT m AL POMr OF ORVAILIEF CN A CWLE aeWf' K SWMaFSA3dY, HENS RIAV AGAMMESmP[ Y KO`.G' SAC W 2I NAMNG A AAdOS IACM S M.JJ FEET, ALENIRALVO. dr NW'19; AN Al If ACM 6 as A R£T, A ."4 (EACH S ]0.01 RFFI ANO A OA]4D sfAAwc O< AYNM 61w7a• M[sr ro MF wsvr S rA 'N.EAtr MEMZ ALN MAVM > JSTT- MFST, eOu rifr ro A AOLVT W A -VF CWOIK FASA! AEY AAO )Ilf Mfff LPE ? SAG MAcr S AlLAY2 RW AKNA[ A[Y Kdt SAG MESI LPL I•W SAG - II.I- A RApYb [ENGM OF 1=J9 HER A CFNMK AAGE a OlW*1r. AN ARC fiNGM 1.24 f ,, A OkNO IDWM S 19.N - AW A pt?ep BFaeNc S NMM A9'A)3J' GSr m eIr - O' erdnAAp W ABNK af6'CM1LD PARTi aE5 x II4 OTv-.-ded.. 4Ycvd6' -1.. noeval AIm rovrAws Gan• AwEs Aaxc a LEs i a e \ HOWY IOXN F eF ICS!`.-O7y- rbVSH/ FLCAJR as' 19,3 18 S SWARCRE FEET dr e yTUERJAY MORNING 4r% 4, d THE BAKED HAWe Gd. P B pF6t titt ycMyr / It GRU 9 itPN),SS Bd Jtyq sa+ n a PARCH 1 PORAOY S NFACI J) laB2) J AC-- ) \ 87P I NNW 1 I I•, R. I u1L1ES rRcee o7r sln+Ma®.mwacr cd. NnnA 92G Murm.• and suraea A' P.c ,+• 22i I n£crxc nwGA voREA r LMPIr JOI M. BMnL IK P.a BOY I»B erw I I AEAA' IO' sGF rD• sAtEOax AI, I , Jar. SIN' Om. nA .. van-r>m eO>J .- (a>J Jw-aa1D ro: 1xe e m:l` I WI rpw.c P? (rLAwm ew.rNrl AA mA KSIAROPJ NAmAAL Gtf noroA PLAR,4•VML11Kf COWANr ary m qA 1s•timA I IPaear me Mo-M[srdA9nv I sArEpro Iu ,Ran-r>m a. n MEsr .9XM sz I I fa / JJo-xeo sA1ILNA >u , mN I ID J Jv-sin sANTAAr.snvwlMr cdl: ryYlDO A SWaASAEce1FEEP>••rl•B`. SA/AErPA' BELL. I SAATpvO, r1A ,.luTJ as EASY A101B/ SW Sr I I a>J av-eHa SIRE JCC s (> .vsar Ir>twK EAr GTpeNr W zsT9 rIn P.a r E/IAOAJiOJ-LSABM .JET!-I>1B 6 SrNOARD PARKINGSPACES JMr.p 12A PAAXxL SFAAL£5 I I B F& PA/ PKlNG DATA. xB6rp NWYM I-- N07E' 9/ OT / 2OII Ex RE-(iRTMCARON SURVEY A ) - SEE SHEEr 2 LP Z UM/n' PLAN FOR LLNDERGROLWD UMIrY CONNECIMM5 Tf 4/30/07 SE REVISE LERAFlCATION W/5 /5 ELW MFLMMA RDVAL PURPOSES OVL Y, AND DOES NOT REPRESENT A e2Hr JB! FIELD SURVEY A5 SUCH. 4IG2107 SEJ RECERRFY SURVEY 6/01/OI SE REVISE CERT? nCA)7ON 5123101 SEJ ADO FIELD REG•ERAFICARON DATE (MARCH 7, 2001) DATE BY REW-VONS SURREY/NG AND M,4PPlNG LLC PEC r CERTIFICATE OF AUTRORIZATION NUMBER LB 7808 210D A/alo,o Trod, SYRe 203 - Oviedo, FTorido 32755 • 407-542-4967 WWW:PECONCINE. COY 3/7/01 SEJ RECERT9Y SURVEY IN FIELD 8 15/ OG GENERAL REVISIONS, ADD SHEET 2 UTILITY PLAN 7 4 WE SEJ cEHERAL aEHsaes - _ 91m 9 SE GETRRAL REVISIONS - - 8/269 SE MOWFY SURVEY W ALTA/AGSM LAND TIRE SURVEY ALTA/ACSM LAND TITLE SURVEY MAP OF BOUNDARY SURVEY LOCATED IN SECTION 29. TOWSHIP 19 SOUTH, RANGE 30 EAST OTY OF SANFORD, SSWOLE COLMTY, FLONlDA No, 9APKR0) L1KRFIP MM. AW RABLCr ro AE RAYS AW LiwrrlW$ ntApN. A M]P-f31Yf9K FASEOlN! fdR IIL EI ME r a PA.vf[t r OiFAIF° ev ME SIONt NM 2F LNAMAS CASEYENE AEC'ORYD x L9r1(rµ AEGOG B:EAY 119, PAS J94 dr MF N9/C .RLCCY615 S 3]/M' F CYMNrY. nLRGA IL'4EAE1P wM A/N SGB[Cr ro AL I£ AIa' ANO LaI111gV5 11nPEM, A MN-EAOY9K GSOnYl fOP ME dPV)r a PAASIS / ANO / AS piEAlEa BY nE OLRAPI1gV r ALSIBKIMN RYCYMKD N oAA>.t iazeaeD em:. L BR PAYE SIL O' AE PLOLK ASCYYB>S S SELMttC CdNTY, nORb! PARLLL Y GYJOYI roO'MEP wM AND A/A6CI m ME maAS AAO NN'AONS gR SY.: A Cx-EXOD9K GsfNA'r ldv AL BGEI[JIr a PAMS{. T I AAO 9 As pVFA AD BY M£ 9PClAW' FASlERrIT AEOMYO B.OETA]N[ IkLUROS BLtlY A91. PA4 BaN S ME PUSP/C /LCI?®s CK RROA£ GYMNTY, n0a? A RLR N FASLN?vr 1LALMDP YM µG 9ARECT m W A'ma AIG Lddapa ALRUR A A•dN-G'ONAK fASEIF l r?P ME awrr a vAArns r Ano . As atslA Br AE ACSE' Gsamtr ILLLYb"EO x mrpAL Aem°T edw JJ9t. PAS Jsx Me xmAe• s ar sDevaE cvrNrr noeGA PARLII P FASERKA• T IDofnme KM AMl sFrrcr ro nL naa A/G moxAays nEZYit MF AW-(]¢u9K FASpNT•r ArD LCn1.5( EW PAMfNa a tOn16 AnO prbnx.Knav OF 1- nIEAYYa $nAw.•a AW tAWscIPNc AND BKA AE vAAm o: LAAG <G3D NNwANr ro ME Bu9a+Av LEAsrs ApPEEERNT MFC03L0 M O'rIO.It A'RYR) BOGY 9lAS IAS Bab AK'i AYD4F0 B> AF A5901MQ'1 .1W AMTLVENI S dKIB04W LGSE .tL CYM2-D N dTgK AY[Om BOY! JJDA PAS OStl O< ME PiLR![' AELUNA. s 6 2MMY£ LUTAYT; nWGA OSAAA MIM AW 549FCI m AL mAYS AW OOW' AOVS AAAGN 7 Y MORI1 IMF AAO SANTARY SEFW UAE G3MQ•f, ReCOiOED N Ci%KL4 /LCO°O Coal' 1ID4 P S S11 ° ME PLYe.K AELO.giS 6 g1GAYE aauYry naenA. fLBKt S..d S Il AIS K1A/ACMr LAAO AAE BO.PG.IRY SWEY b Iql AALG CPBE54 a (LAPS 90VAAAS AAG d RN3D .SEAL K ME HOME LKD/S[ O 5l/RKttN sJ AAAW N' GIndK S9AMOAAF AAN-ffvm E CIA F? EOAT, AddIm 4YN Pl eCO( 17, 13 8 AGME PIMB AYtAx IFO F0%DaL1 . Nov. 732d St LJI E £G0CMd 0 x ACClBA S MM AL OESV PAOv PAaR[RDBYME (YIENr7) W OAERMtg MIFD M "W IEMCW. AWAMwr A tN06frNMIFa. A9aK r/p[Mp AwRO,EYD. 15 MCKF [CG 1£Ll rA¢nepedArD xPRO1flRMIS sl/pl AS IWtGAAOVS AW IALIKf MERE AGr LDUIEn JJ W d 7PK Lv' 4Wf SGPN tKR`d' AAF AS PEA rlf (LLNr• S NJ AK LLAS9NG US£ or AL LAAL, - r ro AE IMAW T -AL SIµGAAAs Sfr - N 0,NvMv IIHI-a naupA AOWASAM AK COL HORN STANIR M...» a CY1r */P- A9 A ME LNa,W AELAAK 041ANS ACOxACr S I/AS NAP 6 BOBGA9v SW KY IXS® 5' OK FOH N IO0.V rFfr AE 45f L1' AL [ AM AA`- BP.YILO NEAfW 5 SNdMb4 CENIfA 1 dSpM14NanD aRBRONY .'nadL MLR-AAE IG APPAMENr Aro/OP txGAslx KmaABOK OedNib EALRa.ILrrwm nE aBaz9npv a' ANr m1ENnu EAgTuILaBvc A PADKReN1s xlE ia. R£bAm v, nwE[ssdu °NPIEw AYG stucr ro LE?K B) AE fID) AWs 9t0aN 1ERFW AAY A[EA M£ m SLiwa F COAvrr pAavtEMNc LKPWI0IS Nllx. AW A.Pt BY1m6gBASW LN AE E[40MRG BENCIWA6YS 1: ILK AOM S„P.F N AE GST £OS S P KIK)/T Or 1OY4LL LN AND LENIER'M m ENnuNa a< RHE m MN ro FAst mD• r sWM a< sr+R AON Ia Ofvi rkN - ]ESbC AN raobmz' P.E.NNL IM ( M9C N PRr fM 6 AEBIAN GST AAbI NIpSCCMT' vW OP. Al STA2 AO10 Ie 1WW M[ ST S N)E".W I BPGS ELCw Ap+- J3981' 9) IL NAK EXANAD AE AB1°LAO CpWriR'N) ro Rv9AiS A>Y ALG'IT lYL ALIZKOYS Jr50itl-IR MEPAALD Ar O{D AEP48IC NAAOGL AAL A14APAeK£ LGWANY, liFEC1R[ DAIS ACA>/Sr 7; 2AJ. iMAY IffAAAENm MO,LGfD N sa[AVAf B-e a ME mwILRKr INK eErN cur® AnB us Ae>LBs'>m Inca ro IIEETTENT nEr Ar:Err MELARGS 9.NLEH?. nrsvnaa NrcRI Nr Aewe AGm¢Acm nAE.mN.ws rn-Aerl wr AAe.wr n°rrm nprW c•Ause nK> •uL eKxe'T N NAnaL BLT m .F> rcr ME LNeBCr PRONFIY GYAPAd[S I -A 14 IS AND N IC) AF HAK NOT - AoV= O` AN, ME)GNOS MAT /A£ tOG1E0 W m MOaLD AMe, edE LM9s SWMI KAEM nv Ia ABDKndIG .NE a• cAb{f wasss, 4s Fxsr W AE tAloxs sNowr rAaW 12) Ad S.0 PAASL OMWe AAD O WIWV' rld Ofl w.tAD. NLAEiw AAS m NAD rAdl MF EIK.QLF LPNry PAS9EPTr APPAuSNT -rC A- I -N. 6G._..._AARIr Pdc pros nxF Y __..M1R LRLK Y __._nEc•MK BOY Z _.__SOITMY AIANAYF srpaY KAaIaE asc_._aesGBam AEA91PL0 IP/K__IPTr-LK-wlr OP_...._ M°N. CA IED Y£ AIL PlE P,OB ._AAMI 6 BEOMII.4 m .._.._ KMr w CY. IPYARNE PI...... 1-01•r S rAN 1 ACC ._...YUPr We AG CUvi MY ARC _.•FONT S A' FIEREF CtMVAABL ONC.._CriAOKIC aK ._..OBIGAI AELVIDf BOd ao__..._IAS Ir PLEf tEF.AN WT ANT ANnxAP IN. eYNc sNrr Q.........rrA.GAm v. AANc svALF r ._.._...IflExrdlF A[ffA Co- 0 - 1 OK.aY -1 urA/A- SRMXAINN. (-I) ro CSN- NY-. , A P-1. PaLA,Oi - E R£N.bEC N-1 Res rs m EFPm MAT npf uAvLxRATAND nE sBNKr W weW Ir b BAseD MEN MISA AOYAeOloR xM AL JO A rar W91t AO 0lTAM R£pARV &P !OR K NCL LAW AAL ELRK rySXTWTn r yFpS r ABVRCp (AM IX Kr 1 . A AL MO MOAvO M alYl' CC9KEE)L`D Ov W-°Ci'pOlr.l; re AND R tY TAetf A ldRGAAEOSJRARW A0TOM NN?'ESSd/ ErA•dNC ppV.Q/L AltliN. L- 0° AL/IIAOPIZAAW ALR LB -loos a L v aemalu rKLG sNKr AwNt al 1999 ML O< MFmtIR% m fT1D 9.N- Sml d. lOJ1 din S99NArLMf. tOI PLOT rct E >95CtI 9LFFr I tr 1 nl. i TOGBR Y. a romaa DAM' DPAwB• .nLK 11(OIfO B+. S.E.J rA ea PAGfM Store front 117' Lft. Elevation Letters 130.1' Sqf. i3P n 367% Based on 117 linear feet of building length, ok to install one 130.1 sf "Cue Phoria Billards & Sports Bar" wall signage. Any additional attached signage on canopy, wall or window shall require approval by City of Sanford Planning Department. 117' A!A71BILLIARDS $ SPORES BAR PROJECT NAME: Cue Phoria illiads & Sports Bar ADDRESS: 312 Entrance Rd N CITY/STATE: Sanford, FL 32771 SALES PERSON: DESIGN DATE: 11/16/17 WING NO. 1 1 SCALE: As Noted I DRAWN BY: REVISION I DATE DESCRIPTION s momf _ N r3 2 1 4 U B CHANNEL DETAIL 2 SCALE: 1/4" = 1'- 0" 1. 3116" THICK ACRYLIC FACES 2. 1" JEWELITE TRIM CAP 3. .050 ALUMINUM RETURN 4. LED MODULES 5. NUMBER 8 TECH SCREWS MOUNTING LETTER TO THE RACEWAY 6. DRAIN HOLES 7. ALUM. RACEWAY PAINTED TO MATCH BUILDING FASCIA 8. ACCESS PANEL 9. ALUM. ANGLE CLIPS MOUNTING THE RACEWAY TO THE FASCIA 10. MOUNTING HARDWARE PER WALL CONSTRUCTION 11. DISCONNECT SWITCH ON RACEWAY END 12. LED POWER SUPPLIES 13. STANDARD ELECTRICAL JUNCTION BOX (BY OTHERS) 14. PRIMARY ELECTRICAL SUPPLY INSIDE FLEXIBLE CONDUIT 15. PROTRUSION FROM WALL TO SIGN FACE 16. PHOTOCELL LED ILLUMINATED CHANNEL LETTERS MOUNTED TO RACEWAY Cue Phoria (D"mll I Inc Billiads &Sports Bar Air If 1011 W. Lancaster Rd. CHANNEL LETTER sulte2, Orlando, A32809 407) 859-8631 Store front 117' Lft. Elevation Letters 130.1' Sqf. Based on 117 linear feet of building length, ok to install one 130.1 sf "Cue Phoria Billards & Sports Bar" wall signage. Any additional attached signage on canopy, wall or window shall require approval by City of Sanford Planning Department. 117' PROJECT NAME: Cue Phoria illiads & Sports Bar ADDRESS: 312 Entrance Rd N REVISION DATE CITY/STATE: Sanford, FL 32771 SALES PERSON: DESIGN DATE: 11/16/17 DRAWING NO. 1 SCALE: As Noted DRAWN BY: DESCRIPTION N 13 0 U E B CHANNEL DETAIL 2 SCALE: 114" = 1'- 0" 1. 3/16" THICK ACRYLIC FACES 2. 1" JEWELITE TRIM CAP 3. .050 ALUMINUM RETURN 4. LED MODULES 5. NUMBER B TECH SCREWS MOUNTING LETTER TO THE RACEWAY 6. DRAIN HOLES 7 ALUM. RACEWAY PAINTED TO MATCH BUILDING FASCIA 6. ACCESS PANEL 9. ALUM. ANGLE CLIPS MOUNTING THE RACEWAY TO THE FASCIA 10. MOUNTING HARDWARE PER WALL CONSTRUCTION 11. DISCONNECT SWITCH ON RACEWAY END 12. LED POWER SUPPLIES 13. STANDARD ELECTRICAL JUNCTION BOX (BY OTHERS) 14. PRIMARY ELECTRICAL SUPPLY INSIDE FLEXIBLE CONDUIT 15. PROTRUSION FROM WALL TO SIGN FACE 16. PHOTOCELL LED ILLUMINATED CHANNEL LETTERS MOUNTED TO RACEWAY Cue Phoria 4%aa Billiads & Sports Bar 1011 W. Lancaster Rd. CHANNEL LETTER Suite(, Orlando, FI 32809 407) 859-8631 NOTES: PRE-ENG'RD RACEWAY PRE-ENG'RD RACEWAY CHANNEL LETTERS I + I 1vONv- n --- — OVER RACEWAY LOCATIS 3(4) 17'- 5" 5 EQ SPACES SIGN ELEVATION \ - /6-1z6 SCALE: 1/4" = 1'4' FASTENER LOCATIONS RACEWAY # 1 ELEVATION SCALE: %" = 1'-0" 16'- 011 4 EQ SPACES RACEWAY SCALE: %" = 1'-0" FASTENER LOCATIONS 2 ELEVATION SEAL: 1. DESIGN WIND PRESSURE IN CONFORMANCE w/ FBC 2014 ED REFERENCING ASCE 7-10. SEE CHART FOR DESIGN CRITERIA 2. PRE-ENG'RED SIGN FACE BY OTHERS. DELEGATE ENGINEER SHALL PROVIDE DESIGN DRAWINGS TO RICHARDSON ENGINEERING FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO FABRICATION OR ERECTION 3. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR WATERPROOFING 4. BOLTS: ASTM A307 5. EXISTING PLYWOOD SHALL BE VERIFIED BY CONTRACTOR. NOTIFY ENGINEER OF DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO INSTALLATION NC: 7( Based on 117 linear feet of building length, ok to install one 130.1 sf "Cue Phoria Billards & Sports Bar' wall signage. Any additional attached signage on canopy, wall or window shall require approval by City of Sanford Planning Department. 1 7' 1 PROPOSED SIGNS ARCH ELEVATION SCALE: NTS WIND DESIGN CRITERIA CHART RISK CATEGORY I I I WIND VELOCITY (mph) I 139 ' I EXPOSURE CATEGORY B FORCE COEFFICIENT (Cr) 1 1.8 1 PRESSURE ( psfl 1 27.4 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION THIS PLAN IS FOR CONSTRUCTION ON PROPERTY AT 312 ENTRANCE RD NORTH SANFORD, FL 32771 NO RESPONSIBILITY IS ACCEPTED BY RICHARDSON ENGINEERING FOR ANY OTHER LOCATION. LOCATION OF PROJECT IS REQUIRED PER DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS AND PROFESSIONAL REGULATION RULE 61G1-16.004 REQUIRING PROJECT IDENTIFICATION DO NOT MASTER FILE THIS DRAWING RICHARDSON ENGINEERING SEALED BY RICHARD B. RICHARDSON, P.E. 131 ZELMA STREET ORLANDO, FLORIDA32803 407) 425-4002 LIC#: 00012380 ID#: EB26251 COPYRIGHT © 2015 RICHARDSON ENGINEERING ALL RIGHTS RESERVED PROJECT: CUE PHOBIA CLIENT: SVW JOB#: 170770 DATE: 12/5/2017 SHEET: 1 OF 2 DRAWN BY: WRJ oll W PRE-r-NG'RED (4) #10 TEK SCREWS RACEWAY W/ TABS @ EA LETTER FOR CONNECTION. PRE-ENG'RED 0 THRU BOLTS CHANNEL LETTERS/ SEE UELEVATION)WASHERS SIGN CABINET EXISTING EXTERIOR EXISTING FINISH OVER WOOD OR EXISTING PLYWOOD METAL STUDS [I-. 4) #10 TEK SCREWS @ EA LETTER 0 TOGGLER BY HILTI (SEE ELEVATION) PRE-ENG'RED RACEWAY — EXISTING WOOD OR M ETAL STU DS EXISTING EXTERIOR FINISH OVER EXISTING PLYWOOD PRE-ENG'RED CHANNEL LETTERS/ SIGN CABINET w cc MOB Ilk PRE-ENG'RED RACEWAY W/ TABS FOR CONNECTION. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY THE PRESENCE OF:Y4" PLYWOOD PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 4) #10 TEK SCREWS @ EA LETTER 110 X 1 Y4" TAPCON (SEE ELEVATION) PRE-ENG'RED RACEWAY EXISTING — CMU OR CONC WALL PRE-ENG'RED CHANNEL LETTERS/ SIGN CABINET -7 w cc PRE-ENG'RED RACEWAY W/ TABS FOR CONNECTION. EXISTING FINISH SECTION (OPTION 1) , SECTION (OPTION 2) , SECTION (OPTION 3 2 FOR USE AT STUD FRAMED WALLS ) 2 FOR USE AT STUD FRAMED WALLS 2 FOR USE AT CMU OR CONC WALLS SEAL: 10'm RICHARDSON N ENGINEERING SEALED BY RICHARD S. RICHARDSON. P.E. 131 ZELMA STREET ORLANDO, FLORIDA 32803 407)425-4002 LIC#: 00012380 ID#: MUM COPYRIGHT ® 2015 RICHARDSON ENGINEERING ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 1 PROJECT: CUE PHOBIA 1 CLIENT: SVW JOB#: 170770 1 DATE: 12/5/2017 1 SHEET: 2 OF 2 DRAWN BY: WRJ ov:v:lce PERMIT Vv Revision Response to Comments City of Sanford Building & Fire Prevention Division Ph: 407.688.5150 Fax: 407.688.5152 Email: building@sanfordfl.gov Permit # 17_ N17 Submittal Date Project Address: 31P- C.-VMotic 6 2- , AoiFo/Z7) Contact: fiax ao ` I Eel Ph: 321-2 1 - 32G 2 Fax: Email: t Trades encompassed in revision: Building Plumbing ( Os Electrical Mechanical Life Safety Waste Water Jlk General description of revision: 17 ROUTING INFORMATION Department Approvals Utilities Waste Water Planning Engineering Fire Prevention Building 4 FEB 10 20% B:/ a'1 CITY OF SANFORD BUILDING & FIRE PREVENTION PERMIT APPLICATION Application No- / 1, _3co Documented Construction Value: S 1, 600.00 Job Address: 312 Entrance Rd North Sanford F1 32771 Historic District: Yes No Parcel ID: Type of Work: New Addition Alteration Residential Commercial 0 Repair Demo Change of Use Move Description of Work: Relocate 6 existing pendent sprinkler heads Plan Review Contact Person: William Whigham Phone: 352-639-4119 Fax: Name Street: City, State Zip: Name Chris Whigham Street: 24636 Madison st Title: Email: WilliamW@elitefirefl.com Property Owner Information Phone: City, State Zip: Astatula, Fi 34705 Name: Street: City, St, Zip: Bonding Company:. Address: Resident of property? : Contractor Information Phone: 352-639-4119 Fax: State License No.: FPC15-000083 Architect/Engineer Information / Phone: Fax: E-mail: Mortgage Lender: + Address: WARNING TO OWNER: YOUR FAILURE TO RECORD A NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT MAY RESULT IN YOUR PAYING TWICE FOR IMPROVEMENTS TO YOUR PROPERTY. A NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT MUST BE RECORDED AND POSTED ON THE JOB SITE BEFORE THE FIRST INSPECTION. IF YOU INTEND TO OBTAIN FINANCING, CONSULT WITH YOUR LENDER OR AN ATTORNEY BEFORE RECORDING YOUR NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT. Application is hereby made to obtain a permit to do the work and installations as indicated. I certify that no work or installation has commenced prior to the issuance of a permit and that all work will be performed to meet standards of all laws regulating construction in this jurisdiction. I understand that a separate permit must be secured for electrical work, plumbing, signs, wells, pools, furnaces, boilers, heaters, tanks, and air conditioners, etc. FBC 105.3 Shall be inscribed with the date of application and the code in effect as of that date: 5" Edition (2014) Florida Building Code Revised: June 30, 2015 / L7,— Permit Application NOTICE: In addition to the requirements of this permit, there may be additional restrictions applicable to this property that may be found in the public records of this county, and there may be additional permits required from other governmental entities such as water management districts, state agencies, or federal agencies. Acceptance of permit is verification that I will notify the owner of the property of the requirements of Florida Lien Law, FS 713. The City of Sanford requires payment of a plan review fee at the time of permit submittal. A copy of the executed contract is required in order to calculate a plan review charge and will be considered the estimated construction value of the job at the time of submittal. The actual construction value will be figured based on the current ICC Valuation Table in effect at the time -the permit is issued, in accordance with local ordinance. Should calculated charges figured off the executed contract exceed the actual construction value, credit will be applied to your permit fees when the permit is issued. OWNER'S AFFIDAVIT: I certify that all of the foregoing information is accurate and that all work will be done in compliance with all applicable laws regulating construction and zoning. Signature of Owner/Agent Date Signature of Contractor/Agennt Date CI,,r) Qh 9 kU'i Print Owner/Agent's Name Signature of Notary -State of Florida Date Owner/Agent is Personally Known to Me or Produced ID Type of ID Print Si&ature ASHLEYfRANKS t. Commission 8 GG 028233 Expires September 8, 2020 f Wed Tim Troy Fain Imurom Wu$.1919 Contractor/Agent is (/ Personally Known to Me or Produced ID Type of ID BELOW IS FOR OFFICE USE ONLY Permits Required: Building Electrical Mechanical Plumbing[] 4Gas Roof Construction Type: Total Sq Ft of Bldg: Occupancy Use: Min. Occupancy Load: New Construction: Electric - # of Amps, Fire Sprinkler Permit: Yes No APPROVALS: ZONING: ENGINEERING: COMMENTS: of Heads UTILITIES: Flood Zone: of Stories: Plumbing - # of Fixtures Fire Alarm Permit: Yes No o FIRE. ASTE WATER: BUILDING: Revised: June 30, 2015 Permit Application EKATE r-+,,,,- FARE PROTECTION Permitting office: City of Sanford 300 N Park ave Sanford, FL 32771 RE: Cue Phoria 312 Entrance Rd North Sanford, FL 32771 This letter is to inform you that Elite Fire Protection will be Relocating 6 existing pendent sprinkler heads due to construction of new walls during tenant remodel. All work will be in accordance to NFPA 13, 2010 edition and all local codes and standards. Attached will also be a submittal package with the materials and heads we will be using to complete this project. This work will be under the building permit number 17-3074. Please feel free to contact me at 352-639-4119 or WilliamW@elitefirefl.com if you have any questions. Thanks, William Whigham t Elitefirefl.com P (352) 639-4119 F (352) 639-4151 4151 C.R 561 Tavares FI 32778' Sprinkler # FPC 15-000083 DATE: BUSINESS/PROJECT NAME: ADDRESS: CONTACT NAME: t- CITY OF SANFORD BUILDING AND FIRE PREVENTION DIVISION FIRE PLAN REVIEW SERVICE FEES PHONE: 407.688.5052 FAX: 407.688.5051 PERMIT NUMBER: o4.,i Y N-<q, PHONE: G oy l U q PLAN REVIEW INFORMATION H CONSTRUCTION [ ]C/O [ ] FIRE ALARM I E SPRINKLER [ ] HOOD [ ]PAINT BOOTH [ ]TANK DOES 20% REDUCTION IN FIRE IMPACT FEES APPLY: YES NO TOTAL FEES: a FIRE Elite Fire Protection Plans Received FE8 A 2018 By F4 Dept. 24636 Madison St Astatula, FL 34705 P: 352-639-4119 F:352-639-4151 Submittal Data Cue Phoria 312 Entrance Rd North Sanford, FL 32771 Reviewed By: 6acn Robles/ Sanford Fie pt. Date: 2l PIPE Wheatland's Sprinkler Pipe Wheatland's Schedule 40 Sprinkler Pipe is a high quality sprinkler pipe offering you the full range of assurances you require. Schedule 40 Sprinkler Pipe has passed some of the toughest lab tests ever created for sprinkler pipe. Made in the U.S.A. by Wheatland Tube Company means made to the highest standards for consistant quality. Wheatland's schedule 40 Sprinkler Pipe is made from the highest quality steel in one of the nation's most modern and most complete pipe manufacturing plants. Our proprietary mill coating offers you a clean, corrosion and heat resistant surface that outlasts and outperforms standard lacquer coatings. Plus, this coating can be quickly and easily painted without special preparation. Or it may be hot -dipped galvanized to meet FM requirements for dry systems in accordance with the zinc coating specification of ASTM A795. Schedule 40 is also available as ASTM A 53 in NPS 1 - 6 and is UL & C-UL Listed and FM Approved. Specifications and Approvals Wheatland's Schedule 40 Standard Wall Sprinkler Pipe meets or exceeds the following: UL & C-UL Listed FM Approved ASTM A795, Type E, Grade A Please refer to appropriate documentation for up-to-date listing and approval information. Specifications and descriptions are accurate as known at time of publication and are subject to change without notice. E ecif"'% ns NPS Nominal O.D Nominal I.D Nominal Wall Nominal Weight UL CRR* Pieces Lift in. mm in. mm in. mm lbs./ft. kg/m ill 1.315 33.4 1.049 26.6 133 3.38 1.68 2.50 1.00 70 1 1 /4" 1.660 42.2 1.380 35.1 140 3.56 2.27 3.39 1.00 51 1 1 /2" 1.900 48.3 1.610 40.9 145 3.68 2.72 4.05 1.00 44 2" 2.375 60.3 2.067 52.5 154 3.91 3.66 5.45 1.00 30 Calculated using Standard UL CRR formula, UL Fire Protection Directory, Category VIZY The CRR is a ratio value used to measure the ability of a pipe to withstand corrosion. Threaded Schedule 40 steel pipe is used as the benchmark (value of 1.0). SYSTEM COMPATIBLE Effective February 23, 2009 j Wheatland Tube Company Coated Black Sprinkler Pipe 700 South Dock Street, Sharon, PA 16146 Ph 800.257.8182 Fax 724.346.7260 www.wheatiand.com 0309 1 Wrev02 FITTINGS @SIGMA Piping Products 700 Goldman Drive Cream Ridge, NJ 08514 Toll: 800.999.2550 Ph: 609.758.0800 SPECIFICATIONS DUCTILE IRON THREADED FITTINGS ALL DUCTILE IRONS MANUFACTURED FOR AND BY M UNIQUE FITTINGS & FLANGES® CONFORM TO, COMPLY WITH, AND ARE MANUFACTURED TO THE FOLLOWING STANDARDS: APPROVED ASTM A 536- Grade 65-45-12 ANSI B 16.3- Malleable Iron Threaded Fittings Classes 150 ANSI/ASME B1.20.1- Pipe Threads, General Purpose (inch) NPT C ®L us D.I. THREADED FITTINGS ARE UL, CUL LISTED AND FACTORY MUTUAL APPROVED FOR 50OPSI SERVCE D.I. PER ASTM A 536 GRADE 65.45.12. DIMENSIONS CONFORM TO ANSI 816.3 CLASS 150. THREADS ARE NPT PER ANSI/ASME-81.20.1 NOTICE: D.I. FITTINGS HAVE HIGHER TENSILE STRENGTH THEN THAT OF STEEL PIPE, OVER TIGHTENING CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO PIPE THREADS WHICH MAY CAUSE LEAKAGE 0 I. FITTING SHOULD BE TIGHTENED THREE TURNS BEYOUND HAND TIGHTEN, NO MORE THAT FOUR TURNS. DAMN 0EXR8f10P1- DeS@ffIWN DESCRIFTWN DF tIFIWN - D.1. 45 Dw. Ewow D. I. Courrn IG D.1. Ososs D.1. B CING 90 D.1. RED MG Tee Emw DFSCRWFION affSCRWf N D.1. Ge D.1. BuMMG FIELD INFORMATION CONTRACTOR JOB LOCATION O SIGMA Piping Products 800) 999-2550 slgmapi pingproducts.com HANGERS SWIVEL LOOP HANGER 115 Adjustable Band Hanger with NFPA Rod Sizes Size Range: 2-1/2" through 8" Surface Finish: Electro-zinc plated Recommended for the suspension of stationary non -insulated pipe lines Manufactured to use the minimum rod size permitted by NFPA for fire sprinkler piping Conforms with Federal Specification WW-H-171 (Type 10), Manufacturers Standardization Society (MSS) SP-58 and SP-69 (Type 10) R4. FM C VULu8or.• BEAM CLAMP 310 Universal Ductile Iron Large Opening Beam Clamp Size Range: 3/8" and 1/2" rod sizes Surface Finish: Black, Electro-zinc plated Structural attachment to top or bottom of metal beams, purlins, channel, or angle iron Setscrew made of hardened steel For retainer straps see Models 300C and 035RS Available with a HD finish by special order Conforms with Federal Specification WW-H-171 (Type 23), Manufacturers Standardization Society ANSI/MSS-SP-58 Type 19 & 23), install in accordance with ANSI/MSS-SP-69 Setscrew must be tightened and torqued onto the sloped side of the I-beam Recommended Torque* * (for setscrews): Recognizing that torque wrenches are generally not used or available on many job sites, the setscrew should be tightened so it contacts the I-beam and then an additional 1/4 to 1/2 turn added. F M C Vueusm A f 0--iW TOP MOUNT May be mounted in either position HARDWARE THREADED ROD 50 All Thread Rod Size Range: 1/4" thru 7/8" Surface Finish: Plain and Electro-zinc Plated Attaches hangers to structural attachments without threading the rod, UNC Thread Form NOTE: Low carbon: tensile: 58,000 psi; yield: 36,000 psi, available in Stainless Steel for 3/8" and 1/2" rod size Part Number RS L Max. Rec. 0502506PL 1/4" 6' 240 0502510PL 1/4" 10, 246 0502512PL 1/4" 12' 240 0503706PL 3/8" 6' 610 0503710PL 3/8" 10, 610 0503712PL 3/8" 12' 610 0505006PL 1/2" 6' 1130 0505010PL 1/2" 10, 1130 0505012PL 1/2" 12' 1130 0506206PL 5/8" 6' 1810 0506210PL 5/8" 10, 1810 0506212PL 5/8" 12' 1810 0507506PL 3/4" 6' 2710 0507510PL 3/4" 10, 2710 0507512PL 3/4" 12' 2710 0508706PL 7/8" 6' 3770 0508710PL 7/8" 10, 3770 0508712PL 7/8" 12' 3770 0502506EG 1/4" 6' 240 0502510EG 1/4" 10, 240 0502512EG 1/4" 12' 240 0503706EG 3/8" 6' 610 0503710EG 3/8" 10, 610 0503712EG 3/8" 12' 610 0505006EG 1/2" 6' 1130 0505010EG 1/2" 10, 1130 0505012EG 1/2" 12' 1130 0506206EG 5/8" 6' 1810 0506210EG 5/81, 10, 1810 0506212EG 5/8" 12' 1810 0507506EG 3/4" 6' 2710 0507510EG 3/4" 10, 2710 0507512EG 3/4" 12' 2710 0508706EG 7/8" 6' 3770 0508710EG 7/8" 10, 3770 0508712EG 1 7/8" 1 12' 1 3770 Load based on Max. 650' F www.erico.co 223 ERICO° www.erico.com SPRINKLERS June 5, 2013 Sprinkler 41 a MICROFAST11 AND MicrofastHP® QUICK RESPONSE PENDENT60SPRINKLERS The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com 1. DESCRIPTION Viking Microfast® and MicrofastHP® Quick Response Pendent Sprinklers are small, thermosensitive, glass -bulb spray sprinklers available in several different finishes and temperature ratings and K-Factors to meet design requirements. The special Polyester, Polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE), and Electroless Nickel PTFE (ENT) coatings can be used in decorative applications where colors are desired. In ad- dition, these coatings have been investigated for installation in corrosive atmos- pheres and are cLILus listed as corrosion resistant as indicated in the Approval Chart. (Note: FM Global has no approval classification for PTFE and Polyester coat- ings as corrosion resistant.) 2. LISTINGS AND APPROVALS oQ cULus Listed: Category VNIV FM Approved: Classes 2001, 2002, 2015, and 2017 NYC Approved: Calendar Number 219-76-SA and MEA 89-92-E, Volume 16 ABS Certified: Certificate 04-HS407984C-PDA 6-0 I' PN 12979 PN 06666B O VdS Approved: Certificates G4040095, G4040097, G4060056, G4060057, G4880045, G4930038, and G4980021 u® LPC Approved:' Ref. Nos. 096e/03 and 096e/04 CE Certified: Standard EN 12259-1, EC -certificates of conformity 0786-CPD-40130, 0786-CPD-40170 and 0786-CPD- 40279, 0832-CPD-2001, and 0832-CPD-2003 MED Certified: Standard EN 12259-1, EC -certificate of conformity 0832-MED-1003 and 0832-MED-1008 NOTE: Other International approval certificates are available upon request. Refer to Approval Chart 1 and Design Criteria on page 41 d for cULus Listing requirements and refer to Approval Chart 2 and Design'Criteria on page 41f for FM Approval requirements that must be followed. 3. TECHNICAL DATA Specifications: Available since 1987. Minimum Operating Pressure: 7 psi (0.5 bar)' Maximum Working Pressure: Sprinklers 12282 and 12290 are rated for Viking Technical Data may be found on use with water working pressures ranging from the minimum 7 psi The Viking Corporation's Web site at0.5 bar) up to 250 psi (17 bar) for high-pressure systems. High-pres- sure (HP) sprinklers can be identified by locating "250" stamped on hnp:/Iwww.vikinggroupinc.com. the deflector. All other Part Nos. not mentioned above are rated to a The Web site may include a more recent maximum 175 psi (12 bar) wwp. edition of this Technical Data Page. Factory tested hydrostatically to 500 psi (34.5 bar) Thread size: Refer to the Approval Charts Nominal K-Factor: Refer to the Approval Charts Glass -bulb fluid temperature rated to -65 °F (-55 °C) Overall Length: Refer to the Approval Charts cULus Listing, FM Approval, and NFPA 13 installs require a minimum of 7 psi (0.5 bar). The minimum operating pressure for LPCB and CE Approvals ONLY is 5 psi (0.35 bar). Material Standards: Frame Casting: Brass UNS-C84400 or QM Brass for Sprinklers 12979 and 12282. Brass UNS-C84400 for all other sprinklers. Deflector: Phosphor Bronze UNS-051000 or Copper UNS-C19500 for Sprinklers 12979, 06666B, and 06765B. Copper UNS- C19500 for Sprinkler 12282. Phosphor Bronze UNS-051000, Copper UNS-C19500 or Brass UNS-C26000 for Sprinkler 06720B. Brass UNS-C26000 for all other Sprinklers. Bushing (for Sprinklers 06718B, 06720B, and 12290): Brass UNS-C36000 Bulb: Glass, nominal 3 mm diameter Belleville Spring Sealing Assembly: Nickel Alloy, coated on both sides with PTFE Tape Screw: Brass UNS-C36000 Pip Cap and Insert Assembly: Copper UNS-Cl1000 and Stainless Steel UNS-S30400 For PTFE Coated Sprinklers: Belleville Spring -Exposed, Screw -Nickel Plated, Pip Cap-PTFE Coated For Polyester Coated Sprinklers: Belleville Spring -Exposed For ENT Coated Sprinklers: Belleville Spring -Exposed, Screw and Pipcap - ENT coated. Form No. F 081296 Replaces page 41 a-f, dated May 13, 2013. Replaced VK302 06662 with 12979) Sprinkler 41 b June 5, 2013 MICROFAST11 AND MicrofastHP® QUICK RESPONSE PENDENT SPRINKLERS The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Ordering Information: (Also refer to the current Viking price list.) Order Microfast° and MicrofastHP® Quick Response Pendent Sprinklers by first adding the appropriate suffix for the sprinkler finish and then the appropriate suffix for the temperature rating to the sprinkler base part number. Finish Suffix: Brass = A, Chrome = F, White Polyester = M-/W, Black Polyester = M-/B, Black PTFE = N, and ENT = JN Temperature Suffix: 135 OF (57 °C) = A, 155 OF (68 °C) = B. 175 OF (79 °C) = D, 200 OF (93 °C) = E, and 286 OF (141 °C) = G For example, sprinkler VK302 with a 1/2" thread, Brass finish and a 155 OF (68 °C) temperature rating = Part No. 12979AB Available Finishes And Temperature Ratings: Refer to Table 1. Accessories: (Also refer to the "Sprinkler Accessories" section of the Viking data book.) Sprinkler Wrenches: A. Standard Wrench: Part No. 10896W/B (available since 2000). B. Wrench for Recessed Pendent Sprinklers: Part No. 16036W/B" (available since 2011) C. Optional Protective Sprinkler Cap Remover/Escutcheon Installer Tool" Part No. 15915 (available since 2010.) A Y:" ratchet is required (not available from Viking). Allows use from the floor by attaching a length of 1" diameter CPVC tubing to the tool. Ideal for sprinkler cabinets. Refer to Bulletin F_051808. Sprinkler Cabinets: A. Six -head capacity: Part No. 01724A (available since 1971) B. Twelve -head capacity: Part No. 01725A (available since 1971) 4. INSTALLATION Refer to appropriate NFPA Installation Standards. 5. OPERATION During fire conditions, the heat -sensitive liquid in the glass bulb expands, causing the glass to shatter, releasing the pip cap and sealing spring assembly. Water flowing through the sprinkler orifice strikes the sprinkler deflector, forming a uniform spray pattern to extinguish or control the fire. 6. INSPECTIONS, TESTS AND MAINTENANCE Refer to NFPA 25 for Inspection, Testing and Maintenance require- ments. 7. AVAILABILITY The Viking Microfast® and MicrofastHP® Quick Response Pendent Sprinklers are available through a network of domestic and international distributors. See The Viking Corporation web site for the closest distributor or contact The Viking Corporation. 8. GUARANTEE For details of warranty, refer to Viking's current list price schedule or contact Viking directly. Wrench Flat a w Protect O Sprinkt, Shield Protective Sprinkler Cap Figure 1: Standard Sprinkler Wrench 10896W/B June 5, 2013 Sprinkler 41 c MICROFAST® AND MicrofastHP® QUICKNIKjRESPONSEPENDENT SPRINKLERS The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com TABLE 1: AVAILABLE SPRINKLER TEMPERATURE RATINGS AND FINISHES Ordinary 135 OF (57 °C) 100 OF (38 °C) Orange Ordinary 155 OF (68 °C) 100 OF (38 °C) Red Intermediate 175 OF (79 °C) 150 OF (65 °C) Yellow Intermediate 200 OF (93 °C) 150 OF (65 °C) Green High 286 OF (141 °C) 225 OF (107 °C) Blue Sprinkler Finishes: Brass, Chrome, White Polyester, Black Polyester, Black PTFE, and ENT Corrosion -Resistant Coatings': White Polyester, Black Polyester, and Black PTFE. ENT in all temperature ratings except 135 OF 57 °C). Footnotes The sprinkler temperature rating is stamped on the deflector. 2 Based on NFPA-13. Other limits may apply, depending on fire loading, sprinkler location, and other requirements of the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Refer to specific installation standards. The corrosion -resistant coatings have passed the standard corrosion test required by the approving agencies indicated in the Approval Charts. These tests cannot and do not represent all possible corrosive environments. Prior to installation, verify through the end -user that the coatings are com- patible with or suitable for the proposed environment. For automatic sprinklers, the coatings indicated are applied to the exposed exterior surfaces only. Note that the spring is exposed on sprinklers with Polyester, PTFE, and ENT coatings. For ENT coated automatic sprinklers, the waterway is coated. Sprinkler Wrench 16036W/Bx)K for nstalling recessed endent sprinklers KA I/2' rotchet is required not ovolloble from Viking). efully slide the ench sideways nd the protective cap, ensuring engage- ment with the sprinkler wrench Flats. Sprinkler 41 d June 5, 2013 MICROFASTO AND NJIKJNG* MicrofastHPO QUICK RESPONSE PENDENT SPRINKLERS The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Sprinkler Thread Size Nominal Overall Listings and Approvals' Base SIN K-Factor Length (Refer also to Design Criteria on page 41e.) Part No.' NPT BSP U.S. metric' Inches mm cULus' NYCs VdS LPCB E Standard Orifice 12979 VK302 1/2" 15 mm 5.6 80.6 2-1/4" 57 AIX, B1Y, C4, E4Z AIX, B1Y 18021 VK302 1/2" 15 mm 5.6 80.6 2-1/4" 58 AIX, B1Y AIX, B1Y A2 A2X, 132Y C2X, E2Y" C2X, E2Y1' Large Orifice 06666E VK352 3/4" 20 mm 8.0 115.2 2-3/8" 60 AIX, 81Y, C4, E4Z AIX, 131Y A2 A2X C211 06765815 VK352 1/2" 15 mm 8.0 115.2 2-3/8" 60 AIX. B1Y, C4, E4Z AIX, 81Y A2 AV Small Orifice' 06718B' VK329 1/2" 15 mm 2.8 40.3 2-3/16" 56 AIX. B1Y AIX. B1Y 06720B' VK331 1/2" 15 mm 4.2 57 2-1/4" 58 A1X, B1Y AIX, B1Y 06932B VK331 10 mm 4.2 57 2-3/8" 60 A2 G313 Maximum 250 PSI (17 bar) WWP Standard Orifice Sprinkler Thread Size Nominal Overall Listings and Approvals' Base SIN K-Factor Length Refer also to Design Criteria on page 41e.) Part No' NPT BSP U.S. metric' Inches mm cULus' NYC1- VdS LPCB E 12282 VK317 1/2" 15 mm 5.6 80.6 2-1/4" 1 58 AIX, B1Y AIX Maximum 250 PSI (17 bar) WWP Small Orifice' 1229010 1 VK342 1 1/2" 15 mm 2.8 40.3 2-3/16" 56 AIX, 81Y AIX Approved Temperature Ratings A - 135'F (57'C), 155 -F (68 -C). 175 -F (79 -C), 200 -F (93 -C), and Approved Escutcheons 286'F (141 -C) Approved Finishes X - Standard surface -mounted escutcheon or 8 - 135 -F (57 -C), 155 -F (68 -C), 175 -F (79 'C), and 200 'F (93 C) 1 - Brass, Chrome, White Polyester"', Black the Viking Microfast° Model F-1 AdjustablePolyester°•', and Black PTFE Escutcheon C- 155 -F (68 -C), 175 -F (79 -C), 200 -F (93 'C), and 286 'F (141 2 -Brass. Chrome, White Polyester', and Black Y - Standard surface -mounted escutcheon or the C) Polyester' Viking Microfast° Model F-1 Adjustable Escutcheon 0 - 135 'F (57 -C), 155 'F (68 'C), 175 -F (79 'C), and 286 'F (141 3 - Brass and Chrome or recessed with the Viking Micromati& Model E- C) 4 - ENT' 1 or E-2 Recessed Escutcheon E - 155 -F (68 -C), 175 *F (79 -C), and 200 'F (93 *C) Z - Standard surface -mounted escutcheon or re- F - 155 -F (68 -C), 175 *F (79 *C), and 286 "F (141 'C) cessed with the Viking Micromati& Model E-1 G - 155 -F (68 -C) Footnotes Base part number is shown. For complete pan number, refer to Viking's current price schedule. Metric K-factor measurement shown is when pressure is measured in Bar. When pressure is measured in kPa, divide the metric K-factor shown by 10.0. 5 This table shows the listings and approvals available at the time of printing. Check with the manufacturer for any additional approvals. Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc for use in the U.S. and Canada. 5 Accepted for use, City of New York Board of Standards and Appeals, Calendar Number 219-76-SA. cULus Listed as corrosion resistant. Other colors are available on request with the same Listings and Approvals as the standard colors. Listings and Approvals limited to Light Hazard Occupancies where allowed by the installation standards being applied, with hydraulically calculated wet systems only. Exception: 4.2K sprinklers may be installed on hydraulically calculated dry pipe systems where piping is corrosion resistant or internally galvanized. The spnnkler orifice is bushed. 1OAccepted for use, City of New York Department of Buildings, MEA Number 89-92-E, Vol. 16. 11 ((Certified. Standard EN 12259-1, EC -certificates of conformity 0832-CPD-2001 and 0832-CPO-2003. 12 C( Certified, Standard EN 12259-1, EC -certificate of conformity 0786-CPD40279. i5 C( Certified, Standard EN 12259-1, EC -certificate of conformity 0786-CPD40130 and 0786-CPO-40170. Q MED Certified, Standard EN 12259-1. EC -certificates of conformity 0832-MED-1003 and 0832-MED-1008. s The 1/2" NPT Large Orifice Sprinkler is Listed and Approved for retrofit only. June 5, 2013 Sprinkler 41e MICROFAST® AND RMicrofastHP® QUICK ESPONSE PENDENT SPRINKLERS The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com cULus Listing Reauirements: Microfast® and MicrofastHP° Quick Response Pendent Sprinklers are cULus Listed as indicated in the Approval Chart for installation in accordance with the latest edition of NFPA 13 for standard spray sprinklers. Designed for use in Light and Ordinary Hazard occupancies (exception: small orifice sprinklers are limited to Light Hazard where allowed by the installation standards being applied, with hydraulically calculated wet systems only). The sprinkler installation rules contained in NFPA 13 for standard spray pendent sprinklers must be followed. IMPORTANT. Always refer to Bulletin Form No. F_091699 - Care and Handling of Sprinklers. Also refer to page QR1-3 for general care, installation, and maintenance information. Viking sprinklers are to be installed in accor- dance with the latest edition of Viking technical data, the appropriate standards of NFPA, LPCB, APSAD, VdS or other similar organizations, and also with the provisions of governmental codes, ordinances, and standards, whenever applicable. 1/2' 15 mn) ---,` NPT T- t%W&\ 2-1/4' 1-5/8' (58 mm) 4 Pendent Sprinkler Ceiling Opening Size: 2-5/16' (58.7 mm) minimum 2-1/8' 2-1/2' (63.5 mm) Maximum <54 mm) t$ABIh\ 44.5 mm) Installed with a standard 1/8' surface - mounted escutcheon. f I80W IE2' 1-1/2' (38.1 mm) 50.8 mm) Minimum Maximum Installed with a Microfast Model F-1 Adjustable Escutcheon K Note: At maximum, adapter is exposed 1/2' (12.7 mm) from face of ceiling. Figure 3: Sprinkler VK302 Dimensions with a Standard Escutcheon and the Model F-1 Adjustable Escutcheon 1-3/4' 44.5 mm) Maximum 2-1/8' Ceiling Opening Size: 2-1/8' 54 mm) 2-5/16' (58.7 mm) minimum (54 mm) 2-1/2' (63.5 mm) maximum 1-1/8' (28.6 mm) Minimum I Installed with a Micromatic Model E-1 Recessed Escutcheon 2- 1-1/8' (28.6 mm) 50.8 mm) Minimum Maximum ty f Installed with a thread on Model E-2 Recessed Escutcheon Figure 4: Sprinkler VK302 Dimensions with the Model E-1 and E-2 Recessed Escutcheons Sprinkler 41f June 5, 2013 MICROFAST® AND MicrofastHP® QUICKIKJRESPONSEPENDENT SPRINKLERS The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com i sc;.• :ur. .:z s cCt F Sprinkler Thread Size Nominal K-Factor Overall Length FM Approvals' Base Part No.' SIN Refer also to Design Criteria below.) NPT BSP U.S. metric' Inches mm Standard Orifice 12979 VK302 1/2" 15 mm 5.6 80.6 2-1/4" 57 A2X, B2Y, C3, D3Z 18021 VK302 1/2" 15 mm 5.6 80.6 2-1/4" 58 A2X, B2Y Large Orifice 06666B VK352 3/4" 20 mm 8.0 2-3/8" 60 AV, B2Y, C3, D3Z 067658' VK352 1/2" 15 mm 8.0 115.2 2-3/8" 60 2X115. 2 A, 82Y, C3, DU Small Orifice' 06718B6 VK329 1/2" 15 mm 2.8 40.3 2-3/16" 56 A1X Approved Temperature Ratings Approved Escutcheons A - 135 'F (57 'C), 155 'F (68 'C), 175 'F (79 'C), X - Standard surface -mounted escutcheon or the Viking 200 *F (93'C), and 286'F (141 'C) Approved Finishes Microfast° Model F-1 Adjustable Escutcheon B - 135'F (57 -C). 155 'F (68 -C), 175 -F (79 -C), 1 - Brass and Chrome Y - Standard surface -mounted escutcheon or the and 200 'F (93 'C) 2 - Brass, Chrome, White Polyesters, and Viking Microfaste Model F-1 Adjustable Escutcheon C- 155 -F (68 'C), 175 'F (79 -C), 200 `F (93 -C), Black Polyesters or recessed with the Viking Micromati& Model E-1 and 286'F (141 'C) 3 - ENT or E-2 Recessed Escutcheon D - 155 'F (68 -C), 175 'F (79 'C), and 200 'F Z - Standard surface -mounted escutcheon or recessed 93 0 with the Viking Micromati& Model E-1 Footnotes Base part number is shown. For complete part number, refer to Viking's current price schedule. 2 Metric K-factor measurement shown is when pressure is measured in Bar. When pressure is measured in kPa, divide the metric K-factor shown by 10.0. This table shows the listings and approvals available at the time of printing. Check with the manufacturer for any additional approvals. FM Approved as quick response control mode standard spray Non -storage sprinklers. For specific application and installation requirements, reference the latest applicable FM Loss Prevention Data Sheets (including Data Sheet 2-0). s Other colors are available on request with the same Listings and Approvals as the standard colors. 6 The sprinkler onfice is bushed. The 1/2" NPT Large Orifice Sprinkler is Listed and Approved for retrofit only. FM Aonroval Reauirements: The sprinklers indicated in Approval Chart 2 are FM Approved as quick response Non -storage standard spray pendent sprinklers as indicated in the FM Approval Guidet. For specific application and installation requirements, reference the latest applicable FM Loss Prevention Data Sheets (including Data Sheets 2-0 and 8-9). FM Global Loss Prevention Data Sheets contain guidelines relating to, but not limited to: minimum water supply requirements, hydraulic design, ceiling slope and obstructions, minimum and maximum allowable spacing, and deflector distance below the ceiling. NOTE: The FM installation guidelines may differ from cULus and/or NFPA criteria. tSprinklers VK302 and VK352 are also FM Approved as quick response Rack Storage standard spray pendent sprinklers. Refer to technical data page 131a-e for Intermediate Level In -Rack Sprinklers. IMPORTANT: Always refer to Bulletin Form No. F 091699 - Care and Handling of Sprinklers. Also refer to page 0111-3 for general care, installation, and maintenance information. Viking sprinklers are to be installed in ac- cordance with the latest edition of Viking technical data, the appropriate standards of NFPA, FM Global, LPCB, APSAD, VdS or other similar organizations, and also with the provisions of governmental codes, ordinances, and standards, whenever applicable. Form No. F_081296 Replaces page 41 a-f, dated May 13, 2013. Replaced VK302 06662 with 12979) CITY OF S,,kNFORD FIRE DEPARTMENT Z Jv2 Job Address: 312 N ENTRANCE RD. SANFORD, FL 32771 Historic District: Yes No Parcel ID: 291930300011 D0000 Residential Commercial Type of Work: New Addition Alteration Repair Demo Change of Use Move Description of Work: INSTALL FIRE ALARM SYSTEM fl3_3 81L -o IAAA y T Building & Fire Prevention Division RPM Z 4 `n 8 PERMIT APPLICATION 7-3Mp.plication No: Plan Review Contact Person: Phone: 407-563-3445 Documented Construction Value: $ 6000 CHERRY TATER Fax: 407-235-1150 Title: PERMIT COORD. Email: CHERRY.TATER@JCI.COM r "anal &- Property Owner Information I HIGHYON, SHOPPING CENTER Phy p'J S 3- Name one: Street: 1000 N HIATUS RD. STE 197. City, State Zip: PEMBROKE PINES, FL 33026 Name Resident of property? : Contractor Information JOHNSON CONTROLS SECURITY Phone: 407-563-3445 Street: 6830 SHADOWRIDGE DR. City, State Zip: ORLANDO, FL 32812 Ci lip: Bonding Company: Address: Fax: 407-235-1150 State License No.: EF20000890 Architect/ Engineer Information Phone: Fax: E- mail: Mortgage Lender: Address: WARNING TO OWNER: YOUR FAILURE TO RECORD A NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT MAY RESULT IN YOUR PAYING TWICE FOR IMPROVEMENTS TO YOUR PROPERTY. A NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT MUST BE RECORDED AND POSTED ON THE JOB SITE BEFORE THE FIRST INSPECTION. IF YOU INTEND TO OBTAIN FINANCING, CONSULT WITH YOUR LENDER OR AN ATTORNEY BEFORE RECORDING YOUR NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT. Application is hereby made to obtain a permit to do the work and installations as indicated. I certify that no work or installation has commenced prior to the issuance of a pen -nit and that all work will be performed to meet standards of all laws regulating construction in this jurisdiction. I understand that a separate permit must be secured for electrical work, plumbing, signs, wells, pools, furnaces, boilers, heaters, tanks, and air conditioners, etc. FBC 105.3 Shalt be inscribed with the date of application and the code in effect as of that date: 6ih Edition (2017) Florida Buikliog Code a Revised: January I, 2018 O ( O Q 11crnw Application p NOTICE: In addition to the requirements of this permit, there may be additional restrictions applicable to this property that may be found in the public records of this county, and there may be additional permits required from other governmental entities such as water management districts, state agencies, or federal agencies. Acceptance of permit is verification that I will notify the owner of the property of the requirements of Florida Lien Law, FS 713. The City of Sanford requires payment of a plan review fee at the time of permit submittal. A copy of the executed contract is required in order to calculate a plan review charge and will be considered the estimated construction value of the job at the time of submittal. The actual construction value will be figured based on the current [CC Valuation "fable in effect at the time the permit is issued, in accordance with local ordinance. Should calculated charges figured off the executed contract exceed the actual construction value, credit will be applied to your permit fees when the permit is issued. OWNER'S AFFIDAVIT: I certify that all of the foregoing information is accurate and that all work will be done in compliance with all applicable laws regulating construction and zoning. Signature of Owner/Agent Date Print Owner/Agent's Name Signature of Notary -State of Florida Date Owner/Agent is Personally Known to Me or Produced ID Type of ID Signature of Contractor/Agent Date Print Contractor/Agent's Name JV Signature of Nota tat and#jMyty pub Sty W FlorM Unde Olen VYIOertts j My Cotnminion GO 117768 7jap lFxpiresllUlti/2021 Contractor/Agent is 4/ Personally Known to Me or Produced ID Type of ID BELOW IS FOR OFFICE USE ONLY Permits Required: Bl.lilding Electrical Mechanical Plumbing Gas[] Roof Construction Type: Total Sq Ft of Bldg: Occupancy Use: Flood Zone: Min. Occupancy Load: # of Stories: New Construction: Electric - # of Amps Fire Sprinkler Permit: Yes No APPROVALS: ZONING: ENGINEERING: COMMENTS: of Heads UTILITIES: Plumbing - # of Fixtures Fire Alarm Permit: Yes No WASTE WATER: FIRE: .r BUILDING: Revised January 1, 2018 Permit Application 4/10/ )18 SCPA Parcel View: 29-19-30-300-0110-0000 R p` I PAPPioppnn on 1 crayy RAISER EGhRWOLL COIRlTY, FIOFld1 Parcel Information Property Record Card Parcel: 29-19-30-300-011D-0000 Property Address: 100 S OREGON (THRU 400) AVE SANFORD, FL 32771 Parcel 29-19-30-300-011 D-0000 Owner HIGHYON, SHOPPING CENTER Property Address 100 S OREGON (THRU 400) AVE SANFORD, FL 32771 Mailing 1000 N HIATUS RD STE 197 PEMBROKE PINES, FL 33026 Subdivision Nam Tax Distri t S1-SANFORD DOR Use Code 16 - ET IL -POWER CENTER Exemptions Value Summary 2018 Working 2017 Certified Values Values Valuation Method ;,Income j Income Number of Buildings 3 3 Depreciated Bldg Value Depreciated EXFT Value + Land Value (Market) ? Land Value Ag I Just/Market Value " ; $5,817,830 1 $5,756.589 Portability Adj Save Our Homes Adi , $0 0 Amendment 1 Adj i $0 1 $0 P&G Adj $0 i $0 Assessed Value r $5,817,830 5,756,589 Tax Amount without SOH: $109,614.00 2017 Tax Bill Amount $109,614.00 Tax Estimilor Save Our Homes Savings: $0.00 Does NOT INCLUDE Non Ad Valorem Assessments Legal Description SEC 29 TWP 19S RGE 30E BEG N 488.68 FT + W 768.77 FT OF SE COR OF SW 1/4 OF NE 1/4 RUN S 49 DEG 47 MIN 51 SEC E 461.78 FT S 1 DEG 27 MIN 5 SEC E 147.58 FT S 39 DEG 17 MIN 56 SEC W 223.39 FT S 87 DEG 47 MIN 56 SEC W 403.86 FT N 73 DEG 52 MIN 4 SEC W 212.69 FT NELY ALONG CURVE 68.01 FT S66DEG 2MIN E40FTN 27 DEG 12 3/4 MIN E 40 FT N 66 DEG 2 MIN W 40 FT NLY ALONG CURVE 312.02 FT 40 DEG 12 MIN 9 SEC E 258.34 FT TO BEG 6 PT OF TR 5 DESC AS BEG NW COR RUN S 73 DEG 53 MIN 20 SEC E 212.69 FT N 87 DEG 46 MIN 40 SEC E 119.09 FT S 02 DEG 17 MIN 32 SEC E 51.72 FT SWLY ALONG CURVE 71.18 FT S 87 DEG 46 MIN 40 SEC W 53.77 FT WLY ALONG CURVE 67.32 FT N 49 DEG 47 MIN 32 SEC W 85.01 FT WLY ALONG CURVE 20.76 FT N 73 DEG 53 MIN 21 SEC W 85.13 FT TO WLY LI TR 5 NELY ALONG WLY LI TO BEG SEMINOLE TOWN CENTER REPLAT PB 47 PGS 8 THRU 10 Taxes Taxing Authority Assessment Value Exempt Values Taxable Value County General Fund 5.817,830 I - 0 } 5,817.830 Schools 5,817,830 0 5,817.830 City Sanford ---- -_-- - 5,817,830 0 I 5.817,830 SJWM(Saint Johns Water Management) 5.817,830 0- 5,817,830 5,817,830CountyBonds •-----.•----__-- 5,817,830 0 Sales http://pareeldetail.scpafl.org/ParcelDetailinfo.aspx?PID=291930300011 D0000 1/3 DocuSign Envelope ID: F7CO3FB6-0872-4B70-945C-A822628EFA5D tqCO ntegrated Security COMMERCIAL SALES AGREEMENT TOWN NO. 0173.ORLANDO, FL Tyco Integrated Security LLC ("Tyco") Racks Billiards Sports Bar & Grill dlb/a: Scott Billmeier Customer) 6830 Shadowridge Dr, Customer Billing Information Orlando, FL 32812 312 N Entrance Rd, Tele. No. (386) 561-7096 Sanford, FL 32771 Ann: Tole. No. CUSTOMER NO. JOB NO. PO NO. ESTIMATE NO. 1-3SWPMMT Customer Premises Serviced 312 N Entrance Rd, Sanford, FL 32771 Attn: Pedro Botlla Tale. No. (407) 562.6053 DATE 4/5/2018 This Commercial Sales Agreement is between Customer and Tyco effective as of the date signed by Customer. By entering into this Agreement, Tyco and Customer agree to the Terms and Conditions contained in this Agreement. The Equipment and/or Services, collectively the System(s) covered under this Agreement islare listed in the attached Schedule(s) of Protection I Scope of Work ("SOW"). THE FOLLOWING DOCUMENTS ARE ATTACHED TO THIS AGREEMENT AND ARE INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE: a) Hazardous Substance Checklist and Customer Letter (e) Slate Specific Forms, if applicable (e.g., local permit applications) b) Scope of Work / Schedute(s) of Protection (f) Customer Installation Acceptance Form (specific to Equipment/Services purchased) c) Terms and Conditions (g) If multiple locations, see attached schedule d) Additional Terms and Conditions II. CHARGES AND FEES: Customer agrees to pay the Sum of $ 6,000.00 ('Installation Charge) with $ 1,500.00 payable upon acceptance of this Agreement ('Installation Charge Deposit') plus any applicable 'Fees' and sales taxes Tyco may Invoice Customer for progress billings based upon Equipment and/or System components delivered or stored, and/or Services performed before completion of the System/Equipment installation, activation of the System, connection to the CMC, or any other Service(s). All outstanding Installation Charges and/or fees shall be due and payable upon completion of the installation of the Equipment/Syslem and as a precondition to activation of System and, if applicable, connection to Tyco's Central Monitoring Center ('CMC') or any other Service(s). Any changes in the STATEMENT OF WORK / SCHEDULE OF PROTECTION made by the Customer after execution of [his Agreement must be agreed to by Tyco and the Customer in writing and may be subject to additional charges and/or fees Any equipment ordered by Customer by e-mail or telephone order shall be subject to terms and conditions of the Agreement and may be subject to shipping, handling, and/or restocking fees For the Service(s) provided as indicated in this Agreement, Customer agrees to pay Service Charges in the amount of $ 3,987.33 per annum (the 'Annual Service Charge'), payable in advance Monthly plus applicable slate and/or local taxies) for 5 year(s) (the 'Initial Term') effective from the dale such Service is operative under this Agreement Until Customer has paid Tyco the Installation Charge and Fees in full, Customer grants to Tyco a security interest in the Equipment and all proceeds thereof to secure such payment After the Initial Term this Agreement shall automatically renew on a/an Annual basis unless terminated by either party upon written notice at least thirty (30) days prior to the anniversary date. Tyco shall have the right to increase Annual Service Charge(s) after one (1) year. For lerminalion prior to the end of the Initial Term, Customer agrees to pay, in addition to any outstanding Fees and charges for Service(s) rendered prior to termination, 90% of the Annual Service Charge(s) remaining to be paid for the unexpired term of the Agreement as liquidated damages but not as a penally. Additionally. Customer agrees to pay any assessments, taxes, fees or charges imposed by any governmental body, telephone, communication, or signal transmission company such as false alarm, permitting or connection fees, or administration fees or service charges assessed by Tyco related to AHJ requirements and/or changes to applicable laws, the need to reprogram alarm controls/devices to comply with area code, signal transmission, numbering or other changes relating to the installed Equipment and/or Service(s) provided under this Agreement Fees'). III. ENTIRE AGREEMENT; CUSTOMER ACCEPTANCE: This Agreement, together with all of its written Amendments, Riders, Scope of Work and/or Exhibits, constitutes the entire agreement between the Customer and Tyco relating to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any prior or contemporaneous oral or written agreements and understandings. The terms and conditions of (his Agreement will prevail over any conflicting, inconsistent or additional terms and/or conditions contained in any purchase order, agreement, or other document issued by Customer. In signing [his Agreement, Customer is not relying on any advice, advertisements, or oral representations of Tyco and agrees to be bound to the terms and conditions contained in all the pages of the Agreement. Customer agrees that any representation, promise, condition, inducement or warranty, express or implied, not included in (his Agreement will not be binding upon Tyco, and [hat the terms and conditions in this Agreement apply as printed without alteration or qualification, except as specifically modified by a written agreement signed by Tyco and Customer. Any changes in the Statement of Work or scope of the work requested by the Customer after the execution of (his Agreement may result in additional cost to the Customer and any such changestadditions must be authorized in a writing signed by both the Customer and Tyco. Customer's failure to accept and sign this Agreement within ninety (90) days of the date shown above may result in price increases. Customer acknowledges that, (a) Tyco has explained the full range of protection, equipment, and services available to Customer; (b) additional protection over and above that provided herein is available and may be obtained from Tyco at an additional cost to the Customer; (c) Customer desires and has contracted for only the Equipment and/or Service(s) itemized in this Agreement; (d) the Equipment/Service(s) specified in this Agreement are for Customer's own use and not for the benefit of any third party, (e) Customer owns the premises in which the Equipment is being installed or has (he authority to engage Tyco to carry out the installation in the premises; and (I) Customer will comply with all laws, codes and regulations pertaining to the use of the EquipmenUServjce(s). ATTENTION IS DIRECTED TO THE WARRANTY, LIMIT OF LIABILITY AND OTHER CONDITIONS CONTAINED IN THE SECTIONS ENTITLED "TERMS AND CONDITIONS" AND ADDITIONAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS". THIS AGREEMENT REQUIRES FINAL APPROVAL OF A TYCO AUTHORIZED MANAGER BEFORE ANY EQUIPMENTISERVICES MAY BE PROVIDED. IF APPROVAL IS DENIED, THIS AGREEMENT WILL BE TERMINATED AND TYCO'S ONLY OBLIGATION TO CUSTOMER WILL BE TO NOTIFY CUSTOMER OF SUCH TERMINATION AND REFUND ANY AMOUNTS PAID IN ADVANCE. IF MAINTENANCE SERVICE IS DECLINED, CUSTOMER MUST INITIAL IF A 5-DAY FAMILIARIZATION PERIOD IS REQUESTED, CUSTOMER MUST INITIAL HERE HERE TYCO INTEGRATED SECURITY LLC ISODOE859025,30148C.. OocuSiynodbyy:: Presented by:( R presentative) Sales Agent: Scott Billmeier Sales Representative Registration Number (if applicable): CUSTOMER: DoccuSSianeddjby: Accepted BCP0798FBOO69CI43F fl b 1564 Pedro Botta l Authorized Representative) Name Printed) Title: manager Date Signed: 4/ S/2018 e-Form 888OUEO1 (09/2015) Page 1 of 8 0 2015 Tyco. All Rights Reserved DocuSign Envelope.ID: F7CO3FB6-0872-4B70-945C-A822628EFASD tqCO ntegrated Security COMMERCIAL SALES AGREEMENT TOWN NO. CUSTOMER NO. 0173.ORLANDO, FL SCOPE OF WORK I SCHEDULE OF PROTECTION JOB NO. PO NO. ESTIMATE NO. 1.3SWPMMT IV. SCOPE OF WORK I SCHEDULE OF PROTECTION ("SOW"): Tyco agrees to install or cause to be installed the Equipment and furnish the Serwce(s), collectively, the System, on the terms and conditions set out in this Agreement. A. Ownership of System and/or Equipment: Tyco Owned - Tyco may remove or upon written notice to the Customer, abandon in whole or in part, all devices, instruments, appliances, cabinets, and other materials associated with the system, upon termination of this agreement, without obligation to repair or redecorate any portion of the Customer's premises upon such removal, and the removal or abandonment of such materials shall not be held to constitute a waiver of the right of Tyco to collect any charges which have been accrued or may be accrued hereunder. B. Services to be Provided ("Services") Alarm monitoring and Notification Services - Video Surveillance Services: Managed Access Control Services: Video Equipment: Quality Service Plan(OSP)Mainlenance; Preventive Mainlenance/lnspection: Additional Services - Fire Alarm (Other) Monitoring PROVIDED No Service Selected No Service Selected No Service Selected Maintenance Quality Service Plan and 1 Fire Alarm Inspection PROVIDED IP Services PROVIDED C. Equipment to be Installed ("Equipment"): Tyco will install, or cause to be installed, the Equipment (or equivalent), as set forth in this SOW in Customer's designated facilily(ies). As used herein, 'installation' means- (i) affixing all Equipment and materials provided by Tyco at such locations within the facilily(ies) as are designated by Customer, (it) providing and pulling cables/wires required to connect the Equipment to Cuslomer's Communications Facilities and making such connections, (tit), in the case of a Digital Communicator installation, mount Equipment and plug into RJ31 X phone jack previously installed by Customer, (iv) in the case of radio installation, mount radio Equipment and program Equipment with number furnished by Customer; (v) providing and installing software/firmware required by the Equipment; (vi) performing testing as required to establish that the Tyco Equipment is connected, is functioning according to its specifications, and is communicating over Customer's Communications Facilities; and (vii) providing user -level training to Customer's designated representative in the use of such Equipment. t Oty Product Name Location 1 UNIMODE-5UD from Local Stock t 1 LCD Annunciator, 80 Character w/ACK,SIL,RES,DRIL Buttons 1 Annunciator Back Box, Surface Mount, Red (Use with ADT-ANN-80 and ANN-80 Annunciators) 1 IP/4G COMMUNICATOR, DUAL PRIMARY, UL 1 Transformer, Additional (expands NAC Pwr From 3 to 6 Amps) Uni 5,10,200,200PLUS i 1 MULTI FUNCTION SUPERVISED COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, 40W AUDIO, 2A SUPERVISED STROBE 1 SURGE SUPP AC DIST 120VPWRSPLY 1 Remote Microphone for SP40/2 1 TRANSFORMER KIT UL APPROV I 1 2-wire, photoelectric Q smoke detector 4 Conventional Dual Action Manual Fire Alarm Pull Station whey Reset 2 Surface -mount backbox, plastic, listed for indoor and outdoor applications 1 WALL SPEAKER STROBE HI CANDELA OUTDOOR 8 SPEAKER STROBE WHITE CEILING 2 Battery, Sealed Lead -Acid, 12 Volt, 7 OAh j 3 STROBE, CEIL, WHITE, 2-WIRE, WALL, 12/24V, 8cd, 5 MOUNT i 1 Hangers and boxes 1 1 Inspections - Fire or Card Access'or Low Voltage j 1 LOCK BOX 1 FIRE DRAWING BOX RED 1 Remove existing power supply 1 Permit Fees e-Form 888OUEo 1 (09/2015) Page 2 of 8 0 2015 Tyco. All Rights Reserved DocuSign Envelope 10: F7CO3FB6-0872-4870-945C-A822628EFA5D tqCO ntegrated Security COMMERCIAL SALES AGREEMENT TOWN NO. CUSTOMER NO. JOB NO. PO NO. ESTIMATE NO. 0173.ORLAN00, FL 1.3SWPMMT ADDITIONAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS DATE 4/512018 Tyco Integrated Security LLC ("Tyco") Racks Billiards Sports Bar 8 Grill dlbla: Scott Billmeier ('Customer') 6830 Shadowridge Or, Customer Billina Information Customer Premises Serviced Orlando, FL 32812 312 N Entrance Rd, 312 N Entrance Rd, Tele. No (386)561-7096 Sanford, FL 32771 Sanford, FL 32771 Attn: Attn: Pedro Bottle Tele. No. Tele. No. (407) 562-6053 Notwithstanding anything in the Agreement to the contrary, Tyco and Customer agree as follows: Terms and Conditions AHJ Approval. For fire alarm systems required by law, the System shown in this Agreement may be subject to approval by the local Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ). Any changes required by the AHJ may result in additional charges to the Customer. Electronic Media. Either party may scan, fax, email, image, or otherwise convert this Agreement into an electronic format of any type or form, now known or developed in the future. Any unaltered or unadulterated copy of this Agreement produced from such an electronic format will be legally binding upon the parlies and equivalent to the original for all purposes, including litigation. Tyco may rely upon Cuslomer's assent to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, if Customer has signed this Agreement or demonstrated its intent to be bound whether by efeclronic signature or otherwise. All other terms and conditions of the Agreement, except those expressly modified herein, shall remain in full force and effect TYCO INTEGFISODOE859025all,18C. 00c}uSigned( Eby: CUSTOMER: I 1 DocuBigned by: Presented by: o" AU'VAccepted Byl ' wtb 66441, resentative B798F89889CiOF Wlhorized Representative) presentative) Sales Agent: ScottBillmeier Pedro BOttd Sales Representative Registration Number (if applicable). (Name Printed) Title - Date Signed: 4/5/2018 e-Form 88SOUE01 (092015) Page 8 of 8 0 2015 Tyco. Ali Rights Reserved 2 M:> tot(--—vl THIS IN8T_' FiRDOW REO By: Name: C Addroee: oor DR. 0RL7tIVDO; F NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT GRANT MALOYr SEMINOLE COUNTY State of Florida CLEM' OF CIRCUIT COURT It COMPTROLLER l;l( 9123 P9 391 (11`90 County of Seminole CLERK'$ T 2018049189 28.18 a Pormi(Number: Pereel ID Number: q'y=1803:28:42 NM pp The undersigned hereby gives notice that improvement will be made to certain real propely and fn ec000 eirAlhChapter 713. Florida Statutes, the following Information Is provided In this Notice of Commencement. DESCRIPT1Ql1,QEPRDP RI)C; ( tlon 41eg g fffly and street address It available) ININ 2ERArRAMPsR99W OWNER INFORMATION: Name, HIOHYON SHOPPING CENTER Address: 1000 S HIATUS RD. STE 197. PEMBROKE PINES, FL 33028 Fee Simple Title Holder Ql other then owner) Name: Address: CONTRACTOR: Name: JOHNSON CONTROL SECURITY SOLUTIONS LLC. Address: 6830 SHADOWRIDOE DR. ORLANDO, FL 32012 Persons within the'Slale of Florida Doslpnaled by Owner upon whom nolloo or other dooumente may be served as provldod by Sootion 713.13(1)(b), Florlde Statutes. d Name: In addition to himself, Owner Designates of To recelve a copy of the Ltenoes Notice as Provided In Section 713. 13(1)(b), Florida Statutes. Expiration Date of Notice of Commencement (The oxplrallon dale to 1 year from date of reoording unless e different date is speollled) WARNrNG TO OWNER• ANY PAYMENTS MADE BY THE OWNER AFTER THE EXPIRATION OF THE NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT ARE CONSIDERED IMPROPER PAYMENTS UNDER CHAPTER 713, PART 1, SECTION 713.13, FLORIDA STATUTES, AND CAN RESULT IN YOUR PAYING TWICE FOR IMPROVEMENTS TO YOUR PROPERTY. A NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT MUST BE RECORDED AND POSTED ON THE JOB SITE BEFORE THE FIRST INSPECTION. IF YOU INTEND TO OBTAIN FINANCING, CONSULT WITH YOUR LENDER OR AN ATTORNEY BEFORE COMMENCING WORK OR RECORDING YOUR NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT. Under penaltlas of perjury, I doclare that I have read the foregoing apd that the facts stated In It are true to,t eat of my n dg andkollef. Oanete 8tendwo 1 Ownees Pdniod Name FloNs 81etute T13.13(IX& "nro dener must den the rwato of eommentement eed no onb 1116may bo parmtaed to elan In Ne Of Mrsteed.' State of & County of The foregoing Instrument was acknowledged before Mathis _Jedny of Q1J 20 A Ta wry e O mn i- by .Who Ispersonally known to me Name of personmatdne alelemenl OR who has produced Identification type of Identification produced: tIfFANY JEAN GAREY COMMission a FF 8000bb My Commissinaprrtls fill duly 16, 201' 9 DATE: ZS )$ BUSINESS/PROJECT NAME: ADDRESS: 2 /Z- A 44-*04 CONTACT NAME: CITY OF SANFORD BUILDING AND FIRE PREVENTION DIVISION FIRE PLAN REVIEW SERVICE FEES PHONE: 407.688.5052 FAX: 407.688.5051 PERMIT NUMBER: 17- 307 y PHONE: PLAN REVIEW INFORMATION CONSTRUCTION [ ]C/O IRE ALARM [ ] FIRE SPRINKLER [ ] HOOD [ ]PAINT BOOTH DOES 20% REDUCTION IN FIRE IMPACT FEES APPLY: YES NO TOTAL FEES: 0 7J-' 40 TANK Johnson4 Controls April 19, 2018 City of Sanford fire Dept. 300 N. Park Ave, Sanford, FL 32772 Rack Billards Sports Bar. 312 N Entrance Rd. Sanford, FL 32771 For scope of work on this protect please see the Scope of W'ork on pa(,e I -A 100 of the drawilILT set. The system will have remote station monitoring by'l7yco's Ul. Central Station. Please refer to the drawing for device location (s) and contact me at (407-563-3450) with any questions. Sincerely Bill Mcmahon Phone 407-563-3450 Fax 407-23 5-1150 Email wmcmahon(-a),tvco.com J/ MS-5UD(E)/MS-10UD(E) Series Five Zone Fire Alarm Control Panel Ten Zone Fire Alarm Control Panel General The MS-5UD-3(E) is a five -zone FACP (Fire Alarm Control Panel) and the MS-10UD-7(E) is a ten -zone FACP. These con- trol panels provide reliable fire signaling protection for small to medium-sized commercial, industrial, and institutional build- ings. Both panels include built-in communicators for Central Station Service and remote upload/download. Each of these FACPs is compatible with System Sensor's microprocessor -based i3 series detectors. These conventional smoke detectors can transmit a maintenance trouble signal to the FACP indicating the need for cleaning and a supervisory freeze" signal when the ambient temperature falls below the detector rating. Additionally, both the MS-5UD-3 and MS- 10UD-7 are compatible with conventional input devices such as two- and four -wire smoke detectors, pull stations, waterflow devices, tamper switches, and other normally -open contact devices. Refer to the Fire•Lite Device Compatibility Document for a complete listing of compatible devices. Outputs include four NACs (Notification Appliance Circuits), three programmable Form-C relays (factory programmed for Alarm, Trouble, and Supervisory) and 24 VDC special applica- tion resettable and nonresettable power outputs. The FACPs supervise all wiring, AC voltage, battery level and telephone line integrity. Activation of a compatible smoke detector or any normally - open fire alarm initiating device will activate audible and visual signaling devices, illuminate an indicating LED, sound the piezo sounder at the FACP, activate the communicator and FACP alarm relay, and operate an optional module used to notify a remote station or initiate an auxiliary control function. New options include a UL listed printer, PRN-6F and FireLite's IPDACT Internet Monitoring module. The FireWatch Series internet monitoring modules IPDACT2 and 1PDACT2UD per- mit monitoring of alarm signals over the Internet saving the monthly cost of two telephone lines. Although not required, the secondary telephone line may be retained providing backup communication over the public switched telephone line. NOTE: The MS-5UD-3E and MS-10UD-7E offers the same fea- tures as the MS-5UD-3 and MS-10UD-7 but allow connection to 240 VAC. Unless otherwise specified, the information in this data sheet applies to both the 120 VAC and the 240 VAC versions of these panels. NOTE. For ULC-listed models, see DF-60440. Features Listed to UL Standard 864, 9th edition. Built-in DACT (Digital Alarm Communicator/Transmitter) Style B (Class B) IDC (Initiating Device Circuit) MS-5UD-3 - five IDCs. MS-10UD-7 - ten IDCs. Style Y (Class B) NAC (Notification Appliance Circuit) -spe- cial application power MS-5UD-3 - four NACs. MS-10UD-7 - four NACs. Notification Appliances may be programmed as Silence Inhibit. Auto -Silence. DF-52416:D • A3-20 Flre•uTe•AMrms by Honeywell Strobe Synchronization for System Sensor, Wheelock, Gentex, Faraday, or Amseco devices. Selective Silence (horn -strobe mute). Temporal or Steady Signal. Silenceable or Nonsilenceable. Optional GAG-5X Style Z (Class A) Converter Module for NACs and IDCs (2 required for MS-10UD-7). Form-C Relays for Alarm, Trouble and Supervisory - Con- tact Ratings 2.0 A@ 30 VDC or 0.5 A @ 30 VAC (resistive). 3.0 A total system current for MS-5UD-3. 7.0 A total system current for MS-10UD-7. Optional Dress Panel DP-51050 Optional Trim Ring TR-CE for semi -flush mounting. 24 volt operation. Low AC voltage sense. Alarm Verification. PAS (Positive Alarm Sequence). Automatic battery trickle charger. Up to eight ANN-BUS annunciators: Optional 8 zone Relay Module ANWRLY. Optional LED Annunciator Module ANN-LED, Optional Remote Annunciator ANN-80. Optional Remote Printer Gateway ANN-S/PG. Optional LED Annunciator Driver ANN-1/0. Optional 4XTMF module (conventional reverse polarity/city box transmitter). PROGRAMMING AND SOFTWARE: Can be programmed at the panel with no special software or additional equipment. Programmable Make/Break Ratio. Upload/Download (local or remote) of program and data via integral DACT. DF-52416:D • 07/26/2010 —Page 1 of 4 USER INTERFACE: Built-in DACT (Digital Alarm Communicator/Transmitter). Integral 80-character LCD display with backlighting and keypad. Real-time clock/calendar with automatic daylight savings adjustments. ANN-BUS for connection to remote annunciators. Audible or silent walk test capabilities. Piezo sounder for alarm, trouble, and supervisory. Controls and Indicators LED INDICATORS FIRE ALARM (red) SUPERVISORY (yellow) TROUBLE (yellow) AC POWER (green) ALARM SILENCED (yellow) CONTROL BUTTONS ACKNOWLEDGE ALARM SILENCE SYSTEM RESET (lamp test) DRILL Terminal Blocks AC Power —TB1: MS-5UD-3 (FLPS-3 Power Supply): 120 VAC, 50/60 HZ, 1.00 A. MS-5UD-3E (FLPS-3 Power Supply): 240 VAC, 50 HZ, 0.54 A. MS-10UD-7 (FLPS-7 Power Supply): 120 VAC, 50/60 HZ, 3.80 A. MS-10UD-7E (FLPS-7 Power Supply): 240 VAC, 50/60 HZ, 2.20 A. Wire size: minimum 14 AWG (2.00 mm2) with 600 V insulation. Supervised, nonpower-limited. Battery (sealed lead acid only) — J12: Maximum Charging Circuit - Normal Flat Charge: 27.6 VDC 0 1.4 A. Supervised, nonpower-limited. Maximum Charger Capacity: 18 AH battery for MS-5UD- 3(E), and 26 AH battery for MS-10UD-7(E). [Two 18 Ah bat- teries can be housed in the FACP cabinet. Larger batteries require separate battery box such as the BB-26 or BB-55.1 41 I 1 t,M,, Top r - Depth = 5.207" (13.23 cm) 1 Door = 16.821" (42.73 cm)..._........_..__ Depth = Backbox = 16.65" (42.29 cm) ,.i 5.257"_1 13.353 cm) Left Side Door = 19.26" (48.92 cm) Backbox = 19.0" (48.26 cm) Q Bottom tt-ff Cabinet Measurements Page 2 of 4 — DF-52416:D " 07/26/2010 fx Right Side Minimum Battery Size: 7 AH. Initiating Device Circuits — T84 (and TS 6 on MS-10UD-7 only): Alarm Zones 1 - 5 on TB 4 (MS-5UD-3 and MS-t0UD-7). Alarm Zones 6 - 10 on TB6 (MS-10UD-7 only). Supervised and power -limited circuitry. Operation: All zones Style B (Class B). Normal Operating Voltage: Nominal 20 VDC. Alarm Current: 15 mA minimum. Short Circuit Current: 40 mA max. Maximum Loop Resistance: 100 ohms. End -of -Line Resistor: 4.7K ohm, 1/2 watt (P/N 71252 UL- listed). Standby Current: 2 mA. Refer to the Fire-Lite Device Compatibility Document for listed compatible devices. Notification Appliance Circuits — TB5 (and TB 7 on MS- 1OUD-7 only): Four NACs Operation: Style Y (Class B) Special Application power Supervised and power -limited circuitry Normal Operating Voltage Nominal 24 VDC MS-10UD-7E: Same as above with 240 VAC FLPS-7. IPDACT, IPDACT 2/2UD Internet Monitoring Module: Mounts in bottom of enclosure with optional mounting kit (PN IPBRKT). Connects to primary and secondary DACT tele- phone output ports for internet communications over customer provided ethernet internet connection. Requires compatible Teldat Visoralarm Central Station Receiver. Can use DHCP or static IP. (See data sheet DF-60407 for more information.) IPBRKT: Mounting kit for IPDACT in common enclosure. IPSPLT: Y Adaptor option to allow connection of both panel dialer outputs to one cable input to IPDACT (sold separately). OPTIONAL MODULES CAC-SX: Optional (Class A) Converter Module. Converts Style B (Class B) Initiating Device Circuits to Style D (Class A); and Style Y (Class B) Notification Appliance Circuits to Style Z Class A). Connects to J2 on the MS-5UD-3 and MS-10UD- 7(E) main circuit board and to J7 on the MS-10UD-7(E). NOTE. Two Class A Converter Modules are required for the ten - zone panel. 4XTMF: Transmitter module. Provides a supervised output for local energy municipal box transmitter and alarm and trouble reverse polarity. Includes a disable switch and disable trouble LED. A module jumper option allows the reverse polarity circuit to open with a system trouble condition if no alarm conditions exists. Mounts to the main circuit board connectors J4 and J5. Maximum Signaling Current: 3.0 A for MS-5UD-3, 2.5 A COMPATIBLE ANNUNCIATORS maximum per NAG; 7.0 A for MS-10UD-7(E), 3.0 A maxi- mum per NAC. ANN-80: Remote LCD Annunciator. Mimics the information End -of -Line Resistor: 4.7K ohm, 1/2 watt (Part #71252) displayed on the FACP's LCD. Red. (For white, order: ANN- 0-W.) Max. Wiring Voltage Drop: 2 VDC ANN-LED: LED Annunciator with three LEDs for each zone: Refer to the Fire•Lite Device Compatibility Document for com- Alarm, Trouble, and Supervisory. Mounts in the DP-51050(B) patible listed devices. dress panel. Red. (For white, order ANN-LED-W.) Form C Relays — TI38: Relay 1(factory default programmed as Alarm Relay) Relay 2 (factory default programmed as fail-safe Trouble Relay) Relay 3 (factory default programmed as Supervisory Relay) Special Application Resettable Power — TB9: Jumper selectable by JP31 for resettable or nonresettable power. Operating voltage: 24 VDC nominal. Maximum available current: 500 mA - appropriate for pow- ering four -wire smoke detectors. Power -limited circuit. Refer to the Fire•Lite Device Compatibility Document for listed compatible devices. Remote Sync Output - TB2: Remote power supply synchro- nization output, only required for the MS-5UD-3. 24 VDC nom- inal special application power. Maximum current is 40 mA. End -of -Line Resistor: 4.7K ohm, Supervised and power -lim- ited circuit. Product Line Information MS-5UD-3: Five -zone, 24-volt Fire Alarm Control Panel includes backbox, FLPS-3 power supply, technical manual, and a frame & post operating instruction sheet). 120 VAC operation. MS-5UD-3E: Same as MS-51JID-3 except for 240 VAC opera- tion. MS-10UD-7: Ten -zone, 24-volt Fire Alarm Control Panel includes backbox, FLPS-7 power supply, technical manual, and a frame & post operating instruction sheet). ANN-RLED: LED Annunciator with three alarm (red) indica- tors for up to 30 input zones or addressable points. (Red. For white, order ANN-LED-W.) (See DF-60241). ANWRLY: Relay module. Mounts inside the cabinet. Provides ten Form C relays. ANN-S/PG: Serial/parallel printer gateway. Provides a connec- tion for a serial or parallel printer. ANN-VO: Driver module. Provides connections to a user -sup- plied graphic annunciator. ACCESSORIES DP-51050: Optional dress panel. Restricts access to the sys- tem wiring while allowing access to the membrane switch panel. BB-26: Battery backbox, holds up to two 25 AH batteries and CHG-75. BB-55: Battery backbox, holds up to two 25 AH batteries. TR-CE: Optional trim -ring for semi -flush mounted cabinets. PRN-6F: UL listed printer. DF-52416:D • 07/26/2010 — Page 3 of 4 SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS System Capacity Annunciators...................................................................... 8 Electrical Specifications MS-5UD-3 (FLPS-3 Power Supply): 120 VAC, 60 HZ, 1.0 A MS-10UD-7 (FLPS-7 Power Supply): 120 VAC, 60 HZ, 3.90 A MS-5UD-3E (FLPS-3 Power Supply): 240 VAC, 50 HZ, 0.54 A. MS-10UD-7E (FLPS-7 Power Supply): 240 VAC, 50 HZ, 2.20 A. Wire size: minimum 14 AWG (2.0 mm2) with 600 V insula- tion, supervised, nonpower-limited Cabinet Specifications Door: 19.26" (48.92 cm.) high x 16.82" (42.73 cm.) wide x 0.72" (1.82 cm.) deep. Backbox: 19.00" (48.26 cm.) high x 16.65" (42.29 cm.) wide x 5.25" (13.34 cm.) deep. Trim Ring TR-CE): 22,00" (55.88 cm.) high x 19.65" (49.91 cm.) wide. Shipping Specifications Dimensions: 20.00" (50.80 cm.) high 22.5" (57.15 cm.) wide 8.5" (21.59 cm.) deep. Weight: 27 lb (12.20 kg) Temperature and Humidity Ranges This system meets NFPA requirements for operation at 0 - 49°C/32 - 120°F and at a relative humidity 93% t 2% RH noncondensing) at 32°C t 2°C (90°F t 3°F). However, the useful life of the system's standby batteries and the electronic components may be adversely affected by extreme tempera- ture ranges and humidity. Therefore, it is recommended that this system and its peripherals be installed in an environment with a normal room temperature of 15 - 27°C/60 - 80°F. Agency Listings and Approvals The listings and approvals below apply to the basic MS-5UD-3 and MS-10UD-7 control panels. In some cases, certain mod- ules or applications may not be listed by certain approval agencies, or listing may be in process. Consult factory for lat- est listing status. UL Listed: File S624 FM Approved CSFM: 7165-0075:0214 MEA: MEA: 333-07-E NOTE: For ULC-listed models, see DF-60440. NFPA Standards The MS-5UD-3(E) and MS-10UD-7(E) complies with the fol- lowing NFPA 72 Fire Alarm Systems requirements: LOCAL (Automatic, Manual, Waterflow and Sprinkler Supervisory). AUXILIARY (Automatic, Manual and Waterflow) (requires 4XTMF). REMOTE STATION (Automatic, Manual and Waterflow) Where a DACT is not accepted, the alarm, trouble and supervisory relays may be connected to UL 864 listed transmitters. For reverse polarity signaling of alarm and trouble, 4XTMF is required.) PROPRIETARY (Automatic, Manual and Waterflow). CENTRAL STATION (Automatic, Manual and Waterflow, and Sprinkler Supervised). OT, PSDN (Other Technologies, Packet -switched Data Network) FireLite® Alarms and System Sensor® are registered trademarks of Honeywell International Inc. 02010 by Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. Unauthorized use of this document is strictly prohibited. This document is not intended to be used for installation purposes. S0 9001 We try to keep our product information up-to-date and accurate. We cannot cover all specific applications or anticipate all requirements. 0110IE81A0 aMiinplMMNG All specifications are subject to change without notice. QUALITY SYSTIMS Made in the U.S. A. For more information, contact Fire-Lite Alarms. Phone: (800) 627-3473, FAX: (877) 699-4105. www.firelite.com Page 4 of 4 — OF-52416:D • 07126/2010 df-52417:c • B-90 ANN-80 80-Character LCD Serial Annunciator General The ANN-80 annunciator is a compact, backlit, 80-character LCD fire annunciator that mimics the Fire Alarm Control Panel FACP) display. It provides system status indicators for AC Power, Alarm, Trouble, Supervisory, and Alarm Silenced condi- tions. The ANN-80 and the FACP communicate over a two -wire serial interface employing the ANN-BUS communication format. Connected devices are powered, via two additional wires, by either the host FACP or a remote UL-listed, filtered power supply. ANN-80 is red; for white, order ANN-80-W. The ANN-80 displays English -language text of system point information including device type, zone, independent point alarm, trouble or supervisory status, as well as any custom alpha labels programmed into the control panel. It includes con- trol switches for remote control of critical system functions. (A keyswitch prevents unauthorized operation of the control g switches.) Up to eight ANN-80s may be connected to the ANN-BUS of r each FACP. No programming is required, which saves time dur- ing system commissioning. Features Listed to UL Standard 864, 9th Edition. Backlit 80-character LCD display (20 characters x 4 lines). Mimics all display information from the host panel. Control switches for System Acknowledge, Signal Silence, Drill, and Reset. Control switches can be independently enabled or disabled at the FACP. Keyswitch enables/disables control switches and mechani- cally lacks annunciator enclosure Keyswitch can be enabled or disabled at the FACR Enclosure supervised for tamper. System status LEDs for AC Power, Alarm, Trouble, Supervi- sory, and Alarm Silence. Local sounder can be enabled or disabled at the FACP. ANN-80 connects to the ANN-BUS terminal on the FACP and requires minimal panel programming. Displays device type identifiers, individual point alarm, trou- ble, supervisory, zone, and custom alpha labels. Time -and date display field. Surface mount directly to wall or to single, double, or 4" square electrical box. Semi -flush mount to single, double, or 4" square electrical box. Use ANN-SB80KIT for angled view mounting. Can be remotely located up to 6,000 feet (1,800 m) from the panel. Backlight turns off during AC loss to conserve battery power but will turn back on if an alarm condition occurs. May be powered by 24 VDC from the host FACP or by remote power supply (requires 24 VDC). Up to eight ANN-80s can be connected on the ANN-BUS. Controls and Indicators AC Power Alarm Trouble 8 Flre•LITerALarms by Honeywell Supervisory Alarm Silenced Specifications Operating voltage range: 18 VDC to 28 VDC. Current consumption 0 24 VDC nominal (filtered and non- resettable): 40 mA maximum. Ambient temperature: 32°F to 120°F (0°C to 490C). Relative humidity: 93% t 2% RH (noncondensing) at 320C t 2°C (90°F t 3°F). 5.375" (13.65 cm.) high x 6.875" (17.46 cm.) wide x 1.375" 3.49 cm.) deep. For use indoors in a dry location. All connections are power -limited and supervised. Agency Listings and Approvals The listings and approvals below apply to the ANN-80. In some cases, certain modules may not be listed by certain approval agencies, or listing may be in process. Consult factory for latest listing status. UL: S2424 FM approved CSFM: 7120-0075:211 MEA:442-06-E The ANN-BUS POWERING THE DEVICES ON THE ANN-BUS FROM AUXILIARY POWER SUPPLY The ANN-BUS can be powered by an auxiliary power supply when the maximum number of ANN-BUS devices exceeds the ANN-BUS power requirements. See the FACP manual for more information. df-52417:c • 05/22/09 — Page 1 of 2 ANN-BUS DEVICE ADDRESSING Each ANN-BUS device requires a unique address (ID Number) in order to communicate with the FACP. A maximum of 8 devices can be connected to the FACP ANN-BUS communication circuit. See the FACP manual for more information. WIRE REQUIREMENTS: COMMUNICATIONS CIRCUIT The ANN-80 connects to the FACP ANN-BUS communications circuit. To determine the type of wire and the maximum wiring distance that can be used with FACP ANN-BUS accessory mod- ules, it is necessary to calculate the total worst case current draw for all modules on a single 4-conductor bus. The total worst case current draw is calculated by adding the individual worst case currents for each module. NOTE: For total worst case current draw on a single ANN-BUS refer to appropriate FACP manual. After calculating the total worst case current draw, the following table specifies the maximum distance the modules can be located from the FACP on a single wire run. The table ensures 6.0 volts of line drop maximum. In general, the wire length is lim- ited by resistance, but for heavier wire gauges, capacitance is the limiting factor. These cases are marked in the chart with an asterisk ('). Maxi- mum length can never be more than 6,000 feet (1,800 m), regardless of gauge used. See table below, WIRE REQUIREMENTS: POWER CIRCUIT 14 to 18 AWG (0.75 - 2.08 mm2) wire for 24 VDC power cir- cuit is acceptable. Power wire distance limitation is set by 1.2 volt maximum line drop form source to end of circuit. All connections are power -limited and supervised. A maximum of eight ANN-80 modules may be connected to this circuit. Communication Pair Wiring Distance: FACP to Last ANN-BUS Module Total Worst Case Current Draw (amps) 22 Gauge 18 Gauge 16 Gauge 14 Gauge 0.100 1,852 ft. 4,688 ft. 6.000 ft. 6,000 ft. 0.200 926 ft. 2,344 ft, 3,731 ft. 5,906 ft. 0.300 617 ft. 1,563 ft. 2,488 ft. 3,937 ft. 0A00 463 ft. 1,172 ft. 1,866 ft. 2,953 ft. 0.500 370 ft. 938 ft. 1,493 ft. 2,362 ft. 0.600 309 ft. 781 ft. 1,244 ft. 1,969 ft. 0.700 265 ft. 670 ft. 1,066 ft. 1,687 ft. 0.800 231 ft. 586 ft. 933 ft. 1,476 ft. 0.900 206 ft. 521 ft. 829 ft. 1.312 ft. 1.000 (max.) 185 ft. 469 ft. 746 ft. 1.181 ft. WIRING CONFIGURATION The following figure illustrates the wiring between the FACP and ANN-BUS devices. T81 ANN-BUS Device ANN-BUS and power wiring are supervised and power -limited. 01C©;101u 1 2 3 4 s 6 7 9 FACP Wiring to ANN-BUS Device ORDERING OPTIONS: ANN-80: Red 80 character LCD Annunciator. ANN-80-W: White, 80 character LCD Annunciator. ANN-SB80KIT R: Red surface mount backbox with angled wedge. ANN-SB80KIT W: White surface mount backbox with angled wedge. FireLite® Alarms is a registered trademark of Honeywell International Inc. 02009 by Honeywell international Inc. All rights reserved. Unauthorized use of this document is strictly prohibited. S0 9001 This document is not intended to be used for installation purposes. We try to keep our product information up-to-date and accurate. We cannot cover all specific applications or anticipate all requirements. ENIINEUUNi & UANUFAM1101U QUALITY SYSTEMS All specifications are subject to change without notice. Made in the U.S. A. For more information, contact Fire-Lite Alarms. Phone: (800) 627-3473, FAX: (877) 699-4105. www.firelite.com Page 2 of 2 — dt-52417:c - 05/22/09 Honeywell HE FEWER OF CONNECTED IPGSM-4G Fire Alarm Communicators Single or Dual Path Commercial Fire Communicator General The IPGSM-4G is a commerciaIf ire alarm communicator that offers contact ID reporting with any Fire Alarm Control Panel (FACP) that has a built-in dialer. This single or dual path communicator connects directly to the primary and secondary communication ports of a fire panel's Digital Alarm Communicator Transmitter DACT). It offers three selectable reporting paths which include: Cellular only, IP only, or IP primary/cellular backup. All signals from the IPGSM-4G are delivered to Honeywell's AlarmNet® Network Control Center, which routes highly encrypted Ethernet data packets via a customer provided internet connection or cellular network to the appropriate central station. The state of the art Alarm Net network control center is fully redundant and monitored 24/7. AlarmNet has the ability to route messages using AlarmNet-I and 800 PLUS services, providing true redundancy and multi -path message delivery. Alternative communication methods are critical in the marketplace due to VoIP (Voice over IP), migration from POTS (Plain Old Telephone Service) and growth of digital radio networks. The IPGSM-4G's single path communications solution allows one technology to be used (either IP or cellular) to provide the appropriate connectivity to a central station. For added reliability, our exclusive dual path solution allows both technologies lip and cellular) to be used together for maximum survivability or for local jurisdiction requirements that specify a dual technology system. Saves the cost of two dedicated phone lines. Single or dual path communications- (can communicate to central station using cellular technology, internet, or both. Requires no change to the existing Fire Alarm Control Panel configuration. Connects directly to the primary and secondary telephone ports of a DACT) Operates over the following communication protocols: HSPA+(4G) HSPA (HSDPA & HSDPA) (SG), EDGE 2G GPRS) (2G). Q Selectable reporting paths and supervision intervals to meet NFPA 72, chapter 26 requirements. Compliant with NFPA 72 2010 and 2013 supervision requirements.) Works over any type of customer provided Ethernet 10/100 based network connection LAN or WAN), DSL modem or cable modem. Data transmits over standard contact -ID protocol but is secured with the industry`s advanced encryption standard (AES 256 bit). Supports both dynamic DHCP) or Public and Private Static IP addressing. Built-in Power Supply module: On board charging circuit design accommodates back- up battery. Includes primary power and battery supervision. Diagnostic LEDs: Signal strength and status indicators. Reliable connection: IP and GSM connection tested every day. QOS: Quality of Service diagnostics via AlarmNet conveys vital communicator information including when message was received, signal strength, and message path used. 7 7 20P Hand-held programmer for easy setup. The IPGSM-4G is designed to operate over the most common cellular networks, including 3G and HSPA+. Its multi -GSM platform technology automatically chooses the best available cellular signal in the area based on signal strength and seamlessly self -adjusts to maintain critical life safety communication. In addition, it connects to any type of customer provided Ethernet 10/100 base network connection (LAN or WAN), DSL model or cable modem. Our selectable reporting path feature allows the radio to be configured for a single or dual path solution as well as the appropriate supervision intervals based on NFPA 72 requirements. (See diagram below for selectable paths and supervision timing intervals.) 2010 GSM Single Path (cellular only) 5 minutes a 20101P Single Path 0P only) 5 minutes i 2010 IP & GSM Dual Path 0P and cellular) 124 hours 2013 GSM Single Path (cellular only) 1 hour 2013 IP Single Path 0P only) 1 hour 2013 IP & GSM Dual Path 0P and cellular) 6 hours Operation When an event occurs, the Fire Alarm Control Panel goes off hook to dial the central station. The IPGSM-4G Dialer Capture Module detects the off -hook condition and provides the fire panel with a that tone. When the fire panel detects the dial tone, it begins dialing the central station. After the dialing is completed, the Dialer Capture Module returns a handshake to the fire panel. The fire panel then sends the contact ID reports to the Dialer Capture Module, which in turn sends a kiss -off after the report is successfully received from the fire panel. The Dialer Capture Module sends the contact ID reports to the IPGSM communications module. When all the reports are sent, the fire panel goes on -hook. The IPGSM communications module then transmits the messages to the central station either over the GSM network or the Internet dependent on configuration). Easy to Program The IPGSM-4G communicator can be pre- programmed using the 7720P programmerto enter all central -station information. This is saved to the IPGSM-4G communicator panel memory. When the IPGSM-4G communicator is installed at the site and connected to the Internet/Intranet, it registers itself with the AlarmNet receiver. For most installations, the only required parameters are: Primary City ID (two digits) obtained from your monitoring station. Primary Central Station ID (two digits) obtained from your monitoring station. Primary Subscriber ID (four digits) obtained from your monitoring station. Communication Module's MAC ID, and MAC CRC number located on outside of box, and inside of the module. All of these parameters are assigned by the monitoring station. Note: Some assembly is required. See Installation and Setup Guide 800-12454 for full details. Fire Communicator Capability The IPGSM-4G is compatible with fire panels that use the Contact ID communications formatas described in the SIA DC-05 standard. AlarmNet Honeywell's AlarmNet has been the nationwide leader in alarm communications technology since 1986. A reliable alternative for the transmission of alarm signals, our radio network provides extensive coverage in the United States and Canada. AlarmNet Network Control center processes signals from powerful servers in multiple locations equipped with 24/7 infrastructure support. The AlarmNet network consist of redundant hardware servers, hot back-up databases and generators with battery back-up at all locations to ensure continuity of service. Signals from Alarm -Net are transmitted to the central station's receivers using multiple communications paths consisting of the Internet, radio network or toll -free POTS service. Installation Requirements UL COMPLIANCE To meet UL864/NFPA, ensure the following: IPGSM-4G must be installed in accordance with NFPA (National Fire Protection Association) standards 70 and 72. IPGSM-4G must be mounted in the same room and within 20 feet of the fire panel. IPGSM-4G, and all equipment used for the IP connection (such as the router, hub, modem, etc.) shall be listed, must be powered from an un- switched branch circuit, and be provided with appropriate standby power. IPGSM-4G must use the 7AH battery (not supplied) to provide 24-hour backup capability. K IPGSM-4G Technical Specifications ELECTRICAL Transformer: Primary: 120VAC, 60Hz, 0.5A Secondary: 18VDC, 50VA Battery: One 12 V 7.0 AH lead -acid battery: (not supplied) Battery charging current: 1 Amp maximum Battery discharge current: Standby 230mA, Active 95OmA CABINET SPECIFICATIONS Dimensions: 14.875' H x 12.75" W x 3.0" D (37.8 cm H x 32.4 cm W x 7.6 cm D) Color. Red SHIPPING SPECIFICATIONS Weight: 5.3 lbs. (6.94 kg) Dimensions: 15.625" H x 13.79" W x 9.25" D (39.7 cm H x34.9cmWx23.9cm0) TEMPERATURE AND HUMIDITY RANGES This system meets N FPA requirements for operation at 0 - 49oC/32 -120oF and at a relative humidity 931%± 29/6 RH non condensing at 320C ± 20C (90oF ± 3oF). However, the useful life of the systems standby batteries and the electronic components may be adversely affected by extreme temperature ranges and humidity. Therefore, it is recommended that this system and its peripherals be installed in an environment with a normal room temperature of 15 - 271C/60 - 80oF. For more information Learn more about Honeywell's IPGSM-4G and other products available by visiting www.honeywet(power.com. Honeywell Power Products 12 Clintonville Road Northford, CT 06472-1610 877.HPP.POWR www.honeywelt.com PRODUCT LINE INFORMATION IPGSM-4G: Internet and Digital Cellular Fire Alarm Communicator Panel. Includes red cabinetwith Ademco°v key and lock, wall outlet box, Dialer Capture Module, IGSM Communications Module, antenna & mounting adapter, PowerBoostl power supply, LED display board, transformer, manual, & required screws, cables, etc. Antenna External Hardware GSM-ANT3DB: 3db gain external/remote antenna WA7626-CA: SNA to N Adapter 7626-50HC: 50 ft. antenna cable, low loss 7626-25HC: 25 ft. antenna cable, low loss Note: The GSM-ANT3DB and the WA7626-CA are both required for installing an external antenna along with the necessary cable needed 7626-50HC: 50 ft. or 7626-25HC: 251`0 Other Accessories 7720P: IPGSM-4G hand held programmer. HPTCOVER: Plug-in transformer box for IPGSM communicator. BAT-1270: Battery 12 Volts, 7 AH, sealed. AGENCY LISTINGS AND APPROVALS The listings and approvals below apply to the basic IPGSM-4G communicator panel. In some cases, certain modules may not be listed by certain approval agencies, or listing may be in process. Consult factory for latest listing status. UL Listed: S789 CSFM: 7300-1645:0199 FDNY: COA #6219 OH-60769 I F 1 06/17 @2017 Hanel( International Inc. Ademcol and AlarmNet® are registered trademarks of Honeywell International Inc. This document is not intended to be used for installation purposes. We try to keep our product information up-to- date and accurate. We cannot cover alt specific applications or anticipate all requirements. All specifications are subjectto change without notice. Honeywell TtiF P CWFR OF CONNECTEQ mpppp- 000 COOPER Notification SAFEPATW4 Facility Communications System & Expansion Options 0 SPB-80/4 SPB-160 SP-SVC Description SP40S Facility Communications System Expansion Options SAFEPATW4 2-Zone Class A or 4-Zone Class B Speaker Audio Splitter SAFEPATW4 Audio Boosters SP4-TZC Page 2-4 5 6-7 System Diagram 8-9 SAFEPATW4 Addressable Paging Splitter and Telephone Zone Controller 10 SAFEPATW4 Supervised Volume Control and Remote Microphone 11 Remote Microphone Expansion Module 12 APPROVED> S5361 151-92-E 6911-0785:157 Description The SP40S is a Multi -Function Supervised Paging, Messaging, Background Music delivery and Emergency Voice Evacuation System with 24 VDC battery backup. The SP40S integrates with fire alarm systems and provides full control of building audible and visual notification appliances. This single channel system is capable of delivering 40 watts of supervised high fidelity audio power and 2 amps of supervised 24 VDC synchronized strobe power. It comes standard with an on -board digital voice messaging system with 8 standard messages, a hand-held microphone, power supply/battery charger and numerous additional features. The SAFEPATH4 system is expandable to 5280 wafts utilizing the SPB-80/4 (80 watts and 4 amps of strobe power), the SPB-160 (160 watts) or SPB-320 (320 watts) supervised audio power boosters. All models available in 115 VAC it 220 VAC. Applications for the SP40S Multi -use applications —The system can function as an evacuation system, an emergency messaging system, a paging system, an employee notification system and a background music system per NFPA 72 (2002), section 6.8.4 Combination Systems Fire code applications —The system is listed under UL Standard 864, 9th edition delivering supervised audio and voice messaging with strobes and notification appliance circuits (NAC) for visual alerting Economic OSHA applications —The system is OSHA 1910.165 compliant; this means that it dogs not require reliability inspections every two months, or the required spare parts inventory Wide ranging applications —from small to large facilities Can connect to pagers for private alerting of emergency/ trouble conditions System Activation Contact closure message activation OR A RPM% TH 4 Facility Communications SP40S Features Approvals & Compliance Approvals: UL Standard 864, 9th edition, UL Standard 1711, California State Fire Marshal (CSFM), New York City (MEA), FCC Part 15 OSHA 1910.165 and ADA Compliant 1 Year Warranty Background Music Capable of broadcasting from a supplied BGM source Unique supervision method allows for full system supervision even during background music (BGM) Line Level input for music source Frequency Response 100 - 15KHz General Paging Easily interfaces with most existing phone system page port, CO port and line level signals Automatically mutes BGM Frequency Response 275 - 6.5kHz Night ringer or security alert connection Voice Evacuation Complies to NFPA-72 requirements Supervised NAC speaker and strobe circuits Live microphone override 8 digitally pre-recorded voice messages Uses selectable pre -tones for messages Strobe Inputs and Activation 2 Amps of 24 VDC supervised strobe power with built-in Wheelock sync protocol. Power limited. Strobe output is selectable for control of Wheelock sync protocol or non -sync operation Strobe terminals have pass thru capability for Wheelock sync or non -sync operation Any of the 8 messages can be dip switch selected to activate strobes Microphone activation can be dip switch selected to activate strobes Auxiliary activation (Remote MIC) can be dip switch selected to activate strobes 24 VDC supervised and synchronized strobe power can be expanded to meet the requirements of the installation via connecting to optional Wheelock power boosters Speaker Output 40 watts of supervised audio power 2 Speaker outputs: 25V or 70.7V power limited Audio Processing Volume and tone controls for general paging and BGM Connectivity of optional speaker splitter modules Dual -tone tone generator with: Code 3 Tone and Slow Whoop for alerting of system trouble Night ringer/security alerting capability Audio power can be expanded by connecting to optional audio power boosters SPB-80/4 80 Watt Supervised Audio Power Booster with 4 Amp of Synchronized Strobe Power SPB-160 160 Watt Supervised Audio Power Booster SPB-320 320 Watt Supervised Audio Power Booster Live & Pre-recorded Message Announcement Supplied with 8 pre-recorded emergency messages Capable of in -field recording of all messages via 1/8" line level audio input jack Preset audio levels for emergency messaging (prerecorded and live mic) - system reverts back to a pre set level regardless of the volume set for BGM or general paging On board Push -to -Talk Microphone Telephone paging input, disconnects BGM when in use Auxiliary input for Remote Microphone connection Benefits and Advantages of the Multi -Function SAFEPATH4 One System Multi -Function Facility Communications System Background Music (BGM) system, with patent pending supervision during BGM operation Supervised Emergency/Fire Voice Evacuation System Interfaces with telephone system for general paging requirements Built in power for visual notification appliances e.g., Strobes Expandable for larger system requirements (with optional equipment) Power Supply & Batteries 24 VDC, 33AH Max rechargeable battery back-up power circuitry built-in Batteries can be housed in the enclosure (Up to two (BAT-1212), 12 volt, 12 ampere hour batteries can fit in the enclosure. Actual battery size required will depend on speaker and/or strobe load. Batteries are sold separately). Installation/Maintenance Multiple trouble LED indicators for quick system diagnostics Fully supervised circuitry always in effect — even during BGM and general paging (via patent pending technology) Removable quick connect/disconnect terminals for ease of wiring, accepts #12 to #22 AWG Power limited circuitry with Class "B" or Class "A" wiring. Class "A" only with use of Audio Splitter Surge protected circuitry Audio and strobe power limiter reset button Compatible Wheelock Products All Wheelock Speaker/Strobes All Wheelock Strobes All Wheelock Speakers All Cluster Speakers Wheelock Strobe Power Supply Inputs — Audio and Activation Priority Ordered Inputs Priority Level Type of Input On Board Microphone 1 Push to Talk (PTT) Microphone Auxiliary 2 Remote Microphone or Remote Microphone Expander Digital Message Input 1 3 Contact Closure activation Digital Message Input 2 4 Digital Message Input 3 5 Digital Message Input 4 6 Digital Message Input 5 7 Digital Message Input 6 8 Digital Message Input 7 9 Digital Message Input 8 10 Night Ringer Input 11 Contact Closure input Telephone Paging Input 12 Page port input Background Music Input 13 Line Level Input, 600 ohm, input voltage must be less then 2.5 V peak to peak, or .3 volts RMS Audio/Technical Specifications Switch mode, Glass D amplifier (40 Watts) Speaker Outputs 25V or 70.7V power limited Frequency Response Voice: 275 Hz — 6.5 kHz BGM: 100 Hz - 15 kHz Meets LIL Voice Evacuation Requirements of 800 - 2800 Hz Signal to Noise Ratio better than 65 dB Dynamic Range better than 65 dB Total Harmonic Distortion less than 2% Stand by Current Draw 130 mA Alarm Current Draw 4.7 amps Mechanical Dimensions 21" H x 16" W x 6" D wall mount) Weight 36lbs. without batteries) Finish Red or black exterior enclosure Door Lock Wheelock Key -lock Ordering Information Model Number Order Code Description SP40S 9929 Multi -Function Supervised Paging, Messaging, Background Music delivery and Emergency Voice Evacu- ation System with 24 VDC battery backup circuitry. Single channel system with 40 watts of supervised audio power and 2 amps of supervised 24 VDC synchronized strobe power and 8 standard messages. batteries not included, 2 required) Red Enclosure SP40S-B 9935 Same as above but with black enclosure SP40SE 6138 Same as above but with 220 VAC input SP40SE-B 6139 Same as above but with 220 VAC input and black enclosure BAT 1212 7390 12 volt, 12-ampere hour battery SP40S-PMK 9936 SP40S 8 Message Programmed Message Kit AM-SP40S-SMK 9937 SP40S After Market 8 Message Standard Message Kit AM-SP40S-PMK 9938 SP40S After Market 8 Message Programmed Message Kit AM-SP40S-NBT 9939 SP40S After Market Narrow Band Signal Tone Kit SP-COA 9908 C.O. Part Adapter for the SP40S - Recommended 24 VDC Power Supply is Wheelock RPS-2406 (Order Code 3770) BATC-R 5414 Battery Cabinet, Red BATC-B 5413 Battery Cabinet, Black BAT-1224 7391 12 Volt, 24Ampere Battery Cell Message Capabilities Message Type of Voice and Message Type Message Script Priority # Fire Three (3) rounds of code 3 horn (followed by): "May I have your attention please! Afire 1 do not use Male emergency has been reported in the building. While this is being verified, please leave the elevators) building by the nearest exit. Do not use the elevators." Fire Three (3) rounds of code 3 horn (followed by): "May I have your attention please! A fire 2 do not use Female emergency has been reported in the building. While this is being verified, please leave the elevators) building by the nearest exit. Do not use the elevators." Three (3) rounds of code 3 horn (followed by): "May I have your attention please! Afire 3 Fire Male emergency has been reported in the building. While this is being verified, please leave the building by the nearest exit," Three (3) rounds of code 3 horn (followed by): "May I have your attention please! An emergency 4 Emergency Female has been reported in the building. While this is being verified, please leave the building by the nearest exit." Three (3) rounds of code 3 horn (followed by): "May I have your attention please! An emergency 5 Emergency Male has been reported in the building. While this is being verified, please leave the building and report to the designated assembly area for your group." 6 Weather Male Five (5) seconds of 1 kHz tone (followed by): "May I have your attention please! The National Weather Service has issued a severe weather warning for our area." 7 All Clear Male Five (5) seconds of 1 kHz tone (followed by): "May I have your attention please! The building emergency has ended. An all clear has been given. Please resume normal activities." 8 Test Male Five (5) seconds of 1 kHz tone (followed by). "May I have your attention please! This is a test of the Wheelock evacuation system, repeat, this is only a test." Each message can be selected to have a code 3 pre -alert tone, a 1kHz continuous pre -alert tone, or no pre -alert tone Post -tones are also selectable and match the pre -tones for individual messages Any of the 8 messages are field programmable to record your awn custom message Each message length is 30 seconds A 1/8" line level audio input jack is supplied for message recording A two step recording procedure is required to ensure and verify that the standard message will be permanently erased Factory programmed messages are available for custom messages Contact customer service for additional information Form is required and can be downloaded from www,wheelockinc.com Note: For telephone paging, the SP40S can connect directly into the page port of the local phone system. If a page port is inaccessible, the SP-COA C.O. Port Adapter for the SP40S) may be used to connect the SP40S to an unused C.O. port or stand-alone telephone. Wheelock products must be used within their published specifications and must be PROPERLY specified, applied, installed, operated, maintained and operationally tested In accordance with their installation Instructions at the time of installation and at least twice a year or more often and In accordance with local, state and federal codes, regulations and laws. Specification, application, installation, operation, maintenance and testing must be performed by qualified personnel for proper operation in accordance with all of the latest National Fire Protection Association NFPA), Underwriters' Laboratories (UL), National Electrical Code (NEC), Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA), local, state, county, province, district, federal and other applicable building and fire standards, guidelines, regulations, laws and codes including, but not limited to, all appendices and amendments and the requirements of the local authority having jurisdiction (AHJ). 4 2-Zone Class A or 4-Zone Class ~' Speaker Audio Splitter For operation with SAFEPATW4 Family of Products: Description: Supervised 2-ZoneClass Aor4-ZoneClass 8SpeakerAudio Sp|itterfor the SP4UG.SP4O/2orAudio Boosters. Enables asingle supervised speaker audio output hodrive upUotwo Class Asupervised speaker audio outputs or four C|oma B supervised speaker audio outputs. Provides for expansion ofone zone boupho2 zones of supervised speaker audio output inClass A Provides for expansion ofone zone buupto4zones of supervised speaker audio output in Class B Ordering Information: Model Order Code Description Supervised 2-Zone Class A or 4- Zone SP40S, SP40/2 or Audio Boosters Mounting Bracket for the SP4Z-A/B SPMB4Z 9907 is required when used with the Audio Boosters Note: The Speaker 8p@ter-MuuntingBracket SPMB4Z) is required when the Speaker Splitteris used /nAudio Boosters. The SPM34Z can support twmsp8tters. S A2-Zone Class A or 4-Zone Class BSpeakerAudioSpUitterFeatures: Approvals: ULStandard 884.9thedition, and California State Fire Marshal ( CSRN), New York City (K8EA) UFCO4'O21- 01 2002CumpUant. including October 20O7Draft Expands one zone houpho2zones ufsupervised speaker audio output inClass A Expands one zone boupbz4zones nfsupervised speaker audio output inClass B Each Class Azone can accept upbo4Uwatts of audio Each Class Bzone can accept up0o48watts of audio Operates uneither 25Vor7U7VRK4S Mounts inside the enclosure ofthe SP4O8. SP4U/2 urAudio Boosters Power and Trouble LEO'a Individual zone short and open LED indication Capable ofdetecting wiring faults Removable wiring terminals for quick connect/ disconnect accepting 12-22/ANQ All output circuitry is Power Limited Space provided huallow for naming ofthe zones Powered by24VDC.supplied bythe either the SP4O8.SP4U/2orAudio Boosters Standby and Alarm current at24VDCio16mA 5 SPB-320 320Watt Supervised Audio Power Booster ( Four 80 waft circuits) SPB- 160 1GOWatt Supervised Audio Power Booster ( Two 80watt circuits) SPB^80/4 8UWatt Supervised Audio Power Booster with 4Amps of Supervised and Synchronizab|o Strobe Power (Two 2Amp circuits) Description Supervised Facility Communication and Emergency Voice Evacuation Audio andAudko/8tnobe Power Boosbsus, UL Standard 1711 and UL Standard 864. Sth edition with 24VDC battery backup capabilities. Designed boprovide for additional supervised audio power for live vuioe, pre- recorded messages orbackground music (BGK4). Fully supervised patent pending circuitry iaalways ineffect even during BGK8.The SPB'8O/4also provides 4Amps of24VDC Supervised and Synchronized Strobe Power. The SPB-32O.SPB-16Uand the SPB'0D4easily connects to the Wheelock SP40S or SP40/2. Multiple SPB-320, SPB- 160 and SPB-80/4 Audio Boosters can be inter -connected boaccommodate large installations with supervised audio power and also supervised and synchronized strobe power requirements, The SP8'320 draws 2.4 watts of audio input power to properly operate and provide additional supervised audio output power. The SPB'1GOand the SPB'8O/4draws 1.2 watts ofaudio input power toproperly operate and provide additional supervised audio output power. Amaximumof 5. 280 wmUa of supervised audio power can be achieved. Additional strobe power can beobtained via acombination ofSpB-80/4orWheelock Power Supp|ieo/Chargem. Applications Provides for additional supervised audio power for large installations Provides for additional supervised and aynohronizab|e strobe power for large installations Can baused (nnew construction aswell ooinretrofit construction Audio Boosters ITS] SPB-80/4 Features Approvals & Compliance Approvals: ULStandard 8G4. 8th edition, UL Standard 1711. California State Fire Marshal CSFyW). New York City ( yWEA) OSHA 1S10. 1G5. ADAand UFCU4' U21-812002 Compliant, including October 2UU7Draft 1Year Warranty System Activation: Audio 7OVor25Vinput from the BP4OSorSP40/2 1Volt input from SP4-R0MX System Activation: Strobe (SPB-8014) 8'33VOCNACinput connected bothe strobe input Power Supply & Batteries Fully supervised patent pending circuitry always in effect even during BGM Power limited circuitry C|oao OempUOam Internal battery charger and power supply Required batteries fit inside the enclosure (sold separately) SPB'32Urequires four 12VDC. 12AHbatteries SPB-1GUand SPB' 8O/4require two 12VDC.12AH batteries Outputs: SPB-32Ohas four 8Uwaft speaker output circuits SPB-1GOhas two 8Owaft speaker output circuits 8PB'OO/4has one OOwaft speaker output circuit and two 2amp strobe circuits (4amps total) Supervised Audio Speaker outputs: 70Vor35V field oe|ooteb|o (u|| boosters must beeither 7OVor 25V) Expansion output (uupervised.24VOCat .5Ainalarm condition) used for connecting multiple boosters DCoutput (unsupervised for optional apUfterpuwer). Each speaker circuit (four for the SPB-320. two for the SPB'1GO. one for the SPB-80A|)can connect Uo apeaharmp|iftera X SPB-8014 Strobe Features: Two 24V C2Ampa.NAC supervised.aynchmnizable. power limited, Class Bstrobe outputs Selectable outputs; Wheelock sync, pass through, or constant DC Trouble LED'afor open and short output conditions Alarm indicator: LED'afor Strobe and Expansion Outputs Inputs: Audio Speaker Inputs: 70Vor25\(field selectable Auxiliary in (for alarm input signal) Mechanical., SfS-160, SPB' 8010 Dimensions: 21^Hx1G^ VVxG^O(wall mount) Weight: 3G|bo.( without batteries) Finish: Red exterior enclosure Door Lock: Wheelock key -lock SPS-320 Dimensions: 36^ H x24^VVx8^ D (wall mount) Weight: Olbo.(without batteries) Finish: Red orblack exterior enclosure Door Lock: Wheelock key - lock Ordering Mformation Technical 12U\ AC.3. 8A. 68Hzinput SP4USEModels 24UVAC, 2.SA. 5O-GOHz Standby current draw: 120mA. per amplifier board Alarm current draw: SAmps, per amplifier board SP8-8O/4and SPB-180have one amplifier board SPB-32Ohas two amp|ifiorboards System Frequency Response: Voice 4OUHz-S.5kHz BGyW275Hz-15kHz Removable quick connect/disconnect terminals, accept 12-22/ Y/VG Multiple LED'ofor easy indication ofsystem diagnostic conditions Signal boNoise Ratio: >70dB Dynamic Range: >65dB Total Harmonic Distortion: 2% Note: The Speaker Splittev-Mounting Bracket SPMB4Z) is required when the Speaker Spliffer Is used 8nAudio Boosters. The SPMB4Z can support two splitters. Order Model I Description Code SPB-320 9918 320 Watt Supervised Audio Power Booster ( Four 80 watt circuits) SPB- 320E 6336 320 Watt Supervised Audio Power Booster (Four 80 watt circuits), 220 VAC input SPB-320E-B 6353 320 Watt Supervised Audio Power Booster (Four 80 waft circuits), 220 VAC input, black I enclosure 8-9-89 SPB-160 160 Waft Supervised Audio Power Booster (Two 80 watt circuits), red enclosureSPB-160-B 9930 1 0 Watt Supervised Audio Power Booster (Two 80 watt circuits), black enclosure SPB-160E 6149 160 Watt Supervised Audio Power Booster (Two 80 watt circuits), 220 VAC input 160 Watt Supervised Audio Power Booster (Two 80 watt circuits), 220 VAC input, black SPB-160E-B 6150 enclosure SPB-80/4 8988 80 Watt Supervised Audio PowerBoosterwith4Amps of Supervised and Synchronized Strobe Power (Two 2 Amp circuits), red enclosure- SPB-80/4-B 9931 80 Watt Supervised Audio Power Booster with 4 Amps of Supervised and Synchronized Strobe Power (Two 2 Amp circuits), black enclosure SPB-80/4E 6147 80 Watt Supervised Audio Power Booster with 4 Amps of Supervised and Synchronized Strobe Power (Two 2 Amp circuits), 220 VAC input SPB-80/4E-B 6148 80 Watt Supervised Audio Power Booster with 4 Amps of Supervised and Synchronized Strobe Power (Two 2 Amp circuits), 220 VAC input, black enclosure 7 Legend: BGM Background Music DV Digital Voice Message Expander FACP Fire Alarm Control Panel MPS Pull Station NPS Push Station Wheelock Strobe Power Supplies SP40S Supervised Multi -Function Communication System SPB-80/4 80 Watt Audio Booster & 4 Amps of Strobe Power SPB-160 160 Watt Audio Booster SPB-320 320 Watt Audio Booster SPRM Remote Microphone SP4-RMX Remote Microphone Expansion Module SP4-TZC Telephone Zone Controller SP4-APS Addressable Paging Splitter SP4Z-A/B Speaker Splitter SP4-SVC Supervised Volume Control Strobe Speaker Speaker Strobe Cluster Speaker F,, -1 V RVVolumeControl FACP MPS SP4- RMX SPRM I I SPRM SPRM BGM ) ( Telephone SP4- TZC NPS I I SP4-APS DV This drawing is for illustrative purposes only SP40S M SP4-APS r -- SPB-160 jz-a a SPB-320 SP4APS j SP4-APS ii SP4-APS SMZ-A/B Wheelock Strobe Power Supply Wheelock Strobe Power Supply SPB-320 SP4-APS ( SP4-APS SP4Z-A/8 I SP4-APS V 7/ 0 SP4-APS SP4-TZC Addressable Paging Splider Telephone Zone Controller Connects to the SP40S or SP40/2 tocontrol selectable paging and background music (BGK4) Ability boaccess individual ormultiple speaker zones throughout the SP4USorSP4U/ 2system via the telephone Features: Allows selections of speaker zones via atelephone keypad (DTMFtones) UFCU4-O21- 01 2002Comp| iant. including October 2OO7Dnaft Onm8P4'TZC (controller) can control up to 17 SP4-APS(ap|/ttero) Telephone page input connects bustand alone telephone, unused CDport, page port US8connection for logical zone grouping and 8GYWprogramming (supports Windows 2UOOand VVindowaXP) Upto9logical zones, ( alogical zone iaeuser selected group ofupto5zones, individual orfixed) RS-485digital control bothe 8P4f\ PSspeaker apiittena Connects hothe SP40Sor8P4O/3via the 88yWinput The combination of1QP4-T2C(oontroUor)and upUo 17 SP4-APS (up|itteru) can provide: Qlass B 4zones per sdbb* UptoG8individual zones (17ap| ib*,a) 1Tfixed zones (groups of4) Slogical zones Class 2 zones per sditter Upbo34 individual zones (17ap|ittera) 17fixed zones (groups nf2) Qlogical zones Ordering Information: Model Order Code Description SP4-TZC 9921 Telephone Zone Controller Addressable Paging Splitter and Telephone Zone Controller SP4-TZC Telephone Zone ntroller., Connects Uothe SP4OSorSP4O/ 2 Auto programmable Custom user programmable ( for logical zones) All call orselected zone( a)telephone paging Background music ( BGyW)zone(a)selectable Telephone input and background music BGKA) input Enclosure for the SP4-TZC(oonbn||er): Dimensions: 13^Hx7. 6"VV x2.15^D Color: Black Wall mountable SP4-APS Addressable Paging Splitter. Addressable speaker zone op|ittar Mounts inside the SP4O8.SP4O/2. SPB-8O/4. SPB-160orSPB' 828 Operates on24VDC.supplied bythe SP4US. SP40/ 2. GPB-80/4. SPB' 160. SP8-320 Handles 40watts ofsupervised audio per zone ULStandard 884.8thedition listed iul Supervised Volume Control SP-SVC Supervised Volume Control Applications: Allows manual volume setting for telephone paging and background music for aspecific speaker orspeaker zone The selected adjustment will not affect the volume setting ofemergency prerecorded messages orlive microphone usage Features: Supervised volume control for use with UL Listed Life Safety Applications URCD4-O21'U12UU2Compliant, including October 2O07Draft Can handle uptu3Swatts of7U7volt audio power input Adjustment settings: O-1U. in3dBincrements Operates inClass 8nrClass Awiring (for Class A.the SP4,4P8iarequired) Requires adouble gang, 31/2" deep back box or4'' square and 1-1/3^deep box with a1- 1/2^ extension ring Stainless steel mounting plate with o black knob ULGbondard 864 and California State Fine Marshal (CSFK4)listed for use with the SP4US. SP402orSPBAudio Boosters OSHA 1S1O.1G5and /\DAcompliant Maximum RyNScurrent 1U.UmA Ordering Information: Model Order Code Description SP-SVC 9926 Supervised Volume Control for use with the SAFEPATH04 system 11 Remote Microphone Remote Microphone for use with the SAFERATH14 Facility Communications System - 8P40S. SP4O/2orSP4' RM)( Provides for anadditional microphone inaremote location Can bamounted upbx2.O0Ofeet away from the SP40So,SP402 Features: Approvals: ULStandard 8G4. Othedition and California State Fire Marshal (CSFyN) UFCO4-O21'O1 2002CompUant. including October 2OO7Onyft Supervised hand held push bztalk microphone Key required toenable remote microphone use Individual front panel LED indication for; System Normal, System Trouble and Alarm When used with the SP4USorSP4O/2'the priority level ia2.the SP4U8orSP4O/2onboard microphone |a always priority 1 Remote microphone usage disengages background music and general paging Voice frequency response: 275Hz'G.5kHz Requires 24VDC.supplied bythe SP4OS.Audio Boosters, orSP4-RyNX Input current: Standby: 23mA Alarm: 30mA Audio output level: 1.OSVRMS Gwire connection to the SP40B.SP40/2o,8P4- RMX Mounting plate iored and measures, 83/ 4^x5 Y4". fits into a4gang back box All output circuitry io Power Limited Ordering Information: Model Order Code Description Remote Microphone for use with the SPB- 80/4 or SP4-RMX, red plate_ General Paging Microphone for use with black plate SP4-RMX Remote Microphone Expansion Module Applications: Expands one remote microphone (SPRM) from the SP40S or SP40/2 to three remote microphones Two SP4-RMX modules can be cascaded together to provide up to six remote microphones from the SP40S or SP40/2 Provides for an auxiliary input for connection of an external VoiceLink message repeater for additional messages Ordering information: Model Order code Description SP4-RMX 9919 Remote Microphone Expansion Module Microphone and message priority levels when the SP4-RMX is used with the SP40S or SP40/2: Priority Level Device Microphones 1 SP40 on board microphone 2 SP4-RMX, remote microphones #1, 2, 3 (set priority or First In First Out) 3 SP4-RMX, auxiliary input only SP40S Standard Messages 4 SP40S message 1 5 SP40S message 2 6 SP40S message 3 7 SP40S message 4 8 SP40S message 5 9 SP40S message 6 10 SP40S message 7 11 SP40S message 8 Color: Black Wall mountable SAFEPATW4 Remote Microphone Expansion Module Features: The SP4-RMX will provide the capability of connecting up to (3) three Remote Microphone Stations (SPRM) When connected to the SP40S or SP40/2, two SP4- RMX units can be cascaded together to provide up to six remote microphones Provides for an auxiliary input for connection of an external message repeater, for additional messages Can accept a line level input for broadcasting of other information When the SP4-RMX is connected to the SP40S or SP40/2, the entire system benefits from the additional microphone capability Can be connected to Audio Boosters for general (non - alarm) paging with use of SPRM-GP UL Standard 864 listed OSHA 1910.165, ADA and UFC 04-021-01 2002 Compliant, including October 2007 Draft Multiple on board diagnostics with 3 status conditions: standby, alarm, and trouble Operates on 24 VDC, supplied by the SP40S, SP40/2, SPB-80/4, SPB-160, SPB-320 The SP4-RMX is an external module Enclosure dimensions: 13"H x 7.6"W x 2.15"D W Ordering Information Model Number Order Code Description SP40S 9929 Multi -Function Supervised Paging, Messaging, Background Music and Emergency Voice Evacuation System with 24 VDC battery backup circuitry. Single channel system with 40 watts of supervised audio power and 2 amps of supervised 24 VDC synchronized strobe power and 8 standard messages. batteries not included, 2 required) Red enclosure SP40S-B 9935 Same as above but with black enclosure SP40S-PMK 9936 1 SP40S 8 Message Programmed Message Kit AM-SP40S-SMK 9937 SP40S After Market 8 Message Standard Message Kit AM-SP40S-PMK 9938 SP40S After Market 8 Message Programmed Message Kit AM-SP40S-NBT 9939 Sp40S After Market Narrow Band Signal Tone Kit SP-COA 9908 C.O. Port Adapter for the SP40S or SP40/2 - Recommended 24 VDC Power Supply is Wheelock RPS- 2406 (Order Code 3770) SP4Z-A/B 9900 Supervised 2-Zone Class A or 4-Zone Class B Speaker Audio Splitter for the SP40S, SP40/2 or Audio I Boosters SPMB4Z 9907 Mounting Bracket for the SP4Z-A/B is required when used with the Audio Boosters SPB-320 9918 320 Watt Supervised Audio Power Booster (Four 80 waft circuits) SPB-160 8989 160 Waft Supervised Audio Power Booster (Two 80 waft circuits), red enclosure SPB-160-B 9930 160 Watt Supervised Audio Power Booster (Two 80 watt circuits), black enclosure SPB-80/4 8988 80 Waft Supervised Audio Power Booster with 4 Amps of Supervised and Synchronized Strobe Power Two 2 Amp circuits), red enclosure SPB-80/4-B 9931 80 Watt Supervised Audio Power Booster with 4 Amps of Supervised and Synchronized Strobe Power Two 2 Amp circuits), black enclosure SP4Z-A/B 9900 Supervised 2-Zone Class A or 4-Zone Class B Speaker Audio Splitter for the SP40S, SP40/2, SPB-320, SPB-160 or SPB-80/4 SPMB4Z 9907 Speaker Splitter Mounting Bracket for SPB-320, SPB-1 60 or SPB-80/4 SP4Z-APS 9920 Addressable Paging Splitter SP4-TZC 9921 Telephone Zone Controller TZC-USB 9923 SP4-TZC Programming Cable SP-SVC 9926 Supervised Volume Control for use with the SAFEPATHID4 System SPRM 8996 Remote Microphone for use with the SP40S, SP40/2, SPB-320, SPB-160, SPB-80/4 or SP4-RMX, red plate SPRM-GP 9927 General Paging Microphone for use with the SPB-320, SPB-160 or SPB-80/4, black plate BATC-R 5414 Battery Cabinet, Red BATC-B 5413 Battery Cabinet, Black BAT-1212 7390 12 Volt, 12 Ampere Battery Cell BAT-1224 7391 12 Volt, 24Ampere Battery Cell BAT-1265 7392 12 Volt, 65 Ampere Battery Cell 13 Architects and Engineers Specifications SP40S Facility Communications System The system aho|| be a multi -purpose NFRAoump|iant, uupumiaod, gonom|'purpuoa oudio, and fire/emergency evacuation system. The system shall be a single channel voice evacuation system incorporating supervision during the broadcasting of background music and general paging. The system shall be capable of delivering 40 wafts of supervised audio power and 2 amps of supervised 24 VDC synchronized strobe power. Minimum supervised audio power shall ba4Owatts, expandable to 5280waUu. depending on system configuration and with additional modules and power boosters. Supervised 24VDC synchronized strobe power shall be amps, expandable to the requirements of the installation. The system shall be capable of operating from a 120 VAC power source. Emodo|x uhoU he capable of operating from a 240 VAC power source, All models shall have o 24 VDC battery backup. Standard on -board system features shall include: digital voice messaging, a hand-held push -to -talk microphone with override priority, and a power supply/ battery charger. The system shall be capable of interfacing with telephone systems for general paging announcements and will have night ringer capabilities. Form C contacts shall be provided for system alarm and trouble conditions. The system shall have 8meunogo contacts with contact closure activation. Background music input voltage shall be capable of handling less then 25Vpeak &opeak orless (hwn.3volts. The system shall have thirteen priority ordered inputs, including: OnBoard Microphone, Auxiliary Input ( Line Lovay.8Digital Messages, Night Ringer Input, Telephone Paging Input, and Background Music Input The system shall have preset audio levels for emergency messaging (prerecorded and livamkc). The system shall revert back Uma preset level regardless of the volume set for background music (BGM) or general paging.Background music inputs can boenAkuV9m tuner, cassette, CD, MP3, or any other remote source. The system shall be supplied with 8 pre-recorded messages and be capable of in -field recording of customer unique messages. The system shall have a dual -tone tone generator with Code+3Tone and Slow Whoop. When the system isnnbattery power, telephone page, night ring and background music shall bodisengaged. The panel shall have power - limited circuitry with aninternal battery charger and power supply. The power supply/charger section shall beable Vocharge 24VUCbatteries with amaximum capacity of33amp hours. Up0utwo 12VDC.12AMbatteries may behoused in the enclosure. Batteries larger than 12 Ah shall be housed in a separate enclosure such as the Cooper Wheelock BATC or equivalent. Batteries shall busupplied separately. The system shall have power limited circuitry and class B wiring, Wiring terminal blocks will be removable and accept #22 - #12 AWG wire. Audio output voltage shall be selectable for 25V or 70.7V. The voice (live microphone or recorded message) frequency response shall be 275 Hz - 6,5 kHz, background music frequency response shall be 100 Hz - 15 kHz. Stand by current draw shall be 140mA. Alarm current draw shall he4.7amps. The signal to noise ratio shall be better than 65 dB, dynamic range shall be better than 65 dB, total harmonic distortion shall boless than 2%. The system shall be wall mountable, enclosed in a steel locking enclosure. The required batteries for 40-waft systems shall fit inside the enclosure. The 40 watt system shall weigh no more than 36 lbs (without batteries) and its dimensions shall not exceed 21" H x 16" W x 6" D. Approvals for the system shall include: UL Standard 864, 9th edition, UL Standard 1711, FCC part 15, California State Fire Marshal (CSFK8) and New York City (W1EA). The system shall be OSHA 1910.165, ADA and UFC 04-021-01 2002 (including October 2007 Oroft> compliant. 1 Year Warranty. SAFEPATW4 Audio Boosters The Wheelock 8PB-32OGPB-110O and SPB- 80/4Audio Boosters shall be NFPA compliant supervised audio and supervised 24VDC synchronized strobe power boosters (some models will have supervised 24VDC synchronized strobe booster capability). The booster shall have 24VDC battery backup capabilities. The booster shall have the capability to supervise the circuitry during playback of background music. The booster shall have the capability to be inter -connected to accommodate large installations with supervised audio power and also supervised and synchronized strobe power requirements. Three versions of the booster shall be made available: SPB-80/4, (80 wafts of supervised audio power and 4 amps of supervised and synchronized strobe power), SPB-1 60 (160 wafts of supervised audio) or SPB-320 (320 wafts of supervised audio). Each of audio input power (The SPB- 320 requires 2.4 wafts of audio power) to properly operate and provide additional supervised audio output power. A combination of boosters can be added together to provide for a maximum of 5,280 wafts of supervised audio power. Additional strobe power can be obtained via a combination of boosters. The audio section of the booster shall be connected via a selectable 70V or 25V input from the Wheelock SP40S. The strobe section of the booster shall be divided into two sections each supplying two Amps of 24VDC, NAC, supervised, synchronizable, power limited, Class B strobe outputs, with selectable outputs offering Wheelock sync, pass through, or constant DC and can be activated via 8-33VDC NAC input or contact closure. The internal battery charger/power supply shall be capable of charging 24 VDC batteries with a maximum capacity of 33 amp hours. The enclosure shall be capable of housing the correct number of 12 VDC rechargeable batteries (SPB-80/ 4 (2), SPB-1 60 (2), SPB-320 4)) with a maximum capacity of 12 Amp hours. Batteries with a larger capacity require an external battery enclosure(s) such as the Cooper Wheelock BATC or equivalent. The boosters shall have power -limited circuitry be a class amplifierwith an internal battery charger and power supply. The batteries (purchased enclosure (two 12'_-. 12.'.for the _ B-80/4 or _ _-160 __---r 12 .-_. 12AH for the SPB'32O booster shall operate on 120VyVC38A.50 0OHzinput. Emodel boonteh || operate on 240VAC2.5A,50 H-__ The----4-__1--standby _current draw _shall _1_--Aand alarm _current _draw -- _--- ------_' consists of two SPB-160's. Each SPB-160 shall have its own power supply and battery charger. The voice frequency response shall be 400 Hz - 6.5 kHz +/- 3 dB, the BGM frequency response shall be 275 Hz - 15 kHz +/- 3 dB. Removable quick connect/disconnect terminals that accept 12 -22 AWG shall be used. Multiple LED's for easy indication of system diagnostic conditions shall be present on the PC board. The Signal to Noise Ratio shall be > 70 dB, the dynamic range shall be > 65 dB, the Total Harmonic Distortion spec shall be 2%. The booster shall be wall mountable, enclosed in a steel locking enclosure, with a red finish. Approvals for the booster shall include; VLStandard 8O4. 8thedition, ULStandard 1711.CSFK4and MEA. The system shall b*OSHA 191O.165.ADAand UFCO4'021'01 2OO2(including October 2OO7Draft) compliant. The booster shall carry a1Year Warranty. The SPB' 0/4&SP8-100ancloaunygimonoionuana21^Mx10^VVx8^Dand/haGPB-320eno|ooumdimenuiunuom30''Mx24^VV 14 Architects and Engineers Specifications wZone Clams BSpeaker Sylittwr The Wheelock SP4Z-A/B shall be UL Standard 864, 9th edition, California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) and New YorkCKy(NEA) approved, 2-ZbnoClass Acx4'ZonoClass BSpeaker Sp|ittarfor operation with the Wheelock, SP4O3.SP40/2.SPB-804.SPB- 10Oand SP8'32O. The SP4Z-A/B shall enable a single supervised speaker audio output to drive up to two Class A supervised speaker audio outputs orfour Class Bsupervised speaker audio outputs. Each Class Azone shall hocapable ufaccepting upVo 4Uwatts and operate uneither 25or70.7VR[NSofaudio input, Each Class Bzone shall b*capable ofaccepting upm4Owatts of audio and operate on either 25 or 70.7V RMS of audio input. The SP4Z-A/ B shall be capable of supporting live microphone paging, prerecorded emergency voice evacuation messages, supervised background music and general paging announcements. The 8P4Z-A/8shall mount inside the enclosure nfthe SP40S.GP40/2.8PB-8O/4.SPB' 16Oand SP8-32Uand shall have power and trouble LED'uwith individual zone short and open LED indication. The GP4Z-A/8shall becapable ofdetecting wiring faults. The P4Z- A/Bshall bopowered by24VDC.which |ouob*supplied bythe SP4OS.8P402.8PB'n04.8PB'18OurSP8-32O. Standby and Alarm current ot 24VDCshall bo15mA. Removable wiring terminals for quick connect/disconnect accepting 12-22AWG shall be incorporated. All output circuitry shall be power limited. Space shall be provided to allow for naming of the zones. Addressable Paging Splitterand Telephone Zone Controller The Wheelock Addressable Paging Splitter (SP4-APS) and Telephone Zone Controller (SP4-TZC) shall be used to control and direct telephone paging and background music zones connected to the SAFEPATH4 Multi -Function Facility Communication System using anRG485connection. The Addressable Paging 8p|i8ar (SP4,4PG) shall be UL8tandad 884. 9Vh edition and California State Five K4eroha| (OSFM) oppmved, odd,aouoh|e and supervised 2-zone Class Au, 4'zune Class 8 Speaker ep|i¢er. The GP4-ApS oho|| he used with VVbae|ook'oSP4O8urSP402panel and the Audio Booster (SPB'10U.SPB'804.and SP8'32V)panels. Each SP4+\PSshall have a single audio input capable of 25 Vrms or 70. 7 Vrms at a maximum of 80 Wafts. The input audio power shall be distributed to the zone connections with the total not exceeding the input and no zone exceeding 40 Watts. When audio boosters are connected, each audio booster module shall consume 1.2 Watts from the total input power of the SP4-APS. The splifter shall be mounted inside the SP40S. SP40Q or Audio Booster that it is aonodeoad with, and it xhoU operate on 24VDC supplied by the a«PP»rtod module. The 0P4+APSshall contain 16LED indicators used tumonitor and troubleshoot the module. The Telephone Zone Controller Module (SP4-TZC) shall be used to address the output zones on the SP4- APS. The SP4-TZC shall be capable of supporting 17 SP4-APS speaker splitter modules and shall be capable of addressing all zones at once ("All Call"), a maximum of 68 separate zones, 17 fixed zone groups and 9 programmed logical zone groups. This shall be accomplished using two diQitDTK4F tones from o page port, an unused CO port, or stand alone telephone with o loop start circuit. Also, the SP4' T2C shall be able »oselect zones for background music. The SP4' TZC has the following inputs: Power, VSB port. Background Music (8GK4).Page Audio in. The outputs are: Audio out and RS485 Digital Control. The basic operating parameters of the SP4- APS shall be pre-programmed. Customized programming shall be accomplished using a USB cable and programming computer software, The SP4-TZC shall be powered using a 24VDC filtered and regulated power supply such as the Wheelock RPS-2406, The Controller Module assembly is mounted in a metal enclosure measuring 13"L x 7 5/8"W x 2"D. Supervised Volume Control The WheelockGP-SVC shall beULStandard 864.9th edition approved, supervised volume control for use with the SAPEPATH114 Facility Communications System. The SP-SVC shall provide for manual volume setting for telephone paging and background music for a specific speaker or speaker zone. The selected adjustment will not affect the volume setting of emergency prerecorded messages or live microphone usage. The SP-SVC shall be capable of handling up to 35 watts of audio power @ 70, 7 volts or 4 wafts audio power @ 25 volts and shall operate uneither 7V.Tor35volt input from anSP4VSnrAudio Booster. The SP'SVCshall hocapable nYoperating inClass gor Class 4wiring configurations (for Class A.the SP4-APSiamquied). The 8P'SVCshall receive operating power from anAudio Booster, SP40Sor8P402.Volume adjustment settings shall baoff, 1-1O.in3d8increments. The SP-SVCshall basupplied with a stainless steel mounting plate with a black knob and require a double gang, 31/2" deep back box for mounting, Remote Microphone The Wheelock SPRyW shall be ULStandard 884. 9th edition and California State Fire Marshal (C8FK8)appnoved. Remote Microphone for use with the SAFEFATH* 14 Facility Communications System. TheGPRM uhmU beosupervised hand held push Votalk microphone and okey shall be required Voenable remote microphone use. (Same key an3P4USurSP4& Q) Removable wiring terminals for quick connect/disconnect accepting 12 — 22 AWG shall be incorporated. All output circuitry shall be power limited. Individual front panel LED's ohoU be provided for indication of System Normal, System Trouble and Alarm, Multiple onboard diagnostic LED'ushall beprovided, When used with the GP4OSorGP4O/2. the priority level shall bonumber two. Remote microphone usage shall disengage background music and general paging. Voice frequency response shall bo275Mz'0.5kHz +/-2.4dB. Power requirements shall he24VDCand will hesupplied bythe SP40Sor8P402. Input current for Standby shall be28mAand for Alarm 38mA. Audio output level shall Uo1.O5VRMA. There shall boaO-wimconnection oothe GP4OGnrSP4OQ. The mounting plate shall hered and measure, 83/4^x5%7.and shall fit into a4gang back box. 15 Remote Microphone Expansion Module The Wheelock SP4-RMX Remote Microphone Expansion Module shall be UL Standard 864, 9th edition and California State Fire Marshal CSFM) approved for use with the SAFEPATH04 SP40S Facility Communications System. The 8P4'RK4Xoha|| be auupamio*d uu\buonj expansion module for use with the SAFEFYTM*4 system. It shall be used to expand the number of optional supervised Remote Microphone (SPRM) modules up to three. Two SP4-RMX Remote Microphone Expansion Modules can heconnected Uathe SP4O8o,SP402and shall have the capability ofproviding the 8P4OSorGP402with uptosix system wide "All Call" Remote Microphone (8PRM) modu|ae,. The SP4'RK4Xcan boprogrammed $aprovide either priority override for each SPRM module input or First In First Out. First In First Out allows the active SPRM to complete its communication before another SPRM can be used. All output circuitry shall be power limited. Multiple on board diagnostic LED indicators shall be provided. All wiring shall be connected to the module using quick connect/disconnect wiring terminals, capable of accepting 12 — 22 AWG wiring. The SP4-RMX PCB assembly is mounted in a metal enclosure measuring 13"L x 7 5/8"W x 2"D. The SP4-RMX can support each SPIRM at a range up to 2000 feet. TheSP4-RMX can also be connected to Audio Booster for general (non-alarm)paging with use of SPRM-GP NOTE: Due to continuous development of our products, specifications and offerings are subject mchange without notice m accordance with Wheelock Inc. standard terms and conditions. Note: Refer to the products Installation Instructions for proper installation, wiring procedures and any additional specifications. VVGENCOURAGE AND SUPPORT N|CETCERTIFICATION 1 Year Warranty V2003- S 09/11 Notificcation iN OF-52004:A1 • F-050 BG-12 Series Manual Fire Alarm Pull Stations General The Fire-Lite BG-12 Series is a cost-effective, feature -packed series of non -coded manual fire alarm pull stations. It was designed to meet multiple applications with the installer and end -user in mind. The BG-12 Series features a variety of mod- els including single- and dual -action versions. The BG-12 Series provides Fire-Lite Alarm Control Panels FACPs), as well as other manufacturers' controls, with a man- ual alarm initiating input signal. Its innovative design, durable construction, and multiple mounting options make the BG-12 Series simple to install, maintain, and operate. Features Aesthetically pleasing, highly visible design and color, Attractive contoured shape and light textured finish. Meets ADA 5 lb. maximum pull -force. Meets UL 38, Standard for Manually Actuated Signaling Boxes. Easily operated(single- or dual -action), yet designed to pre- vent false alarms when bumped, shaken, or jarred. PUSH IN/PULL DOWN handle latches in the down position to clearly indicate the station has been operated. The word "ACTIVATED" appears on top of the handle in bright yellow, further indicating operation of the station. Operation handle features white arrows showing basic opera- tion direction for non -English-speaking persons. Braille text included on finger -hold area of operation handle and across top of handle. Multiple hex- and key -lock models available. U.S. patented hex -lock needs only a quarter -turn to lock/ unlock. Station can be opened for inspection and maintenance with- out initiating an alarm. Product ID label viewable by simply opening the cover; label is made of a durable long -life material. The words "NORMAL" and "ACTIVATED" are molded into the plastic adjacent to the alarm switch (located inside). Four -position terminal strip molded into backplate. Terminal strip includes Phillips combination -head captive 8/32 screws for easy connection to Initiating Device Circuit (IDC). Terminal screws backed -out at factory and shipped ready to accept field wiring (up to 12 AWG/3.1 mm2). Terminal numbers are molded into the backplate, eliminating the need for labels. Switch contacts are normally open. Can be surface -mounted (with SB-10 or SB-UO) or semi - flush mounted. Semi -flush mount to a standard single -gang, double -gang, or 4" (10.16 cm) square electrical box. Backplate is large enough to overlap a single -gang backbox cutout by 1/2" (1.27 cm). Optional trim ring (BG12TR). Spanish versions (FUEGO) available (BG-12LSP, 8G-12LPSP). Designed to replace the Fire-Lite legacy BG-10 Series. Models packaged in attractive, clear plastic (PVC), clam - shell -style, Point -of -Purchase packages. Packaging includes a cutaway dust/paint cover in shape of pull station. Construction Cover, backplate and operation handle are all molded of durable polycarbonate material. Cover features white lettering and trim. Red color matches System Sensor's popular SpectrAlert@ Advance horn/strobe series. Operation The BG-12 manual pull stations provide a textured finger -hold area that includes Braille text. In addition to PUSH IN and PULL DOWN text, there are arrows indicating how to operate the sta- tion, provided for non -English-speaking people. Pushing in and then pulling down on the handle activates the normally -open alarm switch. Once latched in the down position, the word "ACTIVATED" appears at the top in bright yellow, with a portion of the handle protruding at the bottom as a visible flag. Resetting the station is simple: insert the key, twist one quarter - turn, then open the station's front cover, causing the spring - loaded operation handle to return to its original position. The alarm switch can then be reset to its normal (non -alarm) position manually (by hand) or by closing the station's front cover, which automatically resets the switch. DF-52004:At • 04/22/08 — Page 1 of 2 Specifications PHYSICAL SPECIFICATIONS: pull station SB-UO SB-10 Height 5.5 inches 5.601 inches 5.5 inches 13.97 cm) 14.23 cm) 13.97 cm) Width 4.121 inches 4,222 inches 4.121 inches 10.47 cm) 10.72 cm) 10.47 cm) Depth 1.39 inches 1.439 inches 1.375 inches 3.53 cm) 1 (3.66 cm) 1 (3.49 cm) 52004dim.ttN ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS: Agency Listings and Approvals The listings and approvals below apply to the BG-12 Series pull stations. In some cases, certain modules may not be listed by certain approval agencies, or listing may be in process. Consult factory for latest listing status. C(UL)US: $711 FM Approved CSFM:7150-0075:184 MEA:67-02-E Patented: U.S. Patent No. D428,351; 6,380,846; 6,314,772; 6.632,108. Product Line Information Switch contact ratings: gold-plated; rating 0.25 A @ 30 VA or BG-12S: Single-action pull station with pigtail connections, hex VDC. lock. ENGINEERING/ARCHITECTURAL SPECIFICATIONS Manual Fire Alarm Stations shall be non -code, with a key- or hex -operated reset lock in order that they may be tested, and so designed that after actual Emergency Operation, they cannot be restored to normal except by use of a key or hex. An operated station shall automatically condition itself so as to be visually detected as activated. Manual stations shall be constructed of red colored LEXAN (or polycarbonate equivalent) with clearly visible operating instructions provided on the cover. The word FIRE shall appear on the front of the stations in white letters, 1.00 inches (2.54 cm) or larger. Stations shall be suitable for surface mounting on matching backbox SB-10 or SB-I/O; or semi -flush mounting on a standard single -gang, double -gang, or 4" (10.16 cm) square electrical box, and shall be installed within the limits defined by the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) or per national/local requirements. Manual Stations shall be Under- writers Laboratories listed. NOTE: "The words "FIRE/FUEGO" on the BG-12LSP shall appear on the front of the station in white letters, approximately 314" 1.905 cm) high. BG-12SL: Same as BG-12 with key lock. BG-12: Dual -action pull station with SPST N/O switch, screw terminal connections, hex lock. BG-12L: Same as BG-12 with key lock. BG-12LSP: Same as BG-12L with English/Spanish (FIRE/ FUEGO) labeling. BG-12LOB: Same as BG-12L with `outdoor use" listing. Includes outdoor listed backbox, and sealing gasket. BG-12LO: Same as BG-12L with 'outdoor use" listing. Does not include backbox. BG-12LA: Same as BG-12L with auxiliary contacts. BG-12LPS: Dual -action pull station with pre -signal option. BG-12LPSP: Same as BG-12LPS with English/Spanish (FIRE/ FUEGO) labeling. SBA0: Surface -mount backbox, metal. SB-UO: Surface -mount backbox, plastic. (Included with BG- 12LOB.) BG12TR: Optional trim ring for semi -flush mounting. 17003: Keys, set of two. (Included with key -lock pull stations.) 17007: Hex lock, 9/64". (Included with hex -lock pull stations.) NOTE. For addressable BG-12LX models, see data sheet OF- 52013. Fire•LiteV Alarms, SpectrAlerlQD Advance, and System Sensor@ are registered trademarks of Honeywell International Inc. 02008 by Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. Unauthorized use of this document is strictly prohibited. This document is not intended to be used for installation purposes. SO 9001 We try to keep our product information up-to-date and accurate. We cannot cover all specific applications or anticipate all requirements. BId6ENNi &MNMFMUM All specifications are subject to change without notice. INAtITY SYSTEMS Made in the U.S. A. For more information, contact Fire-Lite Alarms. Phone: (800) 627-3473, FAX: (877) 699-4105. www.firelite.com Page 2 of 2 — DF-52004:A7 •04/22/08 SYSTEM 4 SENSOR Photoelectric Smoke Detectors System Sensor i3` series smoke detectors represer significant advancement in conventional detecti The i3 family is founded on three principles: instal ease, intelligence, and instant inspection. Features Plug-in detector line, mounting base included Large wire entry port In -line terminals with SEMS screws Mounts to octagonal and single -gang back boxes, 4-square back boxes, or direct to ceiling Stop-Drop'N Lock attachment to base Removable detector cover and chamber Built-in remote maintenance signaling Drift compensation and smoothing algorithms Simplified sensitivity measurement Wide-angle, dual -color LED indication Loop testing via EZ Walk feature Built-in test switch Agency Listings LISTED FM MEA M9M PRMO approved approved c ua S911 3011446 7272-1653:152 290-01-E 2093 3180932 Installation ease. The P line redefines installation ease with its plug-in design. This allows an installer to pre -wire bases (included with heads). The large wire entry port and in -line terminals provide ample room for neatly routing the wiring inside the base. The base accommodates a variety of back box mounting methods as well as direct mounting with drywall anchors. To complete the installation, i3 heads plug into the base with a simple Stop-Drop'N Lock" action. Intelligence. i3 detectors offer a number of intelligent features to simplify testing and maintenance. Drift compensation and smoothing algorithms are standard with the i3 line to minimize nuisance alarms. 2-wire i3 detectors can generate a remote LED - indicated maintenance signal when connected to the 2W-MOD2 loop test/maintenance module or a panel equipped with the i3 protocol. The SENS-RDR, a wireless device, displays the sensitivityof i3 detectors in terms of percent -per -foot obscuration. Instant inspection. The P series provides wide-angle red and green LED indicators for instant inspection of the detector's condition: normal standby, out -of -sensitivity, alarm, or freeze trouble. When connected to the 2W-MOD2 loop test/maintenance module or a panel with the i3 protocol, the EZ Walk loop test feature is available on 2-wire i3 detectors. This feature verifies the initiating loop wiring by providing LED status indication at each detector. Smoke Detector S Smoke detector shall be a System Sensor P Series model number . listed to Underwriters Laboratories UL 268 for Fire Protection Signaling Systems. The detector shall be a photoelectric type (Model 2W-B, 4W-B) or a combination photoelectric/thermal (Model 2WT B, 4WT-B) with thermal sensor rated at 135°F 57.2°C). The detector shall include a mounting base for mounting to 31h inch and 4-inch octagonal, single -gang, and 4-inch square back boxes with a plaster ring, or direct mount to the ceiling using drywall anchors. Wiring connections shall be made by means of SEMS screws. The detector shall allow pre -wiring of the base and the head shall be a plug-in type. The detector shall have a nominal sensitivity of 2.5 percent -per -foot nominal as measured in the ILL smoke box. The detector shall be capable of automatically adjusting its sensitivity by means of drift compensation and smoothing algorithms. The detector shall provide dual - color LED indication that blinks to indicate power up, normal standby, out of sensitivity, alarm, and freeze trouble (Model 2WT-B, 4WT-B) conditions. When used in conjunction with the 2W-MOD2 module, 2-wire models shall include a maintenance signal to indicate the need for maintenance at the alarm control panel and shall provide a loop testing capability to verify the circuit without testing each detector individually. Operating Voltage Nominal: 12/24V non -polarized Minimum: 8.5 V Maximum: 35 V Maximum Ripple Voltage 30% peak to peak of applied voltage Standby Current 2-wire: 50 NA maximum average; 4-wire: 50 pA maximum average Maximum Alarm Current 2-wire: 130 mA limited by control panel; 4-wire: 20 mA @12 V, 23 mA @ 24 V Peak Standby Current 2-wire: 100 NA; 4-wire: n/a Alarm Contact Ratings Dimensions (including base) 2-wire: n/a; 4-wire: 0.5 A @ 30 V AC/DC 5.3 inches (127 mm) diameter; 2.0 inches (51 mm) height Weight 6.3 oz (178 g) Operating Temperature Range 2W-B and 4W-B: 32°F to 120"F (0°C to 49°C); 2WT-B and 4WT-B: 32°F to 100°F (0°C to 37.8°Q Operating Humidity Range 0 to 95% RH non -condensing Thermal Sensor 135°F (57.2°C) fixed Freeze Trouble 2WT-B and 4WT-B only: 41°F (5°C) Sensitivity 2.5%/ft nominal Input Terminals 14 to 22 AWG Mounting a LED Mode Green LED 31/2-inch octagonal back box 4-inch octagonal back box Single -gang back box 4-inch square back box with a plaster ring Direct mount to ceiling Red LED Condition Duration Power up Blink every 10 seconds Blink every 10 seconds Initial LED status indication 80 seconds Normal (standby) Blink every 5 seconds off Out of sensitivity off Blink every 5 seconds Freeze trouble off Blink every 10 seconds Alarm off Solid Ordering Information 2W-B No 2-wire 130 mA max. limited by control panel 2WT-B Yes 2-wire 130 mA max, limited by control panel 4W-B No 4-wire 20 mA @ 12 V, 23 mA @ 24 V 4WT-8 Yes 4-wire 20 mA @ 12V,23 mA @ 24 V Accessories 2W-MOD2 2-wire loop test / maintenance module RT SENS-RDR Sensitivity reader A77-AB2 Removal / replacement tool Retrofit adapter bracket, 6.6 inch (16.76 cm) diameter STEMww 3825 Ohio Avenue • St. Charles, IL 60174 Phone: 800-SENSOR2, Fax:630-377-6495 02009 System Senwr. A05 0318001-6109 -02169 . opattnoatloa oRhtsdatasheSENSO4 m, ux "w"x~ 120 VAC Medium Duty (Parallel) AC -Hardwire N Power Switching& Controls For Business -Critical Continuity"' The Edco FAS-1 20AC surge suppressor is designed to protect AC distribution panel circuits orlZUVpower supplies feeding sensitive electronic equipment. Electrically, the unit incorporates MOV and thermal fusing technology. The Edco FAS-1 20AC is designed to be installed in parallel on standard single phase 120 VAC (L,N,G) circuits. General Technical S cations Operating Voltage 120 VAC Total Peak Surge Current 15.5 kA Short Circuit Current Rating 5kAIC Location Type Type 2 Nomino| 3W\ Operating Current NA, Parallel Operating Frequency 47-63 Hz EMI Attenuation (100 kHz to 100 MHz) 25 dB Modes of Protection Uoe-to-Neutra|, Line - to -Ground, Neutral-to-G round Status Indication Power On&MOVFunctionu| Connection Leads12 O +40[ 85`C Weight 42uz Certifications AN8/ ULl449Third Edition FAILURE INDICATOR: Iffailure indicator does not illuminate the PovverSure- Features 00 LED indicator N Fast response time N Thermal fuse 00 L-G.L- N&N-Cprotection Compact size 00 Liquid tight conduit fitting 0N ANS|/ULl449Third Edition Closed nipple Hardware included) 3/ l6"holefor mounting Installation Mounting Inside Fire/Security Panel Mounting Outside (closed nipple 3/4") Fire/Security Panel A ground bus can be installed in cabinet to provide a single point ground. x Installation can be close -nipple up to a distribution panel/circuit or hardwired in parallel up to power supply input terminal screws. Be sure to dress leads as short as possible. Emerson Network Power. N AC Power N Embedded Computing N infrastructure Management & Monitoring Thermal Management The global leader in enabling E Connectivity N Embedded Power N Outside Plant N Racks and Integrated Cabinets Business -Critical Continuity'"'. N DC Power N Industrial Power N Power Switching&Controls services Emerson Network Power Contact Information Headquarters Surge Protection 100 Emerson Parkway Binghamton, New York 13905 T: (607) 721-8840 T: (800) 288-6169 F: (607) 722-8713 E: SurgeTech@Emerson.com www.EmersonNetworkPower.com/Surge EMERSOM Business -Critical Continuity, Emerson Network power and the Emerson Network Power 10-5010611 113 Rev. 6 Printed in USA logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. 02013 Emerson Electric Co. www.boschsecurity.com CHf ' l BOSC t Y2 4 1 The D8004 Transformer Enclosure protects the AC plug-in transformer and ensures that it remains securely fixed to the AC wall outlet. The D8004 Transformer Enclosure may be required for certain applications; the most common being fire alarm. Region Certification USA UL AMCX: Central Station Alarm Units UL1610, UL1635), AOTX: Local Alarm Units (UL464, UL609), APAW: Police Station Alarm Units (UL365, UL464), NBSX: Household Burglar Alarm System Units (UL1023), UOXX: Control Unit Ac- cessories, System (UL864, 9th edition), UTOU: Control Units and Accessories - Household System Type (UL985) FM D8004 CSFM see our website FDNY- 6174 UL 864 9th Edition CoA NYC- 12-92-E, Vol.12 MEA NYC- 12-92-E, Vol. XV MEA Invented for life Environmental Considerations Environment: Indoor, dry Mechanical Properties Cover Color: Light gray Dimensions: 8.8 in. x 4.7 in. 0.0 in. 22.4cmx 11.9 cm x 7.6 cm) Material: Cold -rolled steel,18 gauge (1.2 mm) Outlet Box Dimensions: 8.7 in. x 4.6 in. x 1.7 in. 22.1 cm x 11.7 cm x 4.3 cm) Material: Galvanized steel,18 gauge (1.2 mm) Power Requirements Voltage (supply): 120 VAC D8004 Transformer Enclosure For applications such as fire alarm that might require a transformer enclosure. Order number D8004 Hepruented by: Amerlcav Bosch Security Systems, Inc. 130 Perinton Parkway Fairport, New York, 14450, USA Phone: *1 800 269 0096 Fax: 1 585 223 9180 security.sales@us.bosch.com www.bosch security.0 s Europe, Middle East, Africa: Bosch Security Systems &V. P.O. Box 00002 5617 BA Eindhoven, The Netherlands Phone: « 3140 2577 284 Fax: +31 40 2577 330 em ea. secu ntysystem s@bosch. com www.bosch security.com Bosch Security Systems 2014 1 Data subject to change without notice 2739800075 1 en. V4, 17. Jul 2014 Asia -Pacific; Robert Bosch (SEA) Pie Ltd, Security Systems 11 Bishan Street 21 Singapore 573943 Phone: -65 6571 2808 Fax: +65 6571 2699 apr.securitysystems@bosch.com www. bosch secu nty.asi a China: Bosch (Shanghai) Security Systems Ltd. 201 Building, No, 333 Fuquan Road North iBP Changning District, Shanghai 200335 China Phone +86 21 22181111 Fax_ +86 21 22182398 www.bosch security. co m,cn America Latina: Robert Basch Lida Security Systems Division Via Anhanguera, Km 98 CEP 13065-900 Campinas, Sao Paulo, Brazil Phone: +55 19 2103 2860 Fax: +55 19 2103 2862 latam.boschsecurity6bosch_com wwwboschsecurity.com 00 COOPER Safety Fire Systems SIGNALING Internal Strobe 'E° FIRE ALARM EQUIPMENT STWC - Ceiling Mounted / STR - Wall Mounted The ceiling mounted (STWC) and wall mounted • Wall or ceiling mounting STR) internal strobes are designed to exceed options your expectations and offer the most polished, Common mounting base Contact cover feature rich and cost effective solution. Industry's highest strobe candela options Both the (STWC) and the (STR) are compatible Field selectable tone, dBA with the Cooper UL Listed range of intelligent and candela settings addressable fire systems. In/out wiring termination accepting two #12-18 AWG Architects and engineers can now specify the wires at each terminal industries sleekest looking fire notification appliance, while being afforded all the features Benefits and benefits that provide the Industry's lowest total cost of ownership. Quick and simple to install Up to 48% savings in The combination of 12V do and 24V do in one current draw (over similar unit provides the capability to use a single unit products) for different installation requirements. Voltage test points for quick troubleshooting and easy These units use a universal, common mounting spot checking base making them ideal for retrofit jobs, limited Contact cover provides space environments and pre-existing wire protection from dirt, dust, configurations. paint and accidental damage, it also allows for They come complete with a contact cover for pre -wire testing and protection against dirt, dust, paint and damage troubleshooting to the contacts. This contact cover also acts as a shunting device to allow pre -wire testing for common wiring issues. 00 COOPER 3, Dimensions - Wail Mount H (mm) W (mm) D (mm) 113 116 56 oaaae Dimensions - Ceiling Mount Dia (rem) D (mm) r 166 34 Standard Connection From praoesdln@ To nexl applea", or eppllancs or and W Ins reala.1 Caard perNl 1EOLF) O 0 --' WARNING: Do NOT use high voltage testers if ANY equipment is connected to the system. Screen (Earth) must be continuous along entire length of cable Wiring method shall be in accordance with CSA C22.1, Canadian Electrical Code, Part 1, Safety Standard for Electrical Installations, Section 32. 1. All strobe appliances have in -out wiring terminals that accept two #12 to #18 American Wire Gauge (AWG) wires at each screw terminal. Strip leads 318 inches and connect to screw terminals. 2. Break all in -out wire runs on supervised circuits to ensure integrity of circuit supervision. The polarity shown in the wiring diagrams is for the operation of the appliances. The polarity Is reversed by the control panel during supervision. Horns, Strobes and Horn Strobes NI strobe model& are UL duol listed - moeting baih ULt 8:#8 end ULi971 repu-truinta. As dual Barad appliances. them weatherproof strobes ere listed (or autdow applt_Uons under Ul- 1838 as wwl as undo, UL 1971. the Standard tar Safety Signaling Devices for Hearing lmp red. With an extended temperature range of -31 T to 150"F 40°C to WC), the —.in ..( appiianess meal or e ,uod M. outdoor test nixi. ents for min. humidity and corrosion r .witnre whiia providing multlpie strobe intensity pboos, including the highost trans ratings evsiiabie for area coverage per NFPA 72 strobe spacing tables (up to 185 caarl for wail mounting and 177 candela for wiling mounting). Technical Specification c@da a" aTwc I fMacnplian Internal Strobes, Wall Mounted Internal Strobes. Ceiling Mounted Standards UL Standard 1971 l UL Standard 1971 operation 12/2AV tic 3 15/1b75/39/7b/96/110/135/18b ctl 18/1875/30l/6/95/110/135/18S cd Envllonmantal Operating Temperature j 0`C to 48°C 0•C to 49°C Humidity Mon Condensing) 0 to 93 %RH 0 to 93 %RH j Compatibility. Suitable for use with Caspar UL ,tire Systems Cooper UL FireSystems Current Draw Ratings UL max currant rating is the maxxnum AM$ ourrent within the listed voltage range (16-33V do for 24V do unite). For strobes the UL max ourrent is usually at the minimum listed voltage (16V do for 24V do units). For audible, the max current is usually at the maximum listed voltage (33V do for 24V do units). For unfiltered rating&, see installation instmotions. Internal Strobe Unit Details Tone Selection Tone Selection li { Cordele Selection ,rl. Cordele 4Selection Fur Iog Cendala _ Candeio Window -- Window Code Description STIR Internal Strobes, Wall Mount STWC Internal Strobes, Ceiling Mount 97 Indoor Selectable - Output Speaker Strobes and Dual Voltage Evacuation Speakers for Ceiling Applications System Sensor L-Series selectable -output speaker strobes and dual -voltage evacuation speakers can reduce ground faults and enable faster installation with lower current draw and modern aesthetics. Features Plug-in design and protective cover reduce ground faults Universal mounting plate with an onboard shorting spring tests wiring continuity before installation No extension ring required Field selectable candela settings on ceiling units: 15, 30, 75, 95, 115, 150, and 177 Automatic selection of 12- or 24-volt operation at 15 and 30 candela Rotary switch simplifies field selection of speaker voltage (25 and 70.7 Vrms) and power settings ('/a, 1/2, 1 and 2 watts) Speakers offer high fidelity and high volume sound output 520 Hz +/- 10% square wave tone capable with compatible FACP Compatible with System Sensor synchronization protocol Electrical compatibility with existing SpectrAlert and SpectrAlert Advance products Tamper -resistant construction Updated modern aesthetics Agency Listings LISiEU 54048 FM approved except T320-16530%5 for ALERT models 3057493 System Sensor L-Series of speakers and speaker strobes reduce costly ground faults using a plug-in design and universal mounting plate that allow the installer to pre -wire mounting plates, dress the wires, and confirm wiring continuity before plugging in the speakers. In addition, a protective plastic cover prevents nicked wires by covering exposed speaker components. These devices also enable faster installations by providing instant feedback to ensure that wiring is properly connected, rotary switches to select voltage and power settings, and 7 field -selectable candela settings for both wall and ceiling speaker strobes. The low total harmonic distortion of the SP speaker offers high fidelity sound output while still offering high volume sound output for use in high ambient noise applications. L-Series makes installation easy Attach a universal mounting plate to a 4 x 4 x 21/8 inch back box . Flush -mount applications do not require an extension ring. Connect the notification appliance circuit or speaker wiring to the terminals on the mounting plate. Attach the speaker or speaker strobe to the mounting plate by inserting the product tabs into the mounting plate grooves. Hinge the device into position to lock the product pins into the mounting plate terminals. The device will temporarily hold in place with a catch until it is secured with a captured mounting screw. AVDS666-03 • 03123/2018 • Page' L-Series Speaker and Speaker Strobe Specifications General L-Series speaker and speaker strobes shall mount to a 4 x 4 x 21/a-inch back box. A universal mounting plate shall be used for mounting ceiling and wall products. The notification appliance circuit and amplifier wiring shall terminate at the universal mounting plate. Also, L-Series speaker strobes, when used with the Sync*CircuitT11 Module accessory, shall be powered from a non -coded notification appliance circuit output and shall operate on a nominal 12 or 24 volts. When used with the Sync•Circuit Module, 12-volt rated notification appliance circuit outputs shall operate between 8.5 and 17.5 volts; 24-volt rated notification appliance circuit outputs shall operate between 16.5 and 33 volts. Indoor L-Series products shall operate between 320F and 120OF from a regulated DC, or full -wave rectified, unfiltered power supply. Speaker strobes shall have field -selectable candela settings including 15, 30, 75, 95. 115, 150, 177. Speaker The speaker shall be a System Sensor L-Series model dual -voltage transformer speaker capable of operating at 25.0 or 70.7 nominal Vrms. It should be listed to UL 1480 and shall be approved for fire protective service. The speaker shall have a frequency range of 400 to 4,000 Hz and shall have an operating temperature between 32°F and 120°F. The speaker shall have power taps and voltage that are selected by rotary switches. Speaker Strobe combination The speaker strobe shall be a System Sensor L.-Series model - listed to UL1480 and UL 1971 and be approved for fire protective signaling systems. The speaker shall be capable of operating at 25.0 or 70.7 nominal Vrms selected via rotary switch, and shall have a frequency range of 400 to 4,000 Hz. The speaker shall have power taps that are selected by rotary switch. The strobe shall comply with the NFPA 72 requirements for visible signaling appliances, flashing at 1 Hz over the strobe's entire operating voltage range. The strobe light shall consist of a xenon flash tube and associated lens/reflector system. Synchronization Module The module shall be a System Sensor Sync•Circuit model MDL3 listed to UL 464 and shall be approved for fire protective service. The module shall synchronize SpectrAlert strobes at 1 Hz. The module shall mount to a 4"/16 x 417/16 x 21/8-inch back box. The module shall also control two Style Y (class B) circuits or one Style Z (class A) circuit. The module shall synchronize multiple zones. Daisy chaining two or more synchronization modules together will synchronize all the zones they control. The module shall not operate on a coded power supply. Operating Temperature 32-F to 120-F (0eC to 49eC) Humidity Range 10 to 93% non -condensing Dimensions, Ceiling -Mount Diameter Depth SPC Speaker 6.8 in, 173 mm 1.0 in, 25 mm With Surface Mount Back Sox 6.9 in, 176 mm 3.5 in, 89 mm SPSC Speaker Strobe 6.8 in, 173 mm 2.8 in, 73 mm With Surface Mount Back Box 6.9 in, 176 mm 5.37 in, 136 mm When using 12AWG, 14 AWG, or adding extra wires in the box, a deeper box or extension ring is recommended. Nominal Voltage (speakers) 25 Volts or 70.7 Volts (nominal) Maximum Supervisory Voltage (speakers) 50 VDC Strobe Flash Rate 1 flash per second Nominal Voltage (strobes) Regulated 12 VDC or regulated 24 VDC/FWR 1.2 Operating Voltage Range (includes fire 8 to 17.5 V (12 V nominal) or 16 to 33 V (24 V nominal) alarm panels with built in sync) Operating Voltage with MDL3 Sync Module 8.5 to 17.5 V (12 V nominal) or 16.5 to 33 V (24 V nominal) Frequency Range 400 to 4,000 Hz3 Power '/4, Y2, 1, 2 watts 1. Full Wave Rectified (FWR) voltage is a non -regulated, time -varying power source that is used on some power supply and panel outputs 2. Strobe products will operate at 12 V nominal only for 15 and 30 cd. 3. 520 Hz +/- 10% square wave tone capable with compatible FACP. AVOS666-03. 03/23/2018 - Page 2 UL Current Draw Data 8 to 175 Volts Candela Oc 16 to 33 Volts Oc FWR 15 87 41 60 30 153 63 86 75 NA ill 142 95 NA 134 164 115 NA 158 191 150 NA 189 228 177 NA 226 264 Setting UL Reverberant (dBA 010 ft) UL Anechoic (dBA 010 ft) 1/4 W 79 79 1/2 W 82 82 1 w 85 85 2 W 88 88 Setting UL Reverberant (dBA 010 ft) UL Anecholc (dBA 010 ft) 1/4 W 77 77 112 W 80 80 1 w 83 83 2 W 86 86 L-Series Dimensions 4.81 41t I"M.) 1. -r---- Ceiling Speaker Ceiling Speaker Strobe A0543M A0544-00 AVDS666 03 - 03123/2018 • Page 3 Surface Mount! A05CA 01 Ceiling Speaker with Surface Mount Back Box A0520-01 Ceiling Speaker Strobe with Surface Mount Back Box A0542-W Ceiling Speaker Strobe with Trim Ring and 4" Square Electrical Box L-Series Ordering Information White Red Description SPCWL SPCRL Speaker only SPSCWL SPSCRL Speaker Strobe SPSCWL-P Plain, Speaker Strobe SPSCWL-SP Fuego, Speaker Strobe SPSCWL-CLR-ALERT Alert, Speaker Strobe, Clear Lens White Red Description SBBCWL S136CRL Universal Ceiling Surface Mount Back Box TRC-2W TRC-2 Universal Ceilina Trim RinQ STEW 3825 Ohio Avenue o St. Charles, IL 60174 02018 SYM-m Sensor Product spec&at,,ons whiect to chwoe wllhw nowe VISA systornsm" Phone: 800-SENSOR2 o Fax: 630-377-6495 for current prodWt information, including the atos(vorsnn of tmss wa shootSENSOR' www.systemsensor.comcurrentAVDS%6-03 - 03123/2018 Outdoor, Selectable, Output Speaker Strobes and Dual. Voltage Evacuation Speakers for Wall Applications SpectrAlertO Advance outdoor, selectable -output speaker strobes and dual -voltage evacuation speakers meet virtually any outdoor application requirement. Features Weatherproof per NEMA 4X, IP56 Rated from -40°F to 151 IF Plug-in design reduces ground faults Universal mounting plate with onboard shorting spring that tests wiring continuity before devices are installed Field -selectable candela settings: 15, 15/75, 30, 75, 95, 110, 115, 135. 150. 177, and 185 Automatic selection of 12- or 24-volt operation at 15 and 15/75 candela Rotary switch for speaker voltage (25 and 70.7 Vrms) and power settings (1/4, 1/2, 1 and 2 watts) Compatible with System Sensor synchronization protocol and legacy SpectrAlert products Tamper -resistant construction Listed for ceiling or wall mounting Agency Listings MAUN @a approved 75SO 7320-1653201 10-06-E SpectrAlert Advance offers the broadest line of outdoor speakers and speaker strobes in the industry. From metal and plastic outdoor back boxes, to white and red plastic housings, to wall and ceiling mounting options, SpectrAlert Advance can meet virtually any application requirement. Wall -mount outdoor speakers and speaker strobes can be used indoors or outdoors in wet or dry applications, and can provide reliable operation from -40oF to 151IF. These speakers provide a broad frequency response range, low harmonic distortion and maintain a high sound pressure level at all tap settings to provide accurate and intelligible broadcast of evacuation messages. Like the entire SpectrAlert Advance line, wall -mount outdoor speakers and speaker strobes include a variety of features that increase application flexibility and simplify installation. First, field -selectable settings, including candela, speaker voltage and power settings, and automatic selection of 12- or 24-volt operation enable installers to easily adapt devices to meet requirements. Next, these devices use a universal mounting plate with an onboard shorting spring that ensures wiring continuity before devices are installed, so installers can verify proper wiring without mounting the devices and exposing them to potential construction damage. Once the plates are mounted, all SpectrAlert Advance devices utilize a plug-in design with a single captured screw to speed installation and virtually eliminate costly ground faults. Outdoor devices ship with weatherproof plastic back boxes (metal back boxes are available separately) that accommodate in -and - out wiring for daisy chaining devices. Plastic back boxes feature removable side flanges and improved resistance to saltwater corrosion. Knock -outs located on the back eliminate the need to drill holes for screw -in mounting. Plastic and metal weatherproof back boxes come with 3/4-inch top and bottom conduit entries and 3/4-inch knock -outs at the back. A screw -in NPT plug with an O-ring gasket for a watertight seal is included with each back box. SpectrAlert® Advance Outdoor Speaker and Speaker Strobe Specifications General SpectrAlert Advance outdoor speakers and speaker strobes shall mount to a weatherproof back box. A universal mounting plate shall be used for mounting ceiling and wall products. The notification appliance circuit and amplifier wiring shall terminate at the universal mounting plate. Also, SpectrAlert Advance speaker strobes, when used with the Sync•Circuit" Module accessory, shall be powered from a non -coded notification appliance circuit output and shall operate on a nominal 12 or 24 volts. When used with the Sync•Circuit Module, 12-volt-rated notification appliance circuit outputs shall operate between 8.5 and 17.5 volts; 24-volt-rated notification appliance circuit outputs shall operate between 16.5 and 33 volts. Outdoor SpectrAlert Advance products shall operate between -40°F and 151°F from a regulated DC, or full -wave rectified, unfiltered power supply. Speaker Speaker shall be a System Sensor SpectrAlert Advance Model dual -voltage transformer speaker capable of operating at 25.0 or 70.7 nominal Vrms. Speaker shall be listed to Underwriters Laboratories Standard S4048 for outdoor fire protective signaling systems. Speaker shall have a frequency range of 400 to 4,000 Hz and shall have an operating temperature from -40°F to 150.8°F. Speaker shall have power taps and wattage settings that are selected by rotary switches. The speaker must be installed with its weatherproof back box in order to remain outdoor approved per UL listing S4048. The speaker shall be suitable for use in air handling spaces and wet environments. Speaker Strobe Combination The speaker strobe shall be a System Sensor Model ^ listed to UL 1638 and UL 1480 and be approved for fire protective signaling systems. Speaker shall be capable of operating at 25.0 or 70.7 nominal Vrms and shall have a frequency range of 400 to 4,000 Hz. Speaker shall have power taps that are selected by rotary switch. The strobe shall consist of a xenon flash tube with associated lens/reflector system and operate on either 12 or 24 volts. The strobe shall also feature selectable candela output, providing options for 15 or 15/75 candela when operating on 12 volts and 15, 15/75, 30, 75, 110, 115, 135, 150. 177 or 185 candela when operating on 24 volts. The strobe shall comply with the Americans with Disabilities Act requirement for visible signaling appliances, flashing at 1 Hz over the strobe's entire operating voltage range. The speaker strobe must be installed with its weatherproof back box in order to remain outdoor approved per UL. The speaker strobe shall be suitable for use in wet environments. Operating Temperature -40°F to 151°F (-40°C to 66°C) Dimensions, Wail -Mount SPS Speaker Strobe 6.0"L x 5.0"W x 4.7`D (including lens and speaker) SP Speaker 6.0"L x 5.0-W x 2.9"D Dimensions, Wall -Mount Weatherproof Back Box 6.5"L x 5.5"H x 2.9"D Nominal Voltage (speakers) 25 V or 70.7 V (nominal) Maximum Supervisory Voltage (speakers) 50 VDC Strobe Flash Rate 1 flash per second Nominal Voltage (strobes) Regulated 12 VDC/FWR or regulated 24 DC/FWR Operating Voltage Range (includes fire alarm 8 to 17.5 V (12 V nominal) or 16 to 33 V (24 V nominal) panels with built in sync) Operating Voltage with MDI.3 Sync Module 8.5 to 17.5 V (12 V nominal) or 16.5 to 33 V (24 V nominal) Frequency Range 400 to 4,000 Hz Power '/4, '/2, 1, 2 watts AVDS11301 UL Current Draw Data Candela Derating s = For K series products used at low 8 to 17.5 Volts 16 to 33 Volts temperatures, listed candela ratings must be Candela DC F'WR DC FWR reduced in accordance with this table. Standard 15 123 128 66 71 Candela Range 15/75 142 148 77 81 30 NA NA 94 96 NA NA 158 15375 95 NA NA 181 176 110 NA NA 202 195 115 NA NA 210 205 High 135 NA NA 228 207 Candela Range 150 NA NA 246 220 177 NA NA 281 251 185 NA NA 286 258 OutputSound UL Reverberant (dBA a 10 ft.) 2W 1 W 1/2 W 1/4 W Outdoor Speaker 90 87 84 81 Outdoor Sneaker/Strobe 89 86 83 80 Dimensions S Wall -Mount Outdoor Speaker S. Listed Candela Candela rating at 40°F 15 Do not use below 32°F15/75 30 75 44 95 110 70 110 115 115 135 135 150 150 177 177 185 185 Wall -Mount Outdoor Speaker Strobe AVDS11301 Surface Mounting Wail -Mount Speaker Strobe with Metal Weatherproof Back Box Ordering Information for SpectrAler'O Advance Outdoor Speakers and Speaker Strobes White Iced Description SPWK SPRK Outdoor Speaker (includes plastic weatherproof back box) SPWK-R SPRK-R Outdoor Speaker (does not include plastic weatherproof back box) SPSWK SPSRK Outdoor Speaker Strobe, Standard cd (includes plastic weatherproof back box) SPSWK-P SPSRK-P Plain Outdoor Speaker Strobe, Standard cd(includes plastic weatherproof back box) SPSWK-R SPSRK-R Outdoor Speaker Strobe, Standard cd(does not include weatherproof back box) SPSWK-CLR-ALERT Outdoor Speaker Strobe, Standard cd, Clear Lens, ALERT Printed includes plastic weatherproof back box) SPSRHK Outdoor Speaker Strobe, High cd (135,150,177,185) (includes plastic weatherproof back box) i i . MWBBW MWBB Wall, Metal Weatherproof Back Box Notes: All -P models have a plain housing (no "FIRE" marking on cover) Standard cd" refers to strobes that include 15, 15175, 30, 75, 95, 110, and 115 candela settings. "High cd" refers to strobes that include 135, 150, 177, and 185 candela settings. When replacing standard outdoor units, both the device and back box must be replaced. S 02012 Systom Sensor. 1 SENSOR' f3825 Qhio Avenue • St. Charles, IL 60174 aor a8peproduct tormaGllo M9ngMe owo osm(Athsdatash gin 11' tPhone: 800-SENSOR2 • Fax: 630-377-6495 °tcvront product infamatim,including -Islas v son oftlis data shot nvost toot • osn2 Rechargeable Batteries For Altronix DC Power Supplies/Chargers Description Altronix rechargeable batteries supply 12VDC for security, access, surveillance, and fire applications, Rechar Batteries Altronix° Rev. Batteries-10212016 r%Vy F q=CLLUIVO No memory effect. - Sealed non -spillable lead acid batteries. Maximum life, dependability, reliability. - Spaded terminals. Rechargeable Bateries Reference Chart Altronix Output Dimensions We" ht Model Number Voltage A/Hr Length Width Height PIProduct Shipping BT124 4 — 2.76 gO. 1 mm) 3.5" (88,9mm) 1" 01.6rrlrn) 2.3lbs.(1.04kg) [_2.81P_§.ffj27kgL BTI 26 7 2.56" (65mm) 5,94" (150.9mm) 3.66" (93mm) 4.15 Ibs. (1.88 k 4,65-,Ibs. (2.11 kq)— 12V0C BTI 212 12 3.75" (95.25mmJ5 94" 150.9mm) 3.5" (88.9mm) _ 3 lbs. 3.76 q) 8 8 lbs. (4.0 k BT1240 40 6.5" (165.1 mm 7._72' 196.11mm.73' 6_170.9mm 26.4 lbs, (12 kg) 27,2 Ibs. kl_?q_ Altronix Corporation 1140 58th St I Brook", NY 11220 USA phone: +1 718.567.8181 1 fax: +1718.567.9056 1 email: infoCaftronix.com I www.altronix.com 0 U U B Q 0 VRLAI270 PO Box 819 New Meadows, lU83654 800)995-9750 Ph. 208)34?']898Fax. The VRLA127OBattery isulead-lead dioxide system. The diluted sulfuric acid electrolyte ioabsorbed byseparators and plates and thus immobilized, Should the battery beaccidentally overcharged producing hydrogen and oxygen, special one way valves allow the gases toescape, thus avoiding excessive pressure bui|d'up. Otherwise, the battery iocompletely sealed and iomaintenanme-free. leak proof and usable inany position. General Features Absorbent Glass Mat (AGM)technology for efficient gas recombination ofupto 39%and freedom from electrolyte maintenance urwater adding. Nutns0ictod(orairtmnxpo,t-romp| ieo with iATA/|CAOSpeoia| ProvioinnA07. UL-recognized component, CamLemountedin any orientation. Computendoo/gnog| eeU.calc|umtinal| oy grid for high powerdenm/y. Long service |ih* float o/cyclic Maintenance -free operation, Lowoe|fdincharQe Performance Characteristics Nominal Voltage 12V Number ofcell 8 Design Life 5 years Nominal Capacity 77oF(25oC) Internal Resistance Fully Charged battery 77oF(25oC) 28mOhms 3% of capacity declined per month at 20oC(average) Operating Temperature Range Discharge -20-6OoC Storage -20-6OoC Max. Discharge Current 77oF(25oC) 105A( 5s) Short Circuit Current 350A Charge Methods: Constant Voltage Charge 77oF(25oC) Cycle use 14.5-14.9V Maximum charging current 2,8A Temperature compensation -30mV6C Standby use 13O-138V Temperature compensation ' 2OmuoC Discharge Constant Power (Watts at 770F250C) Note)The above characteristics data are average values obtained within three chargeidischarge cycles not the mimimurn values, 87-7810, 800-327-2443, Fax: 908-687-8860 www.paigeelectric.com 0 speeu,402SM same as 740133L) Z CONDUCTOR 14 AWG SOLID TYPE CL3P/FPLP 500' Reel 1.0 SCOPE: 1.1 This cable consists of 2 conductors 14 AWG solid bare copper; color -coded low smoke PVC insulation; overall red low smoke PVC jacket. Type CL3P/FPLP UL Standards 13 &. 1424 NEC Articles 725 & 760 UL 910 Plenum 2.0 CONSTRUCTION: 2.1 CONDUCTOR: 2.1.1 Material: Bare Copper 2.1.2 Size: 14 AWG 2.1.3 Construction: Solid 2.2 INSULATION: 2.2.1 Material: Low Smoke PVC 2.2.2 Wall Thickness: .0 12" nom. 2.2.3 Color code: 1-Black, 2-Red 2.3 JACKET: 2.3.1 Material: Low Smoke PVC 2.3.2 Wall Thickness: .0 15" nom. 2.3.3 OD:.206" nom. 2.3.4 Color: Red 2.3.5 Ripcord under jacket 2.3.6 Markings: PAIGE 5UI 402S3R5 14/2C SOL FIRE CL3P/FPLP (****) 75° C XXXXXX (***) ROHS COMPLIANT (**) (*) 2.4 ELECTRICAL PROPERTIES 2.4.1 Temperature: -20°C to 75°C 2.4.2 Voltage: 300 Volt 2.4.3 Capacitance: 27 pF/Ft. nom. 2.4,4 Impedance: 70 Ohms per 1000' 2.4.5 DC Resistance: 2.5 Ohms/M' O 20°C 2.5 PUT -UPS: 2.5.1 500' Reel 2.5.2 Weight: 36.2 Ibs / 1000' Printing to be permanently identified via inkjet or print wheel print. (Embossed NOT Acceptable). Ascending / Descending Footage to Repeat Every 2 Feet. Manufacturer's lot number (for traceability) Cable Mill Factory Identification J UL or ETL Listed & CSA Certified or C(UL)US Listed Acceptable The information and specifications described herein are subject to error or omission and to change without notice. Paige provides the information and specifications herein on an "AS IS" basis, with no representations or warranties, whether express, statutory or implied. In no event will Paige be liable for any damages (including consequential, indirect, incidental, special, punitive, or exemplary damages( whatsoever, even if Paige has been advised of the possibility of such damages, whether in an aclion under contract, negligence of any other theory, arising out of or in connection with the use, or inability to use, the information or specifications described herein. 5U1402S3R5 ver.i 03/26/12-Q 87-7810, 800-327-2443, Fax: 908-687-8860 www.paigeelectric.com 6 specw,802SM same as 740132L) 2 CONDUCTOR 18 AWG SOLID TYPE CMP/FPLP 500' Box 1.0 SCOPE: 1.1 This cable consists of 2 conductors 18 AWG solid bare copper; color -coded low smoke PVC insulation; overall red low smoke PVC jacket. Type CMP/FPLP UL Standards 444 & 1424 NEC Articles 760 & 800 UL 910 Plenum 2.0 CONSTRUCTION: 2.1 CONDUCTOR: 2.1.1 Material: Bare Copper 2.1.2 Size: 18 AWG 2,1.3 Construction: Solid 2.2 INSULATION: 2.2.1 Material: Low Smoke PVC 2.2.2 Wall Thickness:.007" nom. 2.2.3 Color code: I -Black, 2-Red 2.3 JACKET: 2.3.1 Material: Low Smoke PVC 2.3.2 Wall Thickness: .0 15" nom. 2.3.3 OD:.134" nom. 2.3.4 Color: Red 2.3.5 Ripcord under jacket 2.3.6 Markings: PAIGE 51J18023135S 18/2C SOL FIRE CMP/FPLP (****) 75° C XXXXXX (***) ROHS COMPLIANT (**) (*) 2.4 ELECTRICAL PROPERTIES 2.4.1 Temperature: -20*C to 75°C 2.4.2 Voltage: 300 Volt 2.4.3 Capacitance: 24 pF/ft nom. 2.4.4 Impedance: 65 Ohms per 1000' 2.4.5 DC Resistance: 6.5 Ohms/M' @ 20*C 2.5 PUT -UPS: 2.5.1 500' Box 2.5.2 Weight: 17.5 Ibs / 1000' Printing to be permanently identified via inkjet or print wheel print. (Embossed NOT Acceptable). Ascending / Descending Footage to Repeat Every 2 Feet. Manufacturer's lot number (for traceability) Cable Mill Factory Identification UL or ETL Listed & CSA Certified or C(UL)US Listed Acceptable The information and specifications described herein are subject to error or omission and to change without notice. Paige provides the information and specifications herein on an "AS IS" basis, with no representations or warranties, whether express, statutory orimplied. In no event will Paige be liable for any damages (including consequential, indirect, incidental, special, punitive, or exemplary damages) whatsoever, even it Paige has been advised of the possibility of such damages, whether in an action under contract, negligence or any other theory, arising out of or in connection with the use, or inability to use, the information or specifications described herein. 5UI802S3B5 Ver. I 03/26112-Q r87-7810, 800-327-2443, Fax: 908-687-8860 www.paigeelectric.com 0 spec5u,804SM same as 740034) 4 CONDUCTOR 18 AWG SOLID _. TYPE CMP/FPLP 500' Box 1.0 SCOPE: 2.3 JACKET: 1.1 This cable consists of 4 conductors 18 2.3.1 Material: Low Smoke PVC AWG solid bare copper; color -coded 2.3.2 Wall Thickness: .0 15" nom. low smoke PVC insulation; overall red 2.3.3 OD:.156" nom. low smoke PVC jacket. 2.3.4 Color: Red Type CMP/FPLP 2.3.5 Ripcord under jacket UL Standards 444 & 1424 2.3,6 Markings: PAIGE 51_11804S 18/4C SOL FIRE NEC Articles 760 & 800 CMP/FPLP (****) 75° C XXXXXX (***) ROHS UL 910 Plenum COMPLIANT (**) (*) 2.0 CONSTRUCTION: 2.4 ELECTRICAL PROPERTIES 2.1 CONDUCTOR: 2.4.1 Temperature: -20°C to 75°C 2.1.1 Material: Bare Copper 2.4.2 Voltage: 300 Volt 2.1.2 Size: 18 AWG 2.4.3 Capacitance: 24 pF/ft nom. 2.1.3 Construction: Solid 2.4.4 Impedance: 65 Ohms 2.4.5 Velocity of Propagation: 44% 2.2 INSULATION: 2.4,6 DC Resistance: 6.5 Ohms/M' @ 68°C 2.2.1 Material: Low Smoke PVC 2,2.2 Wall Thickness:.007" nom. 2.5 PUT -UPS: 2.2.3 Color code: 2.5.1 500' Box 1-Black 2.5.2 Weight: 30lbs / 1000' 2-Red 3-Yellow 4-Lt. Blue Printing to be permanently identified via inkjet or print wheel print. (Embossed NOT Acceptable). Ascending / Descending Footage to Repeat Every 2 Feet. Manufacturer's lot number (for traceability) Cable Mill Factory Identification UL or ETL Listed & CSA Certified or C(UL)US Listed Acceptable The information and specifications described herein are subject to error or omission and to change without notice. Paige provides the information and specifications herein on an "AS IS" basis, with no representations or warranties, whether express, statutory or implied. In no event will Paige be liable for any damages (including consequential, indirect, incidental, special, punitive, or exemplary damages) whatsoever, even it Paige has been advised of the possibility of such damages, whether in an action under contract, negligence or any other theory, arising out of or in connection with the use, or inability to use, the information or specifications described herein. Spec5U1804S3B5 Rey 12 03/26/12-Q 87-7810, 800-327-2443, Fax: 908-687-8860 www.paigeelectric.com 6 specmc1214L same as 454717AREM & 75182SMPN) 2 CONDUCTOR 18 AWG SOLID OVERALL SHIELDED MID -CAPACITANCE TYPE FPLP/CMP 1.0 SCOPE: 1.1 This cable consists of 2 conductors 18 AWG solid bare copper; color -coded Fluoropolymer insulation; overall aluminum polyester shield with drain wire; overall red low smoke PVC jacket Type FPLP/CMP UL Standards 444 & 1424 NEC Articles 760 & 800 UL 910 Plenum 2.0 CONSTRUCTION: 2.1 CONDUCTOR: 2.1.1 Material: Bare Copper 2.1.2 Size: 18 AWG 2.1.3 Construction: Solid 2.2 INSULATION: 2.2.1 Material: Fluoropolymer 2.2.2 Wall Thickness, .014" nom. 2.2.3 Color code: 1-Black 2-Red 2.3 SHIELD: 2.3.1 Material: Aluminum Polyester 2.3.2 Coverage:100% 2.4 DRAIN: 2.4.1 Material: Tinned Copper 2.4.2 Size: 22 AWG 2.4.3 Construction: Solid 2.5 JACKET: 2.5.1 Material: Low Smoke PVC 2.5.2 Wall Thickness: .0 15" 2.5.3 OD:.158" nom. 2.5.4 Color: Red (Federal Standard #21302) 2.5.5 Ripcord under jacket 2.5.6 Markings: PAIGE #740214L Ascending/Descending footage markings) 18 AWG 2/C OAS MID-CAP(UL) TYPE FPLP/CMP E191595 2.6 ELECTRICAL PROPERTIES 2.6.1 Temperature: -20`C to 75`C 2.&2 Voltage: 300 Volt 2.6.3 Capacitance: 32 pF/ft nom C, 1 MHz 2.6.4 Impedance: 48 Ohms nom. 2.6.5 Velocity of Propagation: 68.2% 2.6.6 DC Resistance: 6.59 Ohms/M' Oa 20°C 2.7 PUT -UPS: 2.7.1 500' Box 2.7.2 Weight: 21 Ibs / 1000' The information and specifications described herein are subject to error or omission and to change without notice. Paige provides the information and specifications herein on an "AS IS" basis, with no representations or warranties, whether express, statutory or implied. In no event will Paige be liable for any damages (including consequential, indirect, incidental, special, punitive, or exemplary damages) whatsoever, even if Paige has been advised of the possibility of such damages, whether in an action under contract, negligence or any other theory, arising out of or in connection with the use, or inability to use, the information or specifications described herein. Spec7402141. Rev 1.2 10/27/09-Q Standard Features: 0 2 Key ring hooks to hold system keys 0 Business card holder for key contacts Overall Dimensions are 12" x 13" tall and 2 % deep 0 16 gauge steel box and cover for security Durable powercoat baked on finish other colors available Standard Wcat 30 key lock other lock as- semblies available Solid stainless steel piano hinge Permanently screened white ink 1" high Fire Alarm Documents" Legend sheet for passwords and system information LnWrow Mi NMPX Made In U.S.A. FIRE DOCUMENT BOX The FDB is the perfect fit to meet the demanding code requirements today. SAE's number one goal is to manufacture code compliant solutions and this product allows you to do just that. NFPA 72 2010 section 6.2.2.1 states, "A record of installed software and firmware version numbers shall be maintained at the location of the fire alarm control unit." This durable 16 gauge steel enclosure with a solid piano hinge and key lock will keep all of your code required documents in one safe place. Along with your fire alarm software you can store your test & inspection documents, service records, manuals & AS built drawings for the system. The FDB is designed to hold critical manuals and documents with a durable steel retainer. It has designated hooks to organize key rings and hold important business cards for easy access and reference. Inside the cover it has a organized note table that allows for documentation for passwords and other critical system information. ISO 9001 REGISTERED Ilk COMPANY ADA Space Age Electronics, Inc. 2013 ED0447 LT1 0505 Rev.13 1/2 Space Age Electronics, Inc, www.Isae.com 800.486.1723 Toll Free 508.485.0966 Local 508.485.4740 Fax No Excuses, Just Solutions! 40SPACEAGE MWELECTRONICS, INC. Specifications: The fire alarm documents box (FDB) shall be constructed of 18 gauge cold rolled steel. It shall have a red powder coat epoxy finish. The cover shall be permanently screened with 1 " high lettering "FIRE ALARM DOCUMENTS with white indelible ink. The access door shall be locked with a 3/4" barrel lock and the hinge shall be a solid width 12" stainless steel piano hinge. The enclosure will supply 4 mounting holes. Inside the enclosure will accommodate standard 8 1/2 x 11 manuals and loose document records that will be protected within the enclosure. A legend sheet will be permanently attached to the door for system required documentation, key contacts and system information. The enclosure shall also provide 2 key ring holders with a location to mount standard business type cards for key contact personnel. Space Age Electronics, Inc. www.Isae.com 800.486.1723 Toll Free 508.485.0966 Local 508.485.4740 Fax No Excuses, Just Solutions! IT- NV I Legend sheet for storing system information including contacts, sign -off, maintenance & test information, and alternate locations of additional records. Ordering Information: Part # Description SSU00672 Fire Document Box RED SSU00673 Custom screening with your Logo Check out our Infinity line eFAD single gang 2 Gig digital storage solutions (IAMEFAD) This document is subject to change without notice, see doc # ED0479 for legal disclaimer ED0447 LT1 0505 Rev.B 2/2 Z 2 2018 CITY OF SANFORD BUILDING & FIRE PREVENTION PERMIT APPLICATION 1> Application No: J_ r Documented Construction Value: $ 7,800.00 Job Address: 312 NORTH ENTRANCE ROAD, SANFORD, FL 32771 Historic District: Yes No Parcel ID: 29-19-30-300-011 D-0000 Residential Commercial Q Type of Work: New 0 Addition Alteration Repair Demo Change of Use Move Description of Work: INSTALL ONE (X1) ILLUMINATED WALL SIGN. HOOK SIGN POWER TO EXISTING SINGLE PHASE 20A 120V EXISTING CIRCUIT. Plan Review Contact Person: Michael Giesinger Title: PERMITTING Phone: 386-320-0623 Fax: Property Owner I Name Street: City, State Zip: Email: permitting@whitesigncompany.com formation Phone: — D Resident of property? : 0 3026 Contractor Information Name WHITE SIGN COMPANY, LLC Street: 907b S Charles Richard Beall Blvd Phone: 386-320-0623 Fax: 386-320-0625 City, State Zip: DEBARY, FL 32713 State License No.: ES12000976 Architect/Engineer Information Name: Street: City, St, Zip: Bonding Company: Address: Phone: Fax: E-mail: Mortgage Lender: Address: WARNING TO OWNER: YOUR FAILURE TO RECORD A NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT MAY RESULT IN YOUR PAYING TWICE FOR IMPROVEMENTS TO YOUR PROPERTY. A NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT MUST BE RECORDED AND POSTED ON THE JOB SITE BEFORE THE FIRST INSPECTION. IF YOU INTEND TO OBTAIN FINANCING, CONSULT WITH YOUR LENDER OR AN ATTORNEY BEFORE RECORDING YOUR NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT. Application is hereby made to obtain a permit to do the work and installations as indicated. I certify that no work or installation has commenced prior to the issuance of a permit and that all work will be performed to meet standards of all laws regulating construction \ in this jurisdiction. I understand that a separate permit must be secured for electrical work, plumbing, signs, wells, pools, furnaces, boilers, heaters, tanks, and air conditioners, etc. ' FBC 105.3 Shall be inscribed with the date of application and the code in effect as of that date: 5i° Edition (2014) Florida Building Code A Revised June 30, 2015 Permit Application NOTICE: In addition to the requirements of this permit, there may be additional restrictions applicable to this property that may be found in the public records of this county, and there may be additional permits required from other govemmental entities such as water management districts, state agencies, or federal agencies. Acceptance of permit is verification that I will notify the owner of the property of the requirements of Florida Lien Law, FS 713. The City of Sanford requires payment of a plan review fee at the time of permit submittal. A copy of the executed contract is required in order to calculate a plan review charge and will be considered the estimated construction value of the job at the time of submittal. The actual construction value will be figured based on the current ICC Valuation Table in effect at the time the permit is issued, in accordance with local ordinance. Should calculated charges figured off the executed contract exceed the actual construction value, credit will be applied to your permit fees when the permit is issued. OWNER'S AFFIDAVIT: I certify that all of the foregoing information is accurate and that all work will be done in compliance with all applicable laws regulating construction and zoning. Si re aIlate Joe White Print Owne gent's N ie Signature o No ary-State of Flonda Date 7"'Iture oftontractor/Agent We Joel White Print Contrac /A ent's N le natureg of ota -State of Flon a DaterY we It, Al SHEILA ROMAN Egg; H* ti SHEILA ROMANCommission # FF 187102 Commission # FF 187102:a Expires January 4, 2019 ;o= Expires January 4,2019OGISiO9ond.0 TNuT rOwner/ MeorContrt°"`"° wn to Me or Produced ID Type of ID Produced ID Type of lD BELOW IS FOR OFFICE USE ONLY Permits Required: Building Electrical Mechanical Plumbing Gas[] Roof Construction Type: Total Sq Ft of Bldg: Occupancy Use: Min. Occupancy Load: New Construction: Electric - # of Amps Fire Sprinkler Permit: Yes No # of Heads APPROVALS: ZONING: - UTILITIES: ENGINEERING: COMMENTS: FIRE: Flood Zone: of Stories: Plumbing - # of Fixtures Fire Alarm Permit: Yes No WASTE WATER: BUILDING: /. ( Based on 126' linear feet of building length, ok to install one 113 square foot "Racks Sports Bar & Grill" wall signage as shown on plan. Any additional attached signage on canopy, wall or window shall require approved by City of Sanford Planning Department. Revised: June 30, 2015 Permit Application WHITE SIGN CO. LIGHTING & ELECTRICAL March 9, 2018 Racks Billiards & Sports Bar 312 North Entrance Rd. Sanford, FL This letter authorizes Joel White of White Sign Company and its agents, as authorized agents of the property owner to secure permits and install 'signs at the project address listed above. The specifics of the project are as follows: 1. INSTALL EXTERIOR SIGNAGE n2fflA CAanA' Q A-W of fi)r ownoiPropertyOwner/Authorized Agent Signature T)Dwn Mccou . -r Property wner/Au horized Agent Print STATE OF County of. The oregoing instrument was acknowledged before me this day of —WC, 20, by 0,,,.1 n.c..:e who is u personally known to me or o who has produced , as identification and who did (did not) take an oath. Signature —z5 (/ Name TQ Anp1C4 L=4— v Print or type name , ai jq/-1 / Notary Public- State of (Notary Seal) Commission No. My Commission Expires:—L) A - TIFFANY JEAN GNIFT Commission a FF 900955 My Commission Expires Atkly 10, 2019 White Sign Company, LLC • 907 S Charles R Beall Boulevard Ste B, DeBary, FL 32713 • Phone: 386-320-0623 Mlw TFW POWER ®F ATTORNEY Date: 22 I hereby name and appoint: JOHN GORDON an agent of: WME SIGN to be my lawful attorney -in -fact to act for me to apply for, receipt for, sign for and do all things necessary to this appointment for (check one option): o All peimits and applications submitted by this contractor. e The specific permit and application for work located at: 12. /'l E, Street .Address) Expiration Date for This Limited Power of Attorney: License Holder Dame: JoelVJhite State License Number: ES 12 Signature of License Holde ., STATE OF IiLORIDA COUNTY 01F VOLUSIA Th •egoing instrument was acknowledged before me this '2Zday of q(Z 201 , by Joel White who is o personally known to me or a who has produced as identification and who did (did not) tape an oath. AoA r Prm or typeaine"— ii: , SHEILA BOMAN Commission # FF 187102 Expires January 4, 2019 fro, FM Wm. DO"WM,, QUOTATION & PURCHASE CONTRACT Bart ClarkeWHITE White Sign Company, LLCSIGNJob #1485 COMPANY 03/01/2018 BILL TO JOB LOCATION 907 S. Charles Richard Be Racks Billiards & Sports Bar Racks Billiards & Sports Bar Bl' 312 North Entrance Road 312 North Entrance Rd STE Sanford, FL 32771 Sanford, FI 32771 DeBary, FL 327' United States Pedro 407-562-6053 United Stat pedro@racksbilliards.com Website• www.whaesigncompany.c( Phone. 386.320 Of QUANTITY DESCRIPTION UNIT COST COST 1 Racks Billiards & Sports Bar - Sanford 7,800 $7,800 Manufacture 44in x 142in Custom Wall Mounted Front LED Lit 6,000 Cabinet w/ Full Color Graphics & 17" Front LED Lit Flush Mount Channel Letters w/ White Faces,1 in Black Trim & 5in Black Returns Permit Acquisition Fee 600 Sealed Engineered Drawings 200 Permit Cost & Expenses - Determined once the permit is 0 acquired. Installation of Wall Mounted Custom Cabinet & Flush Mounted 1,000 x15) Channel Letters THIS AGR MENT IS ACCEPTED AND APPROVED BY: Subtotal $7,800 Total Tax $0 Racks Bill kB White Sign Company, LLCTOTAL CONTRACT $7,800 By; Required Deposit S3,900 NameName: FINAL BALANCE $3,900 Date Date - Please make all checks payable to: White Sign Company. 50% Deposit is required, balance due upon completion. This proposal may be withdrawn if not accepted within days. By signing, Customer accepts Company's proposal for the Job and agrees to all of the terms of the purchase contract. THIS INSTRUMENT PREPARED BY: Name: v"te Sian company Address: 007 S Cerdes RKftd 00311 ONO. Sunne 0 DeBary. FL 32713 ' 1,Ajr%. t NOTICE tOF4CC) I IIMENCEMENT Peendt Number: Parcel IO Number. 29-19.30.300-0110.0000 The undersigned hereby gives notice that improvement will be made to certain reel property. and In accordance with Chapter 713, Florida Statutes, the folWng information Is provided In this Notice of Commencement. 1. DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTY: (Legal description of the property and street address If available) 312 North EntranceRd.. Sanford: SEC 29 TWP 19S RGE 30E BEG N 488.68 FT • W 768.77 F T OF SE COR OF SW tl4 OF NE 114 RUNS 49 OE0 47 MIN S1 SEC E 461.76 FT S 1 OEG 27 MIN S SEC E 147.60 F 1 S 39 DEG 17 MIN S6 SEC W 223.39 FT SO? DEG 47 MIN S6 SEC W 403.66 FT N 73 DEG 52 MIN 4 SEC W 212.69 FT NELY ALONO CURVE 69.01 FT S 66 OEG 2 MINE 40 FT N 27 DEG 12 3M MIN E 40 FT N 66 DEG 2 MIN W 40 F T NLY ALONG CURVE 2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF IMPROVEMENT: INSTALL EXTERIOR SIGNAGE 3. OWNER INFORMATION OR LES EE INFORMATION IF THE LESSEE CONTRACTED FOR THE IMPROVEMENT. Name and address: Wit& 5t nAD % Interest In property: / e j EM 520 E F n Fee Simple Title Holder (if other than owner 8stod above) Name: Address: 4. CONTRACTOR: Name: While Sian Company. LLC Phone Number: 386-320.0623 Address: 907 S Charles Richard Beall Blvd Suite B DeBary FI 32711 6. SURETY ( If applicable, a copy of the payment bond Is attached): Name: Address: Amount of Bond: 6. LENDER: Name: Phone Number: Address: 7. Persons within the Stalo of Florida Designated by Owner upon whom notice or other documents maybe served as provided by Section 713.13( 1)(a)7., Florida Statutes. Nome,_ r„ _• _.___---_---- Phone Number: Address: 8. In addition, Owner designates to receive a copy of tho IJenors Notice as provided In Section 713.13(I)(b), Florida Statutes. Phone number. 9. Expiration Oale of Notice of Commencement (The expiration Is 1 year from dato of recording unless a different dale Is specified) WARNING TO OWNER: ANY PAYMENTS MADE BY THE OWNER AFTER THE EXPIRATION OF THE NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT ARE CONSIDERED IMPROPER PAYMENTS UNDER CHAPTER 713, PART I, SECTION 713.13. FLORIDA STATUTES, AND CAN RESULT IN YOUR PAYING TWICE FOR IMPROVEMENTS TO YOUR PROPERTY. A NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT MUST BE RECORDED AND POSTED ON THE JOB SITE BEFORE THE FIRST INSPECTION. IF YOU INTEND TO OBTAIN FINANCING, CONSULT WITH YOUR LENDER OR AN ATTORNEY BEFORE COMMENCING WORK OR RECORDING YOUR NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT. Under penalties of por)ury. I declare that 1 have road Iho foregoing and (hat the facts stated In It are true to the bast of my knowledge and be Ib i ,()! mkonaftl U* , 1,pwn Mdrnni-r (ncrnl-tr slpM.xe el Oeaw rr LeaeM o. O 1Ma o LesueY fRw r en aWeave Prortde rJpuxaff Ty ,u Aue4edonriOedDsecralP«wrrwwoed State of Irm . it,' County of 001 C4 6 The foregoing Instrument was acknowlodgod before me this _ J • ` day of .20 by [. r . '> . n . ' Who Is personally known to me • OR Nerve or perron Memo swereerd who has produced Identification type of Idenlillcotlon prodnscod: TIFFANY JEAN GAPEY e Conrroiasron a FF 000986 My Commission Expires JUIY 16. 2019 6Eltg1 OW (tt flfjt,itT J ia'ti 4!p t dRit n t .i s g Ff11t1E1tE E ' ' ' ... pcPl11`i IIEt K GRANT MALOY, CLERK OF CIRCUIT COURT SEMINOLE COUNTY FL w9E@mac _ Ojs CLERK' S # 2018048886 BK 9122 Pg 1285: (1pg) &RECORDED 05/04/2018 10:54:09 AM MAY 10.00 INSPECTION SEQUENCE BP# 17-3696 ADDRESS: 312 N. Entrance Road BUILDING PERMIT Min Max Inspection Description Footer / Setback Stemwall Slab / Mono Slab Lintel / Tie Beam / Fill / Down Cell Sheathing — Walls Sheathing — Roof Roof Dry In Frame Insulation Rough Firewall Screw Pattern Drywall / Sheetrock Lath Inspection Building Ceiling Air Barrier Insulation Roof (Com'l) Building Ceiling Grid Final Roof Final Stucco / Siding Final Insulation Final Firewall Final Door Final Window Final Utility Building Final Screen Structure Final Pool Screen Enclosure Pre -Demo Final Demo Final Single Family Residence Final Commercial — Final Commercial --Addition / Alteration Final Commercial — Change of Use Final Building (Other) ELECTRICAL PERMIT Min Max Inspection Description Electric Underground Footer / Slab Steel Bond Electric Ceiling Rough Electric Wall Rough Electric Rough Pre -Power Final Temporary Pole11000ElectricFinal 00M.6fNG PERMIT Min Max Inspection Description Rough Plumb Plumbing Underground Plumbing 2"d Rough Plumbing Tubset Plumbing Sewer Plumbing Grease Trap Rough Plumbing Steam / Chill Water Rough Plumbing Final MECHANICAL PERMIT Min Max Inspection Description Mechanical Rough Mechanical Fire Damper Framing Mechanical Ceiling Rough Mechanical Fire Damper Annular S ace Mechanical Insulation Wrap Mechanical Fire Damper Angle Light / Water Test Ck Welds Mechanical Grease Duct Wrap Mechanical Final REVISED: June 2014 E N • NC No.67382 1' STATE OF 0• c P.• SINGLE SIDED DOUBLE SIDED NON -ILLUMINATED ILLUMINATED EXTERIOR INTERIOR CUSTOMER: RACKS BILLARDS JOB ADDRESS: 312 NORTH ENTRANCE ROAD SANFORD. FL 32771 DESIGNER: J.SWINDERMAN VHITE SIGN CO. www.Whiteci,_,iiCompany.com SIGN LOCATION AT CHANNEL LETTERS, USE ANY ANCHOR MET DESCRIPTION: FLUSH MOUNT LED ILLUMINATED CHANNEL LETTERS & CONTOUR CHANNEL LOGO OPTION SHOWN: MIN (3) PER LETTER C lJs E319113 SUBSTRATE DIGITAL MEDIA VINYLV j P AINT r Sl M1 P1 52 M2 P2 53 M3 P3 F BILLIAF2E) S SWITCH PERMIT PFICE SPORT = BAR 8 GRIL gnu Based on 126' linear feet of building length, ok w4 to install one 113 square foot "Racks Sports Bar '. Grill" wall signage as shown on plan. Any additional attached signage on canopy, wall or window shall require approved by City of Sanford Planning Department. FASTENERS Ij A. 5".040 ALUMINUM RETURN B.. 063 ALUMINUM BACK C. 2" JEWELITE D. 3/16" ACRYLIC FACE E. LED LIGHTING F. SELF CONTAINED POWER SUPPLY G. ELECTRICAL PRIMARY THRU 1/2" SEALTITE AND WHIPS AS REQUIRED H. 1/4" WEEP HOLES AT LOWEST POINTS I. LETTER INTERIOR PAINTED WHITE ALL WALL PENETRATIONS PROPERLY SEALED ANCHOR SCHEDULE "ALL FASTENERSSHALL AF SPd fF() FVFN/V'• WALL MATERIAL I ANCHOR TYPE SPACING 1/ 4" THREADED RODS WITH MIN MIN (12) 2" EMBED IN ADHESIVE AT LOGO 1/ 4" TAPCONS (OR EQUIV) WITH MIN (10) CONCRETE (3ksi) or HOLLOW MASONRY 1.75" EMBED AT LOGO 1/ 4" EXPANSION ANCHORS WITH MIN (9) 2. 5" EMBED AT LOGO 1/ 2" PLYWOOD 1/ 4" TOGGLE BOLTS MIN ( 10) AT LOGO 1/ 4" WOOD SCREWS OR MIN (15) NOACCESSBEHIND) TAPCONS, FULL EMBED AT LOGO METAL STUDS OR 14 METAL SCREWS TO MIN 18ga MIN (11) METAL PANELS STEEL OR 0.090" ALUM AT LOGO HOLLOW WALL 1/4" THRU BOLTS OR LAGS TO MIN (9) BLOCKING BEHIND) SOLID BLOCKING BEHIND AT LOGO UL 48 ELECTRIC SIGNS THIS SIGN IS INTENDED TO BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF . ARTICLE 600 OF THE NATIONAL + ELECTRIC CODE AND OR OTHER lT APPLICABLE LOCAL CODES. THIS INCLUDES PROPER GROUNDING AND BONDING OF THE SIGN. General• DesgnisinaccodancewiththerequirementzoftheFlaBldgCode6thEd(2077)forusewthin&outsidetteHighVelocityNurrcane2one(HVHZ).•Thisengineedngrertihesonlythestructuralintegdtyofthose systems, components, and/of other constmctionelplicidyspetiGedherein. -Bectricalnotes, details,& specifications are provided by and are the sole responsibility of the ektrical contractor. No electrical review has been performed and no certification of such is intended. -Structural design meets requirements ofA(I 318-14, AISC 36()-10, ADMI-1 Notes: as applicable. • Steel components shall be coated, painted, or otherwise protected against corrosion per FBC Sec 2203.2/2222.6. • Alum components in contact with steel or embedded in concrete shall be painted or protected as prescribed in ADM1-15(1a), or plastictneoprene spacers provided. • All exposed fasteners shall be S.S. or have a protective coating for corrosion protection. • All welding shall comply with AWS requirements. • Steel welds: E70xx electrodes. • Aluminum welds: 4043 filler alloy. • Alum extrusions: 6063-T6 or sm w a N ui m H c o d N V a c c N c aE v cN U, x cq m Etocqu o L Y rn o x c11 vO 26 A ti N N 0Vo a, - o ro 0VJ Y n L H oc ¢ AoRZ i, & NDSS--1-15, Inger, U.N.O.